Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 35463
CITY SECRFTAF Y CONTRACT NO. CITY SECRETARY V D.O.E. FILE '� SPECIFICATIONS CONTRACTOR'S BONDING CO. AND CONSTRUCTIONS COPY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS' FOR CLIENT DEPARTMENT SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, FART 3 From Oak grove Rd/Oak Grove -Shelby Rd. Intersection to North of Everman Pkwy and Oakgrove Rd Intersection DOE No.: 4083, Water Projmt No.. M64-608140 0 383 IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS MARCH 2O07 MIKE MONCRIEF CHA:RLES R. BOSA/VELL MAYOR CI!'l' MANAGT:12 S. FRANK CRUMB, P.E ROBERT D. GOODE, P.E. DIRECTOR, DIRECTOR WATER DEPARTMENT T/PW DEPARTMENT Pr"redhy- CH2MHILL wet,th.t swte i= Fort worth, TX 76102 L) ORIGINAL A. DO[ KG., S RADEMAKER, P.E. . DIRECTOR, DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING a o,OF r `%, ,/' V°? �..• .� L DOUGLAS K. BIGLEN ,� 918: ADDENDUM NO.1 FOR SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3 (From Oak Grove Rd/Oak Grove -Shelby Rd. Intersection to North of Everman Pkwy and Oak Grave Rd. Intersection) Water Project No. 264-608140030383 D.O.E. No. 4083 Addendum No. 1 Issue Date: March 20th12007 Bid Receipt Date: March 29P, 2007 .......... .........•,.►..A. 'y DOUGLAS K: BtGLEN .. ................. ....... .R 88777 , This addendum forms part of the contract documents referenced above and modifies the original Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by signing and attaching it to the Contract Documents (inside). Note receipt of the Addendum in the Bid Proposal and on the outer envelope of your bid. POISE E T-H EFOLLOWINGRE :SI SPgQFICATIQNAND CQNTRACT flpCUM NTS: 1.1 Notice to Bidders In the second paragraph, delete "March 22d" and replace with "March 29t'". Sealed proposals will be received on March 29, 2007. Add page 2 to the Notice to Bidders, attached. 1.2 Comprehensive Notice to Bidders In the second paragraph, delete "March 22"6" and replace with "March 2p". Sealed proposals will be received on March 29t', 2007. Add page 2 to the Comprehensive Notice to Bidders, attached. 1.3 Special Instructions to Bidders Add pages 2 and 4 to the Special Instructions to Bidders, attached. 1.4 Section 02500 - Conveyance Piping - General Paragraph 1.03 A.2: Replace "250 psi" with "225 psi". Paragraph 1.03 AA: Replace "12 feet" with "17 feet". Paragraph 1.03 A.8: Replace "35 degrees F" with "30 degrees F". Paragraph 1.03 A.9: Replace "7 psi" with "5.5 psi". Paragraph 1.03 A.10: Replace "1,500 psi" with "2,500 psi". 181378.TM 1 ADDENDUM NO, 1 March 20, 2007 1.5 Section 02501— Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings Paragraph 2.03 D.1.c: In the table for the 54 inch pipe under the Elbows, Bends, Reducers and Tees column, replace "0.285 inch" with "0.298 inch". 1.6 Section 02501— Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings Paragraph 2.03 E.1: Delete "1.25" and replace with "3.0". 1.7 Section 02504 — Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings Paragraph 1.04 A.2: Delete "50 psi (in excess of Working Pressure)" and replace with "As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General". Paragraph 1.04 A.5: Replace "12 feet" with "17 feet". Paragraph 1.04 A.7: Replace "S3 Bedding" with "As indicated in Section 02320, Trench Backfill". Paragraph 1.04 A.8: Replace "90 percent relative compaction" with "As indicated in Section 02320, Trench Backfill". 1.8 Add Specification Section 13990 — Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection System it its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached. CONSTRUCTION PLANS; 1.9 Sheet 12 In the plan view at STA 179+70.00, under the blow off call -out replace "TRANSITIONAL TEE" with "ANCHOR TEE". 1.10 Sheet 13 In the plan view at STA 185+65.00, under the blow off call -out replace "TRANSITIONAL TEE" with "ANCHOR TEE". 1.11 Sheet 16 CASED UNDERCROSSING DETAIL 1, CASING SPACER PLACEMENT: After the text, "SPACE TO BE GROUTED" in the call -out pointing to the annular space between the carrier and casing pipes add the text "FOR STEEL CARRIER PIPE. GROUTING OF THE ANNULAR SPACE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR DIP AND C303 CARRIER PIPE:." 1.12 Sheet 17 In Detail 3, Delete the text, "10" AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, VAL-MATIC MODEL NO 110 W/ ANTI -SLAM DEVICE, OR APPROVED EQUAL" and replace with "10" VACUUM BREAKER, VALMATIC MODEL VM-1860VB/38.5 WITH 2" ARV, VALMATIC MODEL VM- 38.6. OR APPROVED EQUAL" 1.13 Sheet 21 181378.TM 2 ADDENDUM NO. 1 March 20, 2007 Detail 13870: Delete the text of Note 2 in its entirety and replace with "INSTALL 2 ANODES EVERY 180 LF, SEE TABLES THIS SHEET." Delete the GALVANIC ANODE LOCATIONS table and replace with the revised table attached. 1.14 Add Sheet 22 in its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached, 1,15 Add Sheet 23 in its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached 1.16 Add Sheet 23a in its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached. 117 Add Sheet 23b in its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached, 1.18 Add Sheet 24 in its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached. 1..19 Add Sheet 25 in its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached.. 1.20 Add Sheet 26 in its entirety to the Contract Documents, attached. Please Note: The plan sheets are not being reissued to reflect the change discussed above, It shall be the responsibility of each plan holder to reflect these changes on the referenced sheets of the construction plans. All other provisions of the plans, specifications and contract document for the project which are not expressly amended herein shall remain in full force, Failure to return a signed copy of the addendum with the Proposal shall be grounds for rendering the bid non -responsive. A signed copy of this addendum shall be place into tie Proposal at the time of submittal., Receipt Acknowledged: By. ty Cona�+ser' TitleYQs d n� Department of Engineering A. Douglas Rademaker, P,E, Director By: ~ S� Tony Sholola, R.E.. Engineering Manager (D..O..E.) 181378,.TM 3 ADDENDUM NO, 1 March 20, 2007 ATTACHMENTS TUMMIN171 Mall"nMoyee Intranet Print M&C COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 6/19/2007 DATE: 6/19/2007 REFERENCE NO.: C-22214 LOG NAME: 30SSIIWATER-CON CODE: C TYPE: NON -CONSENT PUBLIC NO HEARING: SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of Contract with Conatser Construction Texas, LP, for Southside Il Water Transmission Main, Part 3 from the Oak Grove Road/Oak — Shelby Road Intersection to North of the Everman Parkway/Oak Grove Road Intersection (City Project No. 00303) RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Conatser Construction Texas, LP, in the amount of $2,436,630.00 for Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 3 from the Oak Grove Road/Oak — Shelby Road intersection to north of the Everman Parkway/Oak Grove Road Intersection. DISCUSSION: On July 29, 2003, (M&C C-19675) the City Council authorized an engineering agreement with CH2M Hill, Inc., for Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 3 from the Rolling Hills Treatment Plant to the Crowley Road/Risinger Road intersection. In order to expedite construction, the project was divided into five parts for design and construction purposes. Council approval is being sought for Part 3 via this M&C and the remaining parts will be advertised for bid at future dates. The Part 3 project was advertised for bid on March 1 and 8, 2007. On March 29, 2007, the following bids were received: Bidder Amount Time of Completion Conatser Construction Texas, LP $2,436,630.00 158 Calendar Days S.J. Louis Construction, Ltd. $2,474,065.00 Crescent Construction $2,825,120.00 Gin-Spen, Inc. $3,006,092.00 Earth Builders, L.P. $3,389,475.00 The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 8. Conatser Construction Texas, LP, is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 3 percent M/WBE participation and documenting good faith effort. Conatser Construction Texas, LP, identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities. However, the M/WBE-certified firms contacted in the areas identified did not submit the lowest bid. The City's goal on this project is 13 percent. In addition to the contract cost, $143,000 is required for inspection, project management and survey; and $73,100 is provided for project contingencies. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Finance Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Water Capital Projects Fund. TO Fund/Account/Centers Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: FROM Fund/Account/Centers P264 541200 608140030383 $2,436,630.00 Marc A. Ott (8476) A. Douglas Rademaker (6157) Additional Information Contact: Abe Calderon (7963) ATTACHMENTS City of Fort Worth Southside II Water Transmission Main, PART 3 Contract Specifications TABLE OF CONTENTS PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS Notice to Bidders Comprehensive Notice to Bidders Special Instructions to Bidders PART B - PROPOSAL City of Fort Worth M/ WBE Policy Specifications Proposal PART C- GENERAL CONDITIONS General Conditions Supplementary Conditions PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Special Conditions Special Conditions for Street and Storm Drain Improvements PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Additional Special Conditions PART E - SPECIFICATIONS 02320 Trench Backfill 02401 Bore and Jack or Tunneled Undercrossings 02500 Conveyance Piping -General 02501 Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings 02502 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02504 Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings 13985 Pipe Bonding and Test Stations 13990 Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection System 15202 Valves and Operators PART F - BONDS Certificate of Insurance Performance Bond Payment Bond Maintenance Bond Contractor Compliance with Worker's Compensation Law Vendor Compliances to State Law PART G - CONTRACT PART H - CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD FIGURES AND DETAILS APPENDIX A- GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS APPENDIX B- CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (Bounded separately and available at the at the DOE front desk, for review by the contractors) t� s i £y lllh ..", sr'YIIAr1ra i O ,A(i' i� t v,q �'Ip ,> 1� � 1 11 ld �y' � rri �� Y , t"' ,Till t ,��, � t,�„t � >✓t� <; � ti ys,N r �1 ` 1 � � tt � �, tlQttu , '°,ir� y i�,� � ti "�i � � .• 0 1 ,,�y ��In i ,tant�n( �l�i £ "".a� jj � '?.' �< �@��ll iin� Ilse l ,�� , �� � 11f� i��l�t")ry rgl£!fi ,"���� 1, j.,»}' '�'ai��m «, o. �; •,,� Iy (: ° r `i M ��i�t t (i, d '��� 0.�re�„�t iM W,l ��t, l�r<:D „ " i�tt it't� �"'} F v}}�>' �,, tk JJ �.; i� r �", �f r} ,m iy,wy t( ! '•�f 3 £ i tl� ! pa i to h ��,u 1\t��: t iw ,'}tSi i£ aVp ii, V'k ��� sj ,�},tYt".r: ' 1cP •. ! ,� �9�:�il�} i tt �I�� ' tt�s �'tl�� �i � CiS � ,, "� y ,u�,�`,, , }�t � �i u; t �� pe��� 1 �r� ]fit � i ��" 1, r 1 r , t t t � � �� }4A �ha✓r d st t � � <b ) � < (<rst r �p ,� {tit, n11 I � Ny e. 7i �e�l' o1 a ttf<, , • lflt�t t �� }N >�� N (` liutdtrpti S e, S tr � qp �"i�� "�l` `•� � R ng rat li �.:,,� ti41 i 0.ysr � ,r °;,, i k{?,£��� ;, t�t�;`, (u�� t �q f � 4 s ate 1 i ��I tr l � i? Plk• „�,:� in � d ;t � }° ' � rk<, I( r '` its ^i5 1 `�Yi. G �j � �'D �`fi �,°� , r � ., }�.� n, , ,tt Mi3! li t(f 7 4tN f i Al ft��t��', % ifiiI to � Js 1�n e Ali », s t Aawk NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3 Oak Grove Rd/Oak Grove -Shelby Rd Intersection to North of Everman Parkway. and Oak Grove Rd. Intersection. CPN 00303 Water Project No.: P264-608140030383, DOE No.: 4083 Addressed to Mr. Charles R. Boswell, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p.m., on Marche' 2007 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers. Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained in the office of the Department of Engineering, Municipal Office Building,1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. One set of plans and documents will be provided for a non- refundable fee of sixty dollars ($60.00). The major work on the above project shall generally consist of the following: 60 LF 12" RJ Ductile Iron Pipe in Trench 105 LF 24" RJ Ductile Iron Pipe in Trench 4,270 LF 54" Pipe in Trench 145 LF 54" Pipe in 78" Steel Casing by Other Than Open Cut 3,000 LF Seeding Perspective Bidders are hereby notified of the following on this project: The conditions of the easement with Everman Independent School District mandates that the water line installation and all surface restoration within the Everman Jr. High School site be accomplished between June 1, 2007 and July 31, 2007. The selected contractor shall mobilize as necessary to complete all construction on school premises within the stipulated time frame. See D-15 in the Special Conditions for additional information. 2. The City intends to award this contract by April 17, 2007 and to have the Pre - Construction conference by the end of April, 2007. To expedite this process, the responsible low bidder will be expected to comply with the following: a. Submit all M/ WBE documentation including fully executed letters of intent with all M/ WBE sub -contractors listed on the utilization form no later than three (3) business days after receipt of bids. b. Request shop drawings (if necessary) from the pipe manufacturer, 3 business days after receipt of bids. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 02128/2007 c. Secure all necessary bonds, execute and return the contract documents to the Department of Engineering, no later than 5 business days of receipt of the documents from the City or no later than the next day after award of contract by the City Council. d. Have the Pipe Shop Drawings in —hand at the pre -construction conference. A pre -bid meeting will be held on March 9th, 2007, at 1:00 p.m., at the C�ty of Fort Worth Municipal Building,1000 Throckmorton Street, Conference Room 293, Fort Worth, TX 76102. For additional information, please contact Mr. Abe Calderon, P.E. Project Manager, City of Fort Worth at (817) 392-7963 or Mr. Doug Biglen, P.E. Project Manager, CH2M HILL at (817) 870-1129. Advertising Dates: March 1st, 2007 March 8th, 2007 -END OF SECTION - NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2 ADDENDUM NO.1 03/20/2007 COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3 Oak Grove Rd/Oak Grove -Shelby Rd Intersection to North of Everman Parkway and Oak Grove Rd Intersection. CPN 00303 Water Project No.: P264-608140030383, DOE No.: 4083 Addressed to Mr. Charles R. Boswell, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p.m., on March 2202007 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers. %I) Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained in the office of the Department of Engineering, Municipal Office Building,1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. A sixty dollar ($60.00) non-refundable fee is required for to obtain the plans and documents. All bidders will be required to comply with Provision 5159a of "Version's Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City Ordinance No. 7278, as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections '13-A-21 through 13-A- 29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. Bid security is required in accordance with Paragraph 2 of the Special Instructions to Bidders. The major work on the above -referenced project shall consist of the following: PART 3: Water Pipeline Installation 60 LF 12" RJ Ductile Iron Pipe in Trench 105 LF 24" RJ Ductile Iron Pipe in Trench 4,270 LF 54" Pipe in Trench 145 LF 54" Pipe in 78" Steel Casing by Other Than Open Cut and all necessary appurtenances and incidental work to provide a complete and serviceable project. Included in the above will be all other miscellaneous items of construction as outlined in the Contract Documents. A pre -bid meeting will be held on March 9th, 2007, at 1:00 p.m., at the City of Fort Worth Municipal Building,1000 Throckmorton Street, Conference Room 293, Fort Worth, TX 761.02. Perspective Bidders are hereby notified of the following on this project 1. The conditions of the easement with Everman Independent School District mandates that the water line installation and all surface restoration within the Everman Jr. Higb School site be accomplished between June 1, 2007 and July 31, 2007. The selected contractor shall mobilize as necessary to complete all construction on school premises within the stipulated time frame. See D-15 in the Special Conditions for additional information 2. The City intends to award this contract by April 17, 2007 and to have the Pre -Construction conference by the end of April, 2007. To expedite this process, the responsible low bidder will be expected to comply with the following: COMPREHENSNE NTB 02128 M7 a. Submit all M/WBE documentation including fully executed letters of intent with all M/WBE sub- contractors listed on the utilization form no later than three (3) business days�fter receipt of bids. b. Request shop drawings (if necessary) from the pipe manufacturer, 3 business days after receipt of bids. c. Secure all necessary bonds, execute and return the contract documents to the Department of Engineering, no later than 5 business days of receipt of the documents from the City or no later than the next day after award of contract by the City Council. d. Have the Pipe Shop Drawings in —hand at the pre -construction conference. Bidders are advised that the City has not obtained all required permits and temporary and permanent construction easements as shown in the Contract Documents. Bidders are hereby notified that the City anticipates obtaining the necessary easements and permits by the start of construction. In the event the necessary easements and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to terminate the award of the contract at any time before the contractor begins any construction work on the project. In addition, Bidders shall hold their unit prices until the City has completed the acquisition of all easements and permits. The Contractor shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed easements and/or permits and shall submit a schedule to the City of how construction will proceed in other areas of the project that do not require easements and/or permits. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Bidders must complete the proposal sections and submit the complete specifications book or face rejection of the bid as non -responsive. It is recommended that the bidder make a copy of the forms included in the Minority and Women Business Enterprise section for submittal within the time -line stated below or the bidder may request a copy of said forms from the City Project Manager names in this solicitation. , AWARD OF CONTRACT: No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation') as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within ninety (90) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until all the investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at (817) 871-7910. Bids that do not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non -responsive. In accord with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. In addition, the bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM WITH "Documentation" and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The documentation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m., within five (5) City business days after bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery COMPRENHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2 ADDENDUM NO.1 03/20/2007 was made Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City Failure to comply shall render the bid non -responsive. the Managing Depaitment foi this project is the Department of Engineezing Foi additional infoimation, please contact Mz. Abe Calderon, P.E Project ManageI, City of Fott Worth at (817) 392-7693 oz Mi.. Doug Biglen, P.E. Project Manages, CH2M HILL at (817) 870-1129 Charles Boswell Marty Hendrix CITYMANAGER CIIY SECREIARY ADVERIISING DAIES. DEPARIMENI OF ENGINEERING A DOUGLAS RADEMAKER, P.E., DIRECTOR March la, 2007 March 8th, 2007 _ By: d d.klef Tony Sholola, P E , Engineering Manager Department of Engineering -END OF SECIION- COMPREHENSIVE NTB 020107 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. PREOUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: All contractors submitting bids are required to be prequalified by the Fort Worth Water Department prior to submitting bids. This prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. It is the bidder's responsibility to submit the following documentation: a current financial statement, an acceptable experience record, an acceptable equipment schedule and any other documents the Department may deem necessary, to the Director of the Water Department at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids. a. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State licensing agency and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the financial status to the submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. b. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and technical level as that of the project for which bids are to be received. c. The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. d. Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non -responsive and will be rejected as such. e. The City, in its sole discretion, may reject any bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or expertise. f. Any proposals submitted by a non-prequalified bidder shall be returned unopened, and if inadvertently opened, shall not be considered. g. The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications (financial or experience) are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are to be received. Failure to notify shall not be a waiver of any necessary prequalification. 2. BID SECURITY: A cashier's check, or an acceptable bidder's bond, payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded To be an acceptable surety on the bid bond, the surety must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas. In addition, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. .0*k 3. BONDS: A performance bond, a payment bond, and a maintenance bond each for one hundred (100%) percent of the contract price will be required, Reference C 3-3.7. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 02128/2007 lank. 4. WAGE RATES: Section C3-3.13 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with the following: a. The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. b. The contractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Right to Audit, under paragraph L of Section Cl: Supplementary Conditions to Part C- General Conditions, pertain to this inspection. c. The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) above. d. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. 5. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the Proposal. 6. BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas. 7. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601 g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business in located. "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for the bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 8. PAYMENT: If the bid amount is $25,000.00 or less, the contract amount shall be paid within forty- five (45) calendar days after completion and acceptance by the City. 9. AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or ^, privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the bases of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requireme4. SPECIAL INSTRUCTION FOR BIDDERS 2 ADDENDUM NO. 1 03/20/2007 Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirements. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 10. DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by thud parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' aiieged failure to comply with the above referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 11. MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("with Documentation") and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non -responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or women business enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit �ny audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal, State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements. Further, any such misrepresentation facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. 12. FINAL PAYMENT, ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY: a. The contractor will receive full payment (less retainage) from the city for each pay period. b. Payment of the retainage will be included with the final payment after acceptance of the project as being complete. C. The project shall be deemed complete and accepted by the City as of the date the final punch list has been completed, as evidenced by a written statement signed by the contractor and the City. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 02l28/2007 YScrt e-d ,per d. The warranty period shall begin as of the date that the final punch list has been completed. e. Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety shall be required prior to final payment becoming due and payable. f. In the event that the Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety have been delivered to the city and there is a dispute regarding (i) final quantities, or (ii) liquidated damages, city shall make a progress payment in the amount that city deems due and payable. g. In the event of a dispute regarding either final quantities or liquidated damages, the parties shall attempt to resolve the differences within 30 calendar days. SPECIAL INSTRUCTION FOR BIDDERS 03/20/2007 ADDENDUM NO.1 PART B PROPOSAL FoRT WORTH �,.,,,, WCity of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR B&tEAg` I r , i a APPLICATION OF POLICY If the total dollar value of the contract is $25,000 or more, the M/WBE goal is applicable. If the total dollar value of the contract is less than $25,000, the M/WBE goal is not applicable. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Minority and Women Business Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid. M/WBE PROJECT GOALS The City's M/WBE goal on this project is _1 % of the total bid (Base bid applies to Parks and Community Services). COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of $25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's M/WBE Ordinance by either of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated M/WBE goal, or 2. Good Faith Effort documentation, or; 3. Waiver documentation, or; 4. Joint Venture. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if goal is received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid met or exceeded: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if participation is less than opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. statedgoal: 3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if no M/WBE participation: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, if you will received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid perform all subcontracting/supplier work: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 5. Joint Venture Form, if utilize a joint venture received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid to met or exceed goal. openingdate, exclusive of the bid opening date. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S M/WBE ORDINANCE, WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON -RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104. Rev. 11/1/05 FORT WORTH ATTACHMENT I Page 1 of 4 i City of Fort Worth Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form PRIME OMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe prime �( O lux-4 rje C CoY1� rLA- +l D71/ 1,. ivlMl/DBE NON-M/W/DBE PROJECT NAME: SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3 BID DATE North of Risinger and Oak Grove Rd Intersection to North of Everman Rd and Oak Grove Rd Intersection. C3/aq/D7 City's M/WBE Project Goal: Prime's M/WBE Project Utilization: PROJECT NUMBER 5 1 P264-608140030383 13 % % Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. The undersigned Offeror agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the M/WBE firm(s) listed in this utilization schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications M/WBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the nine (9) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant, Parker, Johnson, Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Kaufman and Rockwall counties. Identify each Tier level. Tier is the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor, i.e., a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 1't tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2rd tier ALL MfWBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be bonafide minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX DOT), highway division. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) is synonymous with Minority/Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE). If hauling services are utilized, the prime will be given credit as long as the M/WBE listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The M/WBE may lease trucks from another M/WBE firm, including M/WBE owner -operators, and receive full M/WBE credit. The M/WBE may lease trucks from non-M/WBEs, including owner -operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the M/WBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Rev. 5/30/03 FoIrT� y ATTACHMENT IA Page 2 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority, Women and non-M/WBEs. Please list M/WBE firms first, use additional sheets if necessary. CertificationN o SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T (check one) n Detail Detail N T Company Name Address i e M W C x M Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Telephone/Fax r B B T R D O W B E E C T E A ROBERT GRANADOS TRUCKINGI f 1.1 fii'S 1 Plow ©P j7 � �' f D� `'� I� 4608 Sandage Fort Worth, Texas 76115 U S (817)875-2400 or keol; -m 1 X COWTOWN REDI-MIX PO Box 162327 Fort Worth, Texas 76161 v (817) 759-1919 f (817) 759-1716 }�.� romulCh S j CENTEX SEEDING, Inc. � f�l PO Box 2077 1 Keller, Texas 76116 (817) 306-8510 fax (817) 306-890 Yarn5an `P1 a.'t- g ut s L ape IF-N i vo�lJeS ��b0 )000°D 96 60A _7304-7-7 Rev. 5130/03 ATTACHMENT IA Page 3 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL suboontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority, Women 6nd4,idn14/WPfs. Please list M/WBE firms first, use additional sheets if necessary. Certification N o SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T (check one) ^ Detail Detail T Company Name Address ; e M W N C X M Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Telephone/Fax r B B T DR O B E E C T E A Rev. 5/30/03 FORTWORTH ATTACHMENT I Page 4 of 4 Total Dollar Amount of M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ ��D, UO Total Dollar Amount of Non-M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ �(aD, Ot70� U TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ // (1l�5J lOD U� The Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office Manager or designee through the submittal of a Request for Approval of Change/Addition. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance. The contractor shall submit a detailed explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed M/WBE goal. If the detail explanation is not submitted, it will affect the final compliance determination. By affixing a signature to this form, the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/W/DBE(s) arrangements submitted with the bid. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The bidder agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers/contractors participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MIW/DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and create a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. ,�jt61:Vflzed Signature qr ;1(L Q TWO Company Marne Address City/StateMp jecc 0ir1 - &Q Printed SigrAdure taq,Namei`rMe (if different,, IV 1� 43 C19):9534 Sf.Ss Telephone and/or Fax Rev. 5/30/03 FORT WORTH City of Fort Worth COMPANY NAME: na4secC Good Faith Effort Form ovl I X, LF SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3 North of Risinger and Oak Grove Rd Intersection to North of Everman Rd and Oak Grove Rd Intersection. City's M/WBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER 13 % 1 P264-608140030383 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 1 of 3 Check applicable block to describe rime M/W/DBE NON-M/W/DBE BID DATE d2-31 aG/ o-7 If you have failed to secure MNVBE participation and you have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities or if your DBE participation is less than the City's project goal, you must complete this form. If the bidder's method of compliance with the M/WBE goal is based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity] for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a M/WBE or non-M/WBE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) On Combined Projects, list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the 2" tier. (Use additional sheets, if necessary) List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities c.K' r nc re— e � i , m S►V or - Rev. 05/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 2 of 3 2.) Obtain a current (not more than three (3) months old from the bid open date) list of MIWBE subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's M/WBE Office. Y"Yes No Date of Listing 06)/ oZ tP /07 3.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? at Yes (If yes, attach MIWBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed.) No 4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? Yes (If yes, attach list to include name of MIWBE firm, Person contacted, phone number and date and time of contact.) No NOTE: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for both. If a facsimile is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide M/WBE name, date, time, fax number and documentation faxed. NOTE: If the list of MIWBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or less, the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. If the list of MfWBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or more, the bidder must contact at least two- thirds (2/3) of the list within such area of opportunity, but not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. 5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plgrts and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs? Yes No 6.) Submit documentation if M/WBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the M/WBE was rejected and any supporting documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes, the bidder will provide for confidential in -camera access to and inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. (Please use additional sheets, if necessary, and attach.) Company Name Tele hone Contact Person cope of Work Reason for Rejection ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Rev. 05130103 ATTACHMENT I Page 3 of 3 Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain MNVBE participation on this project. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1 C will be contacted and the reason or not using them will be verified by the City's M/WBE Office. ,�7 �---- Title Nncx� �- Ct)mVV1,a too Company Name �L-J. Address City/State/Zip Printed Sigh natufe Y/ YY1-Q, Contact Name and Title (if different) (�I`7 531.1-1-7y3 Cg»�53g-Y55t, Phone Number Fax Number efN Coy_ hail Adckess S/aalm Date Rev. 05/30/03 PART 3 - PROPOSAL TO: City Manager Municipal Office Building 1000 Throckmorton Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 March, 2007 FOR: SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3 North of Risinger and Oak Grove Rd Intersection to North of Everman Rd and Oak Grove Rd Intersection. CPN 00303 Water Project No.: P264-608140030383, DOE No.: 4083 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understand the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director, Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor must be pre qualified in accordance with the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth requirements. Upon acceptance of the Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish Performance, Maintenance Bond for the water replacement contract only, and Payment Bond approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing said work within the time stated for the following sums, to wit: Following are the bid items required for the installation of the Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 3. The items are to be incorporated into the Transportation and Public Works specifications for this project. Total quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities, but represent the best accuracy based on a reasonable effort of investigation; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding on and awarding the contract. Furnish and install, including all appurtenant work, complete in place, the following items. (Select only one pay item for Items numbered with "a", "b", or "c".) PAY ITEM APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BID Pipe - Pressure - 54 - inch - Ductile Iron Pipe - Install by open cut I / v 1 a 4270 LF $ Dollars & Cents per linear feet 03/01 /2007 1 PART 3 PROPOSAL PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF, ITEMS :JNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY UNIT WITH BID PRICES WRITTEN PRICE BID IN WORDS Pipe - Pressure - 54--inch - Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe (C-303) - Install by open cut 6s ��� v �,cb'k� 6v�a7� /VI 1 b 4270 LF $ $ Dollars & yv Cents per linear feet Pipe - Pressure - Steel Pipe (C- 200) - 54-inch - Pressure - Install by open cut 1c 4270 LF ;$ Dollars & Cents per linear feet Pipe - Fittings - < Than 16-inch DI Pipe - Install 2 0.2 Tons (Fi-Tjxasana $ g��p �D $ t_vo DotKars & Cents per ton Pipe - Fittings - 16-inch or > DI Pipe - Install 3a 29 Tons $ C7 $ ld Dollars & Cents per Ton Pipe - Fittings - 16-inch or > Steel Pipe - Install 3b 1 LS $ $_ Dollars & Cents per lump sum Pipe - Fittings - AWWA C310 or C303 - 16-inch or > RCCP Pipe - Install 3c 1.0 LS II -fa ttunK�_�12d�U12nfJalSunCl ;6�aD,C?� $ oQO,IYX} Dollars & Nn Cents per lump sum Select only one pay item for items numbered with "a", "b", or "c". 03/01/2007 2 PART 3 PROPOSAL PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY UNIT WITH BID PRICES WRITTEN PRICE BID IN WORDS Pipe - Pressure - Ductile Iron Pipe - 12-inch - Install by open 4 60 LF cut I OAP _ q u rl d neck $ bb .0 $ / co Dollars & No Cents per linear feet Pipe - Pressure - Ductile Iron Pipe - 24-inch - Install by open 5 105 LF _gut 11II _ lwt #uAd.ua HS 4,eeta $QL6()C) $-adj57 Dollars & NO Cents per linear feet Pipe - Casing - 78-inch Casing Pipe By Other than Open Cut 6 145 LF w/Pressure Grout -Install 'OtJQ`-j� use Y'ld Se�,pi'F►� - $ 0�5.0� $ I 8 fir° Dollars & 1�Q Cents per linear feet Pipe - Tapping Sleeve & 12 inch G.V. - 16-inch x 12-inch - Install 7 1 EA PW\tQ�QLISu ►,Qi $ - D/7a,uD $ pop.UO Dollars & No Cents per each Pipe - Tapping Sleeve & 24 inch G.V. - 30-inch x 24-inch - Install 8 2 EA -As (+W T�U V--q,)0 $ 2�m.bb $ �ex,0 Dollars Vr NO Cents per each ***Pipe - Pressure - Cathodic Protection System - Install 9 1 LS F, �+efr1 '10uc-,ayxi $ ic-�,coo,00 $ 1 cm. Dollars & NO Cents per lump sum .� ***For Steel Pipe (C200), Submit shop drawings for the appropriate Cathodic Protection System for Mortar Coated Steel Pipe or Polyurethane Coated Steel Pipe as selected by the Contractor 03/01 /2007 3 PART 3 PROPOSAL PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY UNIT WITH BID PRICES WRITTEN PRICE BID IN WORDS Valve Box - Lockable Valve Cap - Install 10 6 EA $ �-,21V-00 $ fk�p— qu A d ted Dollars & No Cents per each Valve - 12-inch - Gate - w/Valve Box — Install 11 1 EA -lyO- —F'iou nil $ $ ULl'�UD Dollars & NO Cents per each Valve - 12-inch - Gate - Post Indicator- Install 12 1 EA —T�x v1+ � r' x au r d koz� 1' �► <Ny� $ 5co -� Dolla sr Cents per each Valve - 24-inch - Gate - w/Valve Box — Installer^ 13 2 EA 11�?e�(1��I I ► galy1ci. $ a0�Do $ U Dollars & NQ Cents per each Valve - 54-inch - Butterfly - w/Vault —Install 14 3 EA 'bo,>�,�u�1a0 $ 33D} fib' Dollars & NO Cents per each Valve - 8-Inch - Blow Off - w//Sump Manhole - Install 15 2 EA +-, 4' i u "Cl tj $ $ 9C�`1D Dollars W Cents per each 03/01/2007 4 PART 3 PROPOSAL PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY UNIT WITH BID PRICES WRITTEN PRICE BID IN WORDS Valve - 10-inch - Air & Vacuum Release w/Sump Manhole 16 2 EA � i �:'ID III (� d,, 1_ $ �r—C�j� $ �o�, CY�D• Dollars & NO Cents per each Pavement - 2-Inch Min HMAC on 2/27 Concrete Base (2000-1A) - 17 100 LF Install Si A4 J $0 $ (oT Dollars & )-- 10 Cents per linear feet Pavement - Concrete on 2127 Concrete Base (2000-2) - Install 18 530 LF cS i X4— A- $ 00 $ Dollars NO Cents per linear feet Pavement - 2-inch HMAC on 6- Inch Flex Base - Temporary 19 530 LF I tall lj 00 $ Q $ Dollars & No Cents per linear feet Pavement - Marking - Thermoplastic Pavement Striping 20 530 LF -Install Vf,- $ L� b� $ 1d0 00 Dollars & N() Cents per linear feet Pavement - Marking - 4-inch -- Edge Line -White -Install 21 500 LF ' $ � � r) a $ 5� Dollars & 1\) \-) Cents per linear feet 03/01/2007 5 PART 3 PROPOSAL PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY UNIT WITH BID PRICES WRITTEN PRICE BID IN WORDS Concrete Driveway - Install 22 1760 SF �r $ b 00 $ ILI Dolles & Cents per square feet Curb & Gutter — Install To Match Existing 23 380 LF 2 f $�� $� Dollars & t�0 Cents per linear feet Dehole-Exploratory Excavation — Study 24 15 EA F- I lPq— 9C1 N J oa $ $ ? Do Dollars & 0 !J Cents per each Grass - Bermuda Sod - Install (Front of Everman High School) 25 1150 SY F-'. ff-eWJJ $ Dollars & )\14 Cents per square yard Grass - Hydromulch Seeding — Install 26 1960 SY d JN�Q— $ Dollars & }_ Cents pef square yard Concrete Walk - Install to Include ADA Wheel Chair access Ramps 27 6700 SF [= , J-Q_ $ _ � $ 33,500.Lz Dollars & N'D Cents per square yard 03/01/2007 6 PART 3 PROPOSAL PAY APPROX. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH AMOUNT ITEM QUANTITY UNIT BID PRICES WRITTEN IN UNIT PRICE BID WORDS Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan > than 1 Ac - Install 28 1 LS F%je-- -7-ho C,and. $ 00,E $ 5,obo. D Dollars & N 0 Cents per lump sum Traffic Control — Traffic 29 1 LS FiQy,tV 14d►e �i� ! $ $ � D ars NO Cents per lump sum Vault - 6'x9'x5' Precast Concrete W/Steel Hatch — Relocate (Refer to Detail 1 Sheet 17) 30 1 EA -Jai o --T'nniil ,c ✓ a $ J GY0-tv $ u noo,t)c Dollars & N Cents per each and Relocate Mhh� 31 3 EA ' , )eter vADgGarYi $ ��O[� Ov $STUD D'Jolrs& 11) Cents per each TOTAL PART 3 — WATER IMPROVEMENTS: $ �, 43-1 4130 03/01/2007 7 PART 3 PROPOSAL ESTIMATED LIST OF DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID ADD OR SUBSTRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS INCLUDING INSTALLATION Quantity Size of Fitting Type of Fitting Unit Weight (lbs) Total Weight (lbs) 1 12 90 deg bend p 0 6 D 0 4 54 45 deg bend Dd 0 000 4 54 221/2 deg bend C G Q `0 o a 2 24 221 / 2 deg bend z 0 e o 4066 1 12 221/2 de bend & 0 6 54 11 1/4 deg bend 0C 006 1 54x12 Tee ;.d e 0 2 54x24 Tee Contractor shall fill in blanks for "Weight per Fitting' and "Total Weight" as a part of his bid (weight will be based on M. J. Fittings.) 03/01/2007 8 PART 3 PROPOSAL .m ESTIMATED LIST FITTINGS FOR BAR WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID ADD OR SUBSTRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS INCLUDING INSTALLATION Quantity Size of Fitting Type of Fitting Unit Price Total Price 1 12 90 deg bend IRIM!' /Pod 4 54 45 deg bend 0 D eq a? P6 6 4 54 22 1/ 2 deg bend OaD ' 0 o D00 2 24 221/2 de bend }0110 CC d o6 1 12 22 1/ 2 de bend D p6 c� DDO ILL 6 54 11 1/ 4 deg bend � 0 GG' IiL v o06 1 54x12 Tee 2 54x24 Tee 03/01/2007 PART 3 PROPOSAL ESTIMATED LIST OF STEEL PIPE FITTINGS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID ADD OR SUBSTRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS INCLUDING INSTALLATION Quantity Size of Fitting Type of Fitting Unit Price Total Price 1 12 90 deg bend 4 54 45 deg bend _ 4 54 221/2 deg bend 2 24 221 / 2 deg bend 1 12 221/ 2 de bend 6 54 111/4 deg bend 1 54x12 Tee 2 54x24 Tee 03/01/2007 10 PART 3 PROPOSAL MATERIAL SUPPLIER INFORMATION FORM CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE The concrete pipe information form bound with this project manual shall be provided by the Contractor at the tigia that bids ere submitted Name of Manufacturer Type of Pipe 0aclfs,rx4s Home Office Address of Manufacturer pt'g, G l Location of plant in which pipe and fittings are to be manufactured STEEL PIPE The steel pipe information form bound with this project manual shall be provided by the Contractor at the time that bids were submitted Name of Manufacturer Type of Pipe Home Office Address of Manufacturer Location of plant in which pipe and fittings are to be manufactured Check one: ❑ Mortar Coated ❑ Polyurethane Coating DUCTILE IRON PIPE The ductile iron pipe information form bound with this project manual shall be provided by the Contractor at the time that bids were submitted Name of Manufacturer Home Office Address of Manufacturer Location of plant in which pipe and fittings are to be manufactured Type of Pipe 03101 /2007 11 PART 3 PROPOSAL loanwk Within ten (10) days after notification by the City, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract documents, for the faithful performance of the Contract. The attached bid security in the amount of 5% is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work caused thereby. The undersigned bidder certifies that he has been furnished with at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects dated January 1,1978, including latest revisions, and that he has read and thoroughly understands all the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and the specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans. The undersigned assures that it employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400. The Bidder agrees to begin construction within ten (10) calendar days after issue of the work order, and to complete the contract within One Hundred and Fifty -Eight (158) calendar days after beginning construction as set forth in the written work order to be furnished by the Owner. (Complete A or B below, as applicable) A. The principal place of business of our company is in the State of Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business, are not required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statue is attached. Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business are not required to underbid resident bidders. B� The principal place of business of our company or our parent company majority owner is in the State of Texas. Addendum No. 1 (Initials `%/ , Addendum No. 2 (Initials ) Addendum No. 3 (Initials ) (seal) If bidder is a corporation Date: 03) aA[o-i Respectfully sub tted, By: Titl a( y CO r�C�l�Sp , �(QSA Q Company: C,OYV_4&e (- O. )r } rLt Cl" ► Drl_r_�' I Address: �or4 `— X 03/01/2007 12 PART 3 PROPOSAL PART C GENERAL CONDITIONS PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS NOVEMBER 1, 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS C1-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1 (1) C 1-1.1 Definition of Terms Cl-1 (1) C 1-1.2 Contract Documents Cl-1 (2) C1-1.3 Notice to Bidders C1-1 (2) C1-1.4 Proposal C1-1 (2) C1-1.5 Bidder C1-1 (2) C 1-1.6 General Conditions Cl-1 (2) C1-1.7 Special Conditions C1-1 (2) C1-1.8 Specifications C1-1 (2) C1-1.9 Bonds C1-1 (2) C1-1.10 Contract C1-1 (3) C1-1.11 Plans C1-1 (3) C1-1.12 City C1-1 (3) C1-1.13 City Council C1-1 (3) C1-1.14 Mayor C1-1 (3) C1-1.15 City Manager C1-1 (3) C1-1.16 City Attorney C1-1 (3) C1-1.17 Director of Public Works C1-1 (3) C 1-1.18 Director, City Water Department Cl-1 (3) C1-1.19 Engineer C1-1 (3) C1-1.20 Contractor C1-1 (3) C 1-1.21 Sureties Cl-1 (4) C1-1.22 The Work or Project C1-1 (4) C1-1.23 Working Day C1-1 (4) C 1-1.24 Calendar Days Cl-1 (4) C1-1.25 Legal Holidays C1-1 (4) C1-1.26 Abbreviations Cl-1 (4) C1-1.27 Change Order C1-1 (5) C 1-1.28 Paved Streets and Alleys Cl-1 (5) C 1-1.29 Unpaved Streets or Alleys Cl-1 (6) C1-1.30 City Street C1-1 (6) C1-1.31 Roadway C1-1 (6) C1-1.32 Gravel Street C1-1 (6) C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 Proposal Form C2-2 (1) C2-2.2 Interpretation of Quantities C2-2 (1) C2-2.3 Examination of Contract Documents and Site of Project C2-2 (2) C2-2.4 Submitting of Proposal C2-2 (2) C2-2.5 Rejection of Proposals C2-2 (3) (1) C2-2.6 Bid Security C2-2 (3) C2-2.7 Delivery of Proposal C2-2 (3) C2-2.8 Withdrawing Proposals C2-2 (3) C2-2.9 Telegraphic Modifications of Proposals C2-2 (3) C2-2.10 Public Opening of Proposal C2-2 (4) C2-2.11 Irregular Proposals C2-2 (4) C2-2.12 Disqualification of Bidders C2-2 (4) C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: C3-3.1 Consideration of Proposals C3-3 (1) C3-3.2 Minority Business Enterprise/Women Business C3-3 (1) Enterprise Compliance C3-3.3 Equal Employment Provisions C3-3 (1) C3-3.4 Withdrawal of Proposals C3-3 (1) C3-3.5 Award of Contract C3-3 (2) C3-3.6 Return of Proposal Securities C3-3 (2) C3-3.7 Bonds C3-3 (2) C3-3.8 Execution of Contract C3-3 (3) C3-3.9 Failure to Execute Contract 0-3 (3) C-3-3.10 Beginning Work 0-3 (4) C3-3.11 Insurance C3-3 (4) C3-3.12 Contractor's Obligations 0-3 (6) C3-3.13 Weekly Payrolls 0-3 (6) C3-3.14 Contractor's Contract Administration C3-3 (6) C3-3.15 Venue C3-3 (7) C44 SCOPE OF WORK C44.1 Intent of Contract Documents C44 (1) C4-4.2 Special Provisions C4-4 (1) C4-4.3 Increased or Decreased Quantities C4-4 (1) C44.4 Alteration of Contract Documents C44 (2) C44.5 Extra Work C44 (2) C44.6 Schedule of Operation C44 (3) C44.7 Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities C44 (4) C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 Authority of Engineer C5-5 (1) C5-5.2 Conformity with Plans C5-5 (1) C5-5.3 Coordination of Contract Documents C5-5 (1) C5-5.4 Cooperation of Contractor C5-5 (2) C5-5.5 Emergency and/or Rectification Work C5-5 (2) C5-5.6 Field Office C5-5 (3) C5-5.7 Construction Stakes C5-5 (3) C5-5.8 Authority and Duties of City Inspector C5-5 (3) (2) C5-5.9 Inspection C5-5 (4) C5-5.10 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work C5-5 (4) C5-5.11 Substitute Materials or Equipment C5-5 (4) C5-5.12 Samples and Tests of Materials C5-5 (5) CS-5.13 Storage of Materials C5-5 (5) C5-5.14 Existing Structures and Utilities C5-5 (5) C5-5.15 Interruption of Service C5-5 (6) C5-5.16 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors C5-5 (7) C5-5.17 Clean -Up C5-5 (7) C5-5.18 Final Inspection C5-5 (8) C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 Laws to be Observed C6-6 (1) C6-6.2 Permits and Licenses C6-6 (1) C6-6.3 Patented Devices, Materials, and Processes C6-6 (1) C6-6.4 Sanitary Provisions C6-6 (1) C6-6.5 Public Safety and Convenience C6-6 (2) C6-6.6 Privileges f Contractor in Streets, Alleys, C6-6 (3) and Right -of -Way C6-6.7 Railway Crossings C6-6 (3) C6-6.8 Barricades, Warnings and Flagmen C6-6 (3) C6-6.9 Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. C6-6 (4) C6-6.10 Work Within Easements C6-6 (5) C6.6.11 Independent Contractor C6-6 (6) C6-6.12 Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims C6-6 (6) C6-6.13 Contractor's Claim for Damages C6-6 (8) C6-6.14 Adjustment or Relocation of Public Utilities, Etc. C6-6 (8) C6-6.15 Temporary Sewer and Drain Connections C6-6 (8) C6-6.16 Arrangement and Charges for Water Furnished by the City C6-6 (9) C6-6.17 Use of a Section or Portion of the Work C6-6 (9) C6-6.18 Contractor's Responsibility for the Work C6-6 (9) C6-6.19 No Waiver of Legal Rights C6-6 (9) C6-6.20 Personal Liability of Public Officials C6-6 (10) C6-6.21 State Sales Tax C6-6 (10) C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS C7-7.1 Subletting C7-7 (1) C7-7.2 Assignment of Contract C7-7 (1) C7-7.3 Prosecution of The Work C7-7 (1) C7-7.4 Limitation of Operations C7-7 (2) C7-7.5 Character of Workmen and Equipment C7-7 (2) C7-7.6 Work Schedule C7-7 (3) C7-7.7 Time of Commencement and Completion C7-7 (3) C7-7.8 Extension of Time Completion C7-7 (3) C7-7.9 Delays C7-7 (4) C7-7.10 Time of Completion C7-7 (4) (3) C7-7.11 Suspension by Court Order C7-7 (5) C7-7.12 Temporary Suspension C7-7 (5) C7-7.13 Termination of Contract due to National Emergency C7-7 (6) C7-7.14 Suspension or Abandonment of the Work C7-7 (6) and Annulment of the Contract: C7-7.15 Fulfillment of Contract C7-7 (8) C7-7.16 Termination for Convenience of the Owner C7-7 (8) C7-7.17 Safety Methods and Practices C7-7 (11) C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8.1 Measurement Of Quantities C8-8 (1) C8-8.2 Unit Prices C8-8 (1) C8-8.3 Lump Sum C8-8 (1) C8-8.4 Scope of Payment C8-8 (1) C8-8.5 Partial Estimates and Retainage C8-8 (2) C8-8.6 Withholding Payment C8-8 (3) C8-8.7 Final Acceptance C8-8 (3) C8-8.8 Final Payment C8-8 (3) C8-8.9 Adequacy of Design C8-8 (4) C8-8.10 General Guaranty C8-8 (4) C8-8.11 Subsidiary Work C8-8 (4) C8-8.12 Miscellaneous Placement of Material C8-8 (4) C8-8.13 Record Documents C8-8 (4) (4) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C1-1 DEFINITIONS SECTION C1-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are in all of the written and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained on the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and Include the following Items PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Sample) White PART B - PROPOSAL (Sample) White PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS (CITY) Canary Yellow (Developer) Brown PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green PART E - SPECIFICATIONS El -White E2-Golden Rod E2A-White PERMITS/EASEMENTS Blue PART F - BONDS (Sample) White PART G - CONTRACT (Sample) White b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) same as above PART B -PROPOSAL (Bid) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PART F - BONDS PART G - CONTRACT PART H - PLANS (Usually bound separately) C1-1 (1) C1-1.3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders. C1-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. C1-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm, partnership, company, association, corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents, constitutes a bidder. C1-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances. Whenever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and the Special Conditions, the latter shall take precedence. . C1-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. C1-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract Documents which set forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed an useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations, requirements, statutes, etc., such referred to documents shall become a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein. C1-19 BONDS: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the Contractor for prompt and faithful performance of the contract and include the following: a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) C. Maintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and C2-2.6) C1-1 (2) C1-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is a formal signed agreement between the owner and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. C 1-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross -sections, layout diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from the other parts of the Contract Documents, but they are part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. C1-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final enforcement of the Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous. C1-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tem of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. C 1-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The officially appointed official of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, referred to in the charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.18 DIRECTOR CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The officially appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. C1-1.19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors, or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. C1-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person, person's, partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub -contractor is a person, firm, C1-1 (3) corporation, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for the work at the site of the project. C1-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds as are required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein. C1-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. C1-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6 C1-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. C1-1.25: LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows: 1. New Year's day 2. M.L. King, Jr. Birthday 3. Memorial Day 4. Independence Day 5. Labor Day 6. Thanksgiving Day 7. Thanksgiving Friday 8. Christmas Day 9. Such other days in lieu of holidays as the City Council may determine January 1 Third Monday in January Last Monday in May July 4 First Monday in September Fourth Thursday in November Forth Friday in November December 25 When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council, falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday, or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar as the holiday. C1-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Whenever the abbreviations defined herein appear in the Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows: AASHTO - American Association of State MGD - Million Gallons C1-1 (4) Highway Transportation Officials per Day ASCE - American Society of Civil CFS - Cubic Foot per Engineers Second IAW - In Accordance With Min. - Minimum ASTM - American Society of Testing Mono. - Monolithic Materials % - Percentum AWWA - American Water Works R - Radius Association I.D. - Inside Diameter ASA - American Standards Association O.D. - Outside Diameter HI - Hydraulic Institute Elev. - Elevation Asph. - Asphalt F - Fahrenheit Ave. - Avenue C - Centigrade Blvd. - Boulevard In. - Inch Cl - Cast Iron Ft. - Foot CL - Center Line St. - Street GI - Galvanized Iron CY - Cubic Yard Lin. - Linear or Lineal Yd. - Yard lb. - Pound SY - Square yard MH - Manhole L.F. - Linear Foot Max. - Maximum D.I. - Ductile Iron .-Wh% C1-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject matter of a'Change Order unless the increase or decrease is more than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary furnished by the Contractor. C1-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface: 1. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material. 2. Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not including an oiled surface, with or without separate base material. 3. Brick, with or without separate base material. 4. Concrete, with or without separate base material. 5. Any combination of the above. C1-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or other surface is any area except those defined for "Paved Streets and Alleys." C1-1 (5) C1-1.30 CITY STREET: A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way lines as the street is dedicated. C1-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (2') back of the curb lines or four (`4) feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists. C1-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is an unimproved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made. C1-1 (6) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C 1-1 DEFINITIONS SECTION Cl-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are in all of the written and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained on the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and Include the following Items PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Sample) White PART B - PROPOSAL (Sample) White PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS (CITY) Canary Yellow (Developer) Brown PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green PART E - SPECIFICATIONS El -White E2-Golden Rod E2A-White PERMITS/EASEMENTS Blue PART F - BONDS (Sample) White PART G - CONTRACT (Sample) White b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) same as above PART B -PROPOSAL (Bid) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PARTF-BONDS PART G - CONTRACT PART H - PLANS (Usually bound separately) Cl-1 (1) C1-1.3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders. C1-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform -the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. C1-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm, partnership, company, association, corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representativc, submitting a proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents, constitutes a bidder. C1-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances. Whenever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and the Special Conditions, the latter shall take precedence. . C1-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. C1-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract Documents which set forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed an useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations, requirements, statutes, etc., such referred to documents shall become a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein. C1-1.9 BONDS: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the Contractor for prompt and faithful performance of the contract and include the following: a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) C. Maintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and C2-2.6) C1-1 (2) C1-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is a formal signed agreement between the owner and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. C1-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross -sections, layout diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from the other parts of the Contract Documents, but they are part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. C1-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final enforcement of the Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous. C 1-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tern of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The officially appointed official of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, referred to in the charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.18 DIRECTOR. CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The officially appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. C1-1.19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors, or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. C1-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person, person's, partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub -contractor is a person, firm, C1-1 (3) corporation, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for the work at the site of the project. C1-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds as are required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein. C1-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. C1-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6 C1-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. C1-1.25: LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows: 1. New Year's day 2. M.L. King, Jr. Birthday 3. Memorial Day 4. Independence Day 5. Labor Day 6. Thanksgiving Day 7. Thanksgiving Friday 8. Christmas Day 9. Such other days in lieu of holidays as the City Council may determine January 1 Third Monday in January Last Monday in May July 4 First Monday in September Fourth Thursday in November Forth Friday in Novcmber December 25 When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council, falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday, or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar as the holiday. C1-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Whenever the abbreviations defined herein appear in the Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows: AASHTO - American Association of State MGD - Million Gallons C1-1 (4) Highway Transportation Officials per Day ASCE - American Society of Civil CFS - Cubic Foot per Engineers Second IAW - In Accordance With Min. - Minimum ASTM - American Society of Testing Mono. - Monolithic Materials % - Percentum AWWA - American Water Works R - Radius Association I.D. - Inside Diameter ASA - American Standards Association O.D. - Outside Diameter HI - Hydraulic Institute Elev. - Elevation Asph. - Asphalt F - Fahrenheit Ave. - Avenue C - Centigrade Blvd. - Boulevard In. - Inch Cl - Cast Iron Ft. - Foot CL - Center Line St. - Street GI - Galvanized Iron CY - Cubic Yard Lin. - Linear or Lineal Yd. - Yard lb. - Pound SY - Square yard MH - Manhole L.F. - Linear Foot Max. - Maximum D.I. - Ductile Iron C 1-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is more than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary furnished by the Contractor. C1-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface: 1. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material. 2. Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not including an oiled surface, with or without separate base material. 3. Brick, with or without separate base material. 4. Concrete, with or without separate base material. 5. Any combination of the above. C1-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or other surface is any area except those defined for "Paved. Streets and Alleys." C1-1 (5) C1-1.30 CITY STREET: A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way lines as the street is dedicated. C1-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (2') back of the curb lines or four (`4) feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists. C1-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is an unimproved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made. C1-1 (6) SECTION C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will furnish bidders with Proposal form, which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner will famish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record," "Equipment Schedule," and "Financial Statement," all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the current financial status. This statement must be current and no more than one (1) year old. In the case that bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of ten (10) percent of the estimated project cost will be required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received, and such experience must have been completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date on which Bids are to be received. The Director of the Water Department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he submits a bid. C2-2.2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES: The quantities of work and materials to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents. C2-2 (1) C2-2.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner will furnish. All additional information and data which the Owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. Bidders are required, prior to filing of proposal, to read and become familiar with the Contract Documents, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations, tests, boring, and by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during construction of the project. They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal. No information given by the Owner or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal is prima -facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only and may not be correct. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. C2-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the form furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both words and numerals, for which he proposes to do work contemplated or furnish the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between price written in words and the price written in numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by him (her) or his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member of the firm, association, or partnership, or by person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporation name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. C2-2 (2) C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration of words or figures, additions not called for, conditional or uncalled for alternate bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalanced value of any items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. C2-2.6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a "Proposal Security" of the character and the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders" and the "Proposal." The Bid Security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will within the required time execute a formal contract and furnish the required performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof. The bid security of all other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids. C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders." It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marker with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the City Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth, Texas. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non -consideration must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non -consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non - consideration requests have been properly filed mav, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAHIC MODIFICATIONS OF PROPOSALS: Any Bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. C2-2.10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly filed and for which no "Non -consideration Request" has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his authorized representative at the time C2-2 (3) and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders." All proposals which have been opened and read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids. C2-2.11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as "Irregular" if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions, or conditions not called for, unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the Owner reserves the right to waive any all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which can not be waived. C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of, but not limited to, the following reasons: a) Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders. b) Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. c) The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the bidder. d) The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. e) The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. f) Lack of competency as revealed by financial statement, experience statement, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see fit to make. g) Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. h) The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: 1. Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder as specified in Part "A" - Special Instructions 2. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been successfully completed by the Bidder. 3. An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has available for use on the project. The Bid Proposal of the bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened. C2-2 (4) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS SECTION C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: C3-3.1 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents. The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of the unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the ward of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re -advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as may be considered for the best interest of the Owner. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner, upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman -owned Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and the payment therefor. Contractor further agrees, upon request by the Owner, to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWE or WBE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for bidding on future Contracts with the Owner for a period of time of not less than six (6) months. C3-3.3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with Current City Ordinances prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and at his request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. C3-3.4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: After a proposal has been read by the Owner, it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within forty-five (45) days after the date on which the proposals were opened. C3-3 (1) C 3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five (45) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee. The award of the contract, if award is made, will be to the lowest and best responsive bidder. The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award. C3-3.6 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment, would not be considered for the award. All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest bidders, will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. C3-3.7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the owner in the amounts herein required, the following bonds: a. PERFORMANCE BOND: A good and sufficient performance bond in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection of the Owner and all other persons against damage by reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work or use of inferior materials. This performance bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is made on the project by the City. b. MAINTENANCE BOND: A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set forth in paragraph C8-8.10. C. PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill C3-3 (2) 344, Acts 56 h Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27, 1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract being constructed under these specifications. Payment Bond shall remain in force until all payments as above stipulated are made. d. OTHER BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the Owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the Owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and Surety Company. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due or paid until approval of the bonds by the Owner. C3-3.8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10) days after the Owner has appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute and file with the Owner, the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. No Contract shall be binding upon the Owner until it has been attested by the City Secretary, approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager. C3-3.9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee to execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten (10) days after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the owner may annual the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occurring to the owner by reason of said awardee's failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which the Owner will suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon immediately by forfeited to the Owner. C3-3 (3) The filing of a proposal will be considered as acceptance of this provision by the Bidder. C-3-3.10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization usually termed "Work Order" or "Proceed Order", it is agreed that the Surety Company will, within ten (10) days after the commencement date set forth in such written authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract. C3-3.11INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub -contractor's certificate of insurance for approval. The prime Contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub -contractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all sub -contractors. a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract, Worker's Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub -contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Worker's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor Shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract, Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in the amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of property damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage. C. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY: The Contractor shall furnish insurance as a separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above -mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage, the following insurance: Contingent Liability (covers General Contractor's Liability for acts of sub -contractors). 2. Blasting, prior to any blasting being done. C3-3 (4) Collapse of buildings or structures adjacent to excavation fif excavation are performed adjacent to same). 4. Damage to underground utilities for $500,000. 5. Builder's risk (where above -ground structures are involved). 6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of Contract). d. AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the life of this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than $500,000 on account of one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100,000. e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub -contractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in the amounts and by carriers satisfactory to the Owner. (Sample attached.) All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub -contractors, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not cover the sub -contractor's work operations. g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: The insurance and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and performance, payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written, shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within the city limits of the City of Fort Worth. Tarrant County, Texas. Each such C3-3 (5) agent shall be a duly qualified, one upon whom authority and power to act on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, and claims that the City of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort Worth - Dallas area. The name of the agent, or agents shall be set forth on all such bonds and certificates of insurance. C3-3.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor shall pay for all materials, labor and services when due. C3-3.13 WEEKLY PAYROLLS: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment of wages to all persons engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be furnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished the Contractor, by the Owner, however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor, whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, corporation or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City .for construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully operational business office within the Fort Worth -Dallas metropolitan area. The Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign this office (or he may delegate his Project Superintendent) with full authority to transact all business actions required in the performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or other wise and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material, labor or other expenditure, all claims against work or any other mater associated such as maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the project. Such local authority for the administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained until all business transactions executed as part of Contract are complete. Should the Contractor's principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth - Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor's assignment of local authority shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible offices with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to the local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents. The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the C3-3 (6) Contractor's administration, whether it be oriented in furthering the work, or other, be governed direct by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance and surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his sole discretion, stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer is assigned. No credit of working time will be allowed for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason. C3-3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action hereinunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas. C3-3 (7) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special services, and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project. C4-4.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, the "Special Provisions" covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of receiving bids or proposals for any such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda. All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be part of the Contract Documents just as though they were originally written therein. C44.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than twenty-five (25) percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work." No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits not shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted herein as applying to overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to the various depth categories. C4-4 (1) C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change order, the owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to insure completion in the most satisfactory manner, provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the Contract Documents. C44.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "Extra Work" and shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto; provided however, that before any extra work is begun a "Change order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: a. Unit bid price previously approved. b. An agreed lump sum. C. The actual reasonable cost of (1) labor, (2) rental of equipment used on the extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates, (3) materials entering permanently into the project, and (4) actual cost of insurance, bonds, and social security as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10 percent of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owner by him and used for extra work. The fee shall be full and complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, other profit, general and all other expense not included in (1), (2), (3), and (4) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and in the method suggested by the Owner and shall give the Owner access to all accounts, bills, vouchers, and records relating to the Extra Work. No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each of the Contracting Parties. No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work, prior to beginning such work. C4-4 (2) Should a difference arise as to what does or dose not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as provided under method (Item C). Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five (5) days before the time for making the first estimate after such work is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon said Extra Work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. The compensation agreed upon for "Extra Work" whether or not initiated by a "Change Order" shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or extra work. C4-4.6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION: Before commencing any work under this contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval ..� thereof, a "Schedule of Operations," showing by a straight line method the date of commencing and fmishing each of the major elements of the Contract. There shall be also shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected. There shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction with the time being plotted horizontally and percentage of completion plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8-1/2" x I sheets and at least five black or blue line prints shall be furnished to the Owner. C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES: Within ten (10) days prior to submission of the first monthly progress payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the owner for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on activities (including procurement of materials, plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM) network diagram. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments in contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications. C4-4 (3) Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule, the Contractor shall review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor's understanding of the contract requirements. The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule: a. Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to the time constraints, sequencing requirements and completion time. b. The construction progress shall be divided into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen days (14) days and construction values not to exceed $50,000. Fabrication, delivery and submittal activities are exceptions to this guideline. C. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within the duration of each activity. d. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule. e. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or bencfit of either the Contractor or the Owner. f. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified. The construction schedule shall as a minimum, be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen (14) days duration. For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this Section. For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the following procurements, construction and preacceptance activities and events in their logical sequence for equipment and materials. 1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals 2. Submittal review periods. 3. Shop fabrication and delivery. C44 (4) 4. Erection or installation. 5. Transmittal of manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions. 6. Installed equipment and materials testing. 7. Owner's operator instruction (if applicable). 8. Final inspection. 9. Operational testing. If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. C4-4 (5) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS SECTION C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of the materials furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of the construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fulfillment of the Contract, compensation, mutual rights between Contractor and Owner under these Contract Documents, supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequence or procedures of construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such event shall be a condition to the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the owner and Contractor, a written decision on the matter in controversy. C5-5.2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The fmished project in all cases shall conform with lines, grades, cross -sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or any other requirements other wise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. C5-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are made up of several sections, which, taken together, are intended to describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in one of the sections is as binding as though it occurred in all sections. In case of discrepancies, figured dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions, plans shall govern over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions and standard specification, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in C5-5 (1) the Contract Documents, and the owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. In the event the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a conflict in drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. C5-5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the -project at all times, one set of such Contract Documents. The Contractor shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other Contractors in every possible way. The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at the site of the project a competent, English-speaking superintendent and an assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas, and shall be subject to call, as is the project superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to adequately provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which the project extends or the safety of the property contiguous to the project routing. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When, in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night, whether the project is scheduled on a calendar -day or a working -day basis. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the -� C5-5 (2) discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not shoe just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due the Contractor on the project. C5-5.6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field office shall be not less than 10 x 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, well heated, air conditioned, lighted, and weather proof, so that documents will not be damaged by the elements. C5-5.7 CONTRUCTION STAKES: The City, through its Engineer, will furnish the Contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted under these Contract Documents, and lines, grades and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary method of marking as may be found consistent with good practice. These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for Contractor's use or guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. C5-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTOR: City Inspectors will be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have the authority to reject materials or equipment, and/or to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer. The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary tot he requirement s of the Contract Documents. The City Inspector will in no case act as superintendent or C5-5 (3) foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents of the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions or the City Inspector, the Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on the matter in Controversy. C5-5.9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests, the Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should Work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of all adjacent defective or damaged parts shall be at the Contractor's expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision or inspection. C5-5.10 REMOVAL OF EDEFCTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All work, materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at this expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specially provided, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Upon the failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the cost thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due tot he Contractor. Failure to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shall not constitute acceptance of such work. C5-5.11 SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT: If the Specifications, law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if Contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the preconstruction conference, make written application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the function called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified ; and identifying all variations of the proposed substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance C5-5 (4) service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without written approval of Engineer who will be the judge of the equality and may require Contractor to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employees by either of them from and against the claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. C5-5.12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OF MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing agency by the Owner unless other wise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility of furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests and sampling of materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not, without specific written permission of the Engineer, use materials represented by the samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and the mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the placing of concrete, using samples from the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change, new tests shall be made prior to the use of new materials. C5-5.13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction contract shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of quality and fitness of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean durable surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. C5-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions shown on the plans relative to the existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission from, the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains, water mains, conduits, sewer lines and service lines for all utilities, etc., is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the plans or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered C5-5 (5) sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Extra Work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision of which is not made in these Contract Documents, in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify locations of the adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities, structures, and service lines. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All verification of utilities and their adjustment shall be considered subsidiary work. C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE: a. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosecution of work where the interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance, shall be required to: Notify the Water Department's Distribution Division as to location, time, and schedule of service interruption. 2. Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as to the time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer's door knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, and in large bold letters shall say: C5-5 (6) "NOTICE" Due to Utility Improvement in your neighborhood, your (water) (sewer) service will be interrupted on between the hours of and This inconvenience will be as short as possible. Thank You, Contractor Address Phone b. Emergent: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs, notice shall be as above, but immediate. C5-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through act or neglect on the part of the Contractor, or any other Contractor or any sub -contractor shall suffer loss or damage of the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other Contractor or sub -contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub- contractor shall assert any claim against the owner on account of damage alleged to have been sustained, the owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the owner against any such claim. C5-5.17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Twenty-four (24) hours after written notice is given the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Upon the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents, and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the project all surplus and discarded materials, temporary structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any clean-up required on the project. C5-5 (7) C5-5.18 FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the work provided for in and contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final clean-up performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner and request that a Final Inspection be made. Such inspection will be made within 10 days after such notification. After such final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the date of final inspection of the work. C5-5 (8) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED:The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply with all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea or misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees. C6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6.3 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter, patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract price shall include all royalties or cost arising from patents, trademarks, and copyrights in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such trade -mark or copyright in connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents, and shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work, provided, however, that the Owner will assume the responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon the design, type of construction or material or equipment specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such suits. C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce among his employees such regulations in regard to cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance about the work on any property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by -Vwkl the Contractor. All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free C6-6(1) from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with. C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment stored about the work shall be placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including, but not limited to, safe and convenient ingress and egress to the property contiguous tot he work area. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except during actual trenching or pipe installation operations, at all driveway crossings. Such provisions may include bridging, placement or crushed stone or gravel or such other means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer, If diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor may make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his expense, provide all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer. The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in construction -�- of the work shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, water valves, gas valves, or manholes in the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention, after twenty-four hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the cost of such work or materials furnished by the Owner or by the City shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when any street or alley is requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, and when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street, streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are placed back in service. Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the structures of such crossings. C6-6(2) The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and scrubs located in close proximity to or on the site of the work. Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will be made by the Owner in settlement of such claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement showing all such claims adjusted. C6-6.6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS ALLEYS AND RIGHT-OF-WAY: For the performance of the contract, the Contractor will be permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights -of -way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or staked in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the Contractor and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense. C6-6.7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way of any railroad, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the railroad tracks are to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railroad company as to the methods of performing the work and take all precautions for the safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway companies for the permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City Notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intentions to begin work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties. The Contractor will not be given extra compensation for such railway crossings unless specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall at his own expense furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, fences, lights; and danger signals, shall provide such watchman, and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary. Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work under construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and keep C6-6(3) them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident or damage. All installations and procedures shall be consistent with provisions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways", codified as Article 6701d Veron's Civil Statues, pertinent section being Section Nos. 27, 29,30and 31. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 871-8075), to remove the sign. In case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referred manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re -installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re -install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re -installation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible foe all damage to the work or the public due to failure of barricades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect them. Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor for the Work and materials involved in the constructing, providing, and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or salaries of watchmen, for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. C6-6.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES, DROP WEIGHT ETC.: Should the Contractor elect to use explosives, drop weight, etc., in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify the proper representative of any public service corporation, any company, individual, or utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four hours in advance of the use of any activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the work. C6-6(4) Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project, as specified in the Special Conditions Documents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four hours prior to commencing and shall furnish evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives. C6-6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, through, or into private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges, as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights -of - way or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his expense. Such additional rights -of -way or work area shall be acquired for the benefit of the City. The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. The Contractor will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights -of -way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use every precaution to prevent damage to, all tress, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property adjacent to the work. The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. When and where any direct or indirect or injury is done to public or private property on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of non -execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore or have restored as his cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner, or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer. C6-6(5) All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed, the Contractor shall set cross brace posts on either side of the permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross -braced posts at the point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent easements limits, before the fence is cut. Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal, temporary closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property or to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon 48 hour written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results, proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due to or to become due to the Contractor under this contract. C6.6.11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant, or employee of the Owner. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and exclusive right to control the details of all work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing the same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractor, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply as between Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between Owner and Contractor. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees from and against any and all claims or suits for property damage or loss and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the Contractor; its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence on the part of officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees for property damage or loss, and/or personal injuries, including death, to any and all person of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly C6-6(6) or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence of officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and against any and all injuries, loss or damages to property of the Owner during the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in connection with or resulting from, in whole or in apart, any and all alleged acts of omission of officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, or invitces of the Owner. In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or its subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended to the Director of the Water Department for a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved. If the claims concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in the amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by the Director. The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory tot he Director that: 1. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved, or 2. Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims, and such good faith efforts have failed. If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director may recommend that final payment to the Contractor be made. At the cxpiration of the six month period, the Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. C6-6(7) The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water Department Contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation foe any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner, he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or before the 250' day of the month succeeding that in which ant such damage is claimed to have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and the amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such damages. C6-6.14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES ETC.: In case it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to the property that may be necessary by the performance of this Contract. C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or divisions. The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service and maintained under the Contract, except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be adequately protected. C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY: When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any construction work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. C6-6(8) City water fiimished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery shall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor's responsibility in the use of all. existing fire hydrant and/or valves is detailed in Section E2-1.2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be made at the regular established rates. When meters are not used, the charges, if any, will be as prescribed by the City ordinance, or where no ordinances applies, payment shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department. C 6-6.17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK: Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written notice of the Engineer, and such usage shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any part thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents. All necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or deficient operations on the part of the Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense. C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove causes. C6-6.19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work, or any extension of time, or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any power of authority granted thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representative of the Owner, either personally or other wise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6(9) C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth, and organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable State Comptroller's rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly -owner improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act permits and information can be obtained from: Comptroller of Public Accounts Sales Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX C6-6(10) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS: C7-7.1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization, and with the assistance of workmen under his immediate superintendance, work of a value of not less than fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced on the contract. If the Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees or workmen of the Contractor and shall be subject tot he same requirements as to character and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives. C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, sublet, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties. If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership, company, fun, or corporation, or does by bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any states, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction operations, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a brief outlining in detail and step by step the manner of prosecuting the work and ordering materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled time. There shall be submitted a table of estimated amounts to be earned by the Contractor during each monthly estimate period. The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous manner and with sufficient equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. C7-7(1) The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in the Special Contract Documents. Any Deviation from such sequencing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility of the complete performance of the Contract. The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME OF COMPLETION of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time. C7-7.4 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way greater than is necessary for proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on any additional section or street. C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor when it is available. The Contractor may bring from outside the City of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent. All other workmen, including equipment operators, may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties and tasks assigned to them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the Owner, shall misconduct himself or to be found to be incompetent, disrespectful, intemperate, dishonest, or otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper performance of his or their duties, or who neglect or refuses to comply with or carry out the direction of the owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without written consent of the Engineer. All workmen shall have sufficient skill, ability, and experience to properly perform the work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the performance of the assigned duties. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is considered to be necessary for the prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition. Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work. Workmen or adjacent property will result from its use. C7-7(2) C7-7.6 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting with the first day of the work completed as defined in C1-1.23 "WORKING DAYS" or the date stipulated in the "WORK ORDER" for beginning work, whichever comes fast. Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays, providing that the following requirements are met: a. A request to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be made to the Engineer no later that the preceding Thursday. b. Any work to be done on the project on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer, essential to the timely completion of the project. The Engineer's decision shall be fmal in response to such a request for approval to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation shall be allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday. Calendar Days shall be defined in C1-1.24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires. 00aw C7-7.7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the owner as abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit. The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time as may be properly authorized. C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the time alleged cause of delay shall occurred. Should an extension of the time of completion be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval. In adjusting the contract time for completion of work, consideration will be given to unforeseen causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, embargoes, or delays of sub -contractors due to such causes. When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time C7-7(3) due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery on schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make delivery. If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents, then the contract time mat be increased by Change Order. C7-7.9 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed, a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by the Engineer found correct, shall be approved and referred by the Engineer to the City Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the City Council shall be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineer to stop work, or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council: and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential element of the Contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the proposal, the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the proposal section of the Contract Documents. The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, or increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents, will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner. AMOUNT OF CONTRACT C7-7(4) AMOUNT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PER DAY Less than $ 5,000 inclusive $ 35.00 $ 5,001 to $ 15,000 inclusive $ 45.00 $ 15,001 to $ 25,000 inclusive $ 63.00 $ 25,001 to $ 50,000 inclusive $ 105.00 $ 50,001 to $ 100,000 inclusive $ 154.00 $ 100,001 to $ 500,000 inclusive $ 210.00 $ 500,001 to $ 1,000,000 inclusive $ 315.00 $ 1,000,001 to $ 2,000,000 inclusive $ 420.00 $ 2,000,000 and over $ 630.00 The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be incapable or very difficult to calculate due to lack of accurate information, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7.11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court, and will not be entitled to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the City in the vent the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely responsible. C7-7.12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unsuitable conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension of the work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor as set forth in Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THETIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and C7-7(5) returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY: Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the president of the United States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall within seven days notify the City in writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If, after investigations, the owner finds that such conditions existing and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contractor, than if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in procuring and making available the necessary labor, materials, and equipment within thirty days, the Contractor my request the owner to terminate the contract and the owner may comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall include. But not be limited to the payment for all work executed but not anticipated profits on work which has not been performed. C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF THE CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any portion or section of the work under Contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the Engineer or the Contract may be declared canceled by the City Council for any good and sufficient cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation, may be considered grounds for suspension or cancellation: a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner. b. Substantial evidence that progress of the work operations by the Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. C. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations. d. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work. C7-7(6) e. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work satisfactorily. f. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents. g. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner. h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under contract. i. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose. j. If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working operation in an acceptable manner. k. If the Contractor commences legal action against the Owner. A Copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the contract is canceled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and may perform the same or may, with written consent of the owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in such event shall assume the Contractor's place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all of the terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such work thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the C7-7(7) Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any materials, plants, tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contract, then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with the performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as having been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. A. NOTICE OF TERMINATION: Any Termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the Owner. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action B. CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: C7-7(8) 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in progress, completed work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. The completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner. 5. complete performance of such work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Engineer may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by Engineer, Not later than 15 days thereafter, the owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. C7-7(9) C. TERMINATION CLAIM: Within 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60-day period or authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. D. AMOUNTS: Subject to the provisions of Item C7-7.1(C), the Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of the work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price work not terminated. The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits> Nothing in C7-7.16(E) hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. E. FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7.16(D) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the work pursuant to this section, the Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. F. DEDUCTIONS: In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under this section there shall be deducted; 1. all unliquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract; 2. any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and 3. the agreed price for, or the proceeds of the sale of, any materials, supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. C7-7(10) G. ADJUSTMENT: If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with the Engineer a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by notice of termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; noting contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid tot he Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Noting contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this contract under C7-7.14 hereof entitled "SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT" or any other right which the Owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor. C7-7.17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for their enforcement. The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage in connection with the work. C7-7(11) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8.1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer, based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers, and weights of the materials and item installed. C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a "Unit Price" is set forth, the said "Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the constriction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. The "Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finishing costs, overhead expense, bond, insurance, patent fees, royalties, risk due to the elements and other clauses, delays,^^ profits, injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in a satisfactory condition for operation. C8-8.3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a "Lump Sum" is set forth, the said "Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary work necessary for the constriction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans. C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. C8-8(1) The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or during the one year guaranty period after the final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the l`` and the 5h day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the work done during the previous month, or estimate period under the Contract Documents. Not later than the 10th day of the month, the Engineer shall verify such estimate, and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of the work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00) inn amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is less than $400,000.00, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000.00 or greater, within twenty- five (25) days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimates on forms furnished by the City. The partial estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the estimate have not been installed (such payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereof). The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates. It is understood that partial estimates from month to month will be approximate only, all partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quantity of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or provisions of this Contract. C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT: Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C8-8(2) C8-8.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within a reasonable time make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory, in an acceptable condition, and has been completed in accordance with the .terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will initiate the processing of the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment thereof as outlines in paragraph C8-8.8 below. C8-8.8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final payment. The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sums that have been deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor within 60 days after the final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution of the City Council, provided the Contractor has furnished to the owner satisfactory evidence of compliance as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit as furnished by the City, certifying that; A. all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full, B. that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and C. that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C8-8(3) C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is, therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereof approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all alterations thereof. C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of the work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to the other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. C8-8.11 SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid item. Surface restoration, rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. C8-8.12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one - tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the Project. C8-8.13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work. C8-8(4) SECTION Cl: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS A. General These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. Provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and affect. B. C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Page C8-8 (2), should be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor or prepared by the City on the 5th day and 20th day of each month that the work is in progress. The estimate shall be proceeded by the City on the 10th day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid within 25 days following the end of the estimate period, less the appropriate retainage as set out below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the pay estimate have not been so installed. If such materials are included within a pay estimate, payment shall be based upon 85% of the net voice value thereof. The Contractor will furnish the Engineer such information as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate. For contracts of less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten per cent (10%).For contracts of $400,000 or more at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5%). Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with the subcontract agreement within five (5) business days after receipt by Contractor of the payment by City. Contractor's failure to make the required payments to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold future payments from the Contractor until compliance with this paragraph is accomplished. It is understood that the partial pay estimates will be approximate only, and all partial pay estimates and payment of same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of the mistake in any previous estimate. Partial payment by Owner for the amount of work done or of its quality or sufficiency or acceptance of the work done; shall not release the Contractor of any of its responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other provisions of this contract. C. Part C - General Conditions: Paragraph C3-3.11 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with D-3 of Part D - Special Conditions. D. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (6): Delete subparagraph "g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING" Revised Pg. 1 10/24/02 E. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLTTY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Page C6-6 (8), is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such iniury, damare or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the neali"nce or allied negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or dansage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. F. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: Part C - General Conditions, Section C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK, Page C 4-4 (1), revise paragraph C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES to read as follows: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices as established in the contract documents. No allowance will be made for any changes in lost or anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size but not to the various depth categories. Revised Pg. 2 10/24/02 G. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (7): Add subparagraph "h. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS" a. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall bel endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non -renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self -funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. g. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. i. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-f ended or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give ,V,„ rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. Revised Pg. 3 10/24/02 1. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. m. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. H. C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: Delete C8-8.4, Scope of Payment at page C8-8(1) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or during the two (2) year guaranty period after the final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. I. C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Delete C8-8.10, General Guaranty at page C8-8(4) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a .longer period is specified and shall furnish a good Imkkl and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract Revised Pg. 4 10/24/02 which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Any reference to any shorter period of time of warranty contained elsewhere within the specifications shall be resolved in favor of this specifications, it being the City's intent that the Contractor guarantee its work for a period of two (2) years following the date of acceptance of the project. In the Special Instructions to Bidders, TPW contracts place the following in lieu of the existing paragraph 2. J. Part C - General Conditions, Section C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL, Page C2-2 (4) exchange paragraphs C2-2.7, C2-2.8 and C2-2.9 with the following: C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "Notice to Bidders." It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division, P.O. Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non -consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non -consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non -consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal K. C3-3.7 BONDS (CITY LET PROJECTS): Reference Part C, General Conditions, dated November 1, 1987; (City let projects) make the following revisions: Revised Pg. 5 10/24/02 1. Page C3-3(3); the paragraph after paragraph C3-3.7d Other Bonds should be revised to read: In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 2. Pg. C3-3(5) Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph "a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE". 3. Pg. C3-3(6), Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph "g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING' L. RIGHT TO AUDIT: Part C - General Conditions, Section C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Page C8-8 (5), add the following: C8-8.14 RIGHT TO AUDIT: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (b) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conductaudits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (c) Contractor and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse the Contractor for the cost of copies as follows: Revised Pg. 6 10/24/02 1.50 copies and under - 10 cents per page 2, More than 50 copies - 85 cents for the first page plus fifteen cents for each page thereafter M. SITE PREPARATION: The Contractor shall clear rights -of -way or easements of obstruction which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of this project construction operations. The contractor's attention is directed to paragraph C6-6.10 work within easements, page C6-6(4), part C - General Conditions of the Water Department General Contract Document and General Specifications. Clearing and restoration shall be considered as incidental to construction and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe. N. Reference Part C - General Conditions, Section C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: 1. Wherever the word Watchmen appears in this paragraph, it shall be changed to the word flagmen. 2. In the first paragraph, lines five (5) and six (6), change the phrase take all such other precautionary measures to take all reasonable necessary measures. O. MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Reference Part C (General Conditions), Section C3-3.2 Entitled "MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE" shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation (other than negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than thee (3) years. Revised Pg. 7 10/24/02 P. WAGE RATES: Section C3-3.13 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with the following: (a) The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. (b) The contractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Section C-1, L. Right to Audit (Rev. 9/30/02) pertain to this inspection. (c) The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) above. (d) With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Revised Pg. 8 10/24/02 PART D SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-1 GENERAL........................................................... .....3 D-2 COORDINATION MEETING.................................................................................5 D-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW ........ 5 D- 4 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT .......................8 D- 5 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES..................................................................8 D- 6 ............................... EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS ................... ...8 D- 7 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES...................................................9 D- 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL............................................................................................9 D- 9 DETOURS......................................................... ............10 D- 10 EXAMINATION OF SITE.................................................................................10 D- 11 ZONING COMPLIANCE..................................................................................10 D-12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION ............................................... ...............10 D- 13 WASTE MATERIAL........................................................................................10 D- 14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE.........................................10 D- 15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK....................11 D- 16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS - WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES...............11 D- 17 BID QUANTITIES.................................................................................:..........12 D- 18 CUTTING OF CONCRETE ..................................................... ....................12 D- 19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN....................................................................12 D- 20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT .........................13 D- 21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL...........................................13 D- 22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL...............................................................13 D- 23 2:27 CONCRETE............................................................................................13 D- 24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION ............................14 D- 25 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS 15 D- 26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS) ...16 D- 27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES...................................................................17 D- 28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES.....................................................................20 D- 29 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES ... 22 D- 30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES..................................................................24 D- 31 PIPE CLEANING.............................................................................................24 D- 32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIUFILL MATERIAL..........................................................25 D- 33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN....................................................25 D- 34 SUBSTITUTIONS...........................................................................................25 D- 35 PRE -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER25 D- 36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES .............................29 D- 37 BYPASS PUMPING........................................................................................30 D- 38 POST -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER 30 D- 39 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING............................................32 D- 40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE).........................................................33 D- 41 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES ............ 34 D- 42 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL.............................................34 D- 43 SITE RESTORATION.....................................................................................35 D- 44 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST.................................35 D- 45 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING................................35 D- 46 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM D- 47 .......................................... SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION. 11129104 SC- R� i I N I TES. � PART D - SPECIAL. CONDITIONS D- 48 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS) .........42 D- 49 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE.............................................42 D- 50 CLAY DAM........................................•----.........................................................42 D- 51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE).....................................................43 D- 52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES.......................................................43 52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe............................................................................43 52.2 Blocking.......................................................................................................................43 52.3 Type of Casing Pipe.....................................................................................................44 52.4 Tie-Ins..........................................................................................................................44 52.5 Connection of Existing Mains.......................................................................................44 52.6 Valve Cut-Ins................................................................................................................45 52.7 Water Services.............................................................................................................45 52.8 2-Inch Temporary Service Line.................•--................................................................47 52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines......................................................................48 52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries........................................................................49 52.11 Water Sample Station..................................................................................................49 52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings................................................................................49 D- 53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL.............................................................50 D- 54 DEWATERING................................................................................................50 D- 55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES............................................50 D- 56 TREE PRUNING....................................................•---.....................................50 D- 57 TREE REMOVAL...............................•--•--.......................................................51 D- 58 TEST HOLES ............................. ..................................................................... 51 D- 59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING CONSTRUCTION................................................................... .......52 D- 60 TRAFFIC BUTTONS.......................................................................................53 D- 61 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS.................................................53 D- 62 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR ................ ............................................... 53 D- 63 CONSTRUCTION STAKES............................................................................54 D- 64 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS ........................................ .............54 .................... D- 65 PRE -CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING...................................55 D- 66 WAGE RATES...............................................................................................55 D- 67 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE........................56 D-68 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS GREATERTHAN 1 ACRE).............................................................................................57 D-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS..........................................................:......................59 D-70 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD....................................59 D-71 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION........................................60 D-72 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS........................................................................60 D-73 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE -INSPECTIONS .............................61 11129104 SC-2 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS This Part D — Special Conditions is complimentary to Part C — General Conditions and Part C1 — Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract. Anything contained in this Part D that is additive to any provision in Part C — General Conditions and part C1 — Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract are to be read together. Any conflict between Part C — General Conditions and Part C1 — Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and this Part D, Part D shall control. FOR: SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3 Oak Grove Rd/Oak Grove -Shelby Rd Intersection to North of Everman Pkwy and Oak Grove Rd Intersection. FORT WORTH, TEXAS CPN 00303 DOE PROJECT NO.4083 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS NO. P264-608140030383 D-1 GENERAL The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally, but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below: 1. Plans 2. Contract Documents _.3. Special Conditions The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project under the provisions stated above. The Contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of two (2) years from date of final acceptance of this project by the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of this project which becomes defective due to these causes. Subject to modifications as herein contained, the Fort Worth Water Department's General Contract Documents and General Specifications, with latest revisions, are made a part of the General Contract Documents for this project. The Plans, these Special Contract Documents and the rules, regulations, requirements, instructions, drawings or details referred to by manufacturers name, or identification include therein as specifying, referring or implying product control, performance, quality, or other shall be binding upon the contractor. The specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative; therefore, work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or furnished in a faithful manner as though required by all. Any Contractor performing any work on Fort Worth water or sanitary sewer facilities must be pre -qualified with the Water Department to perform such work in accordance with procedures described in the current Fort Worth Water Department General Specifications, which general specifications shall govern performance of all such work. This contract and project, where applicable, may also be governed by the two following published specifications, except as modified by these Special Provisions: 1. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION - CITY OF FORT WORTH 11129104 SC-3 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION - NORTH CENTRAL TEXAS Any conflict between these contract documents and the above 2 publications shall be resolved in favor of these contract documents. A copy of either of these specifications may be purchased at the office of the Transportation and Public Works Director, 1000 Throckmorton Street, 2nd Floor, Municipal Building, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The specifications applicable to each pay item are indicated by the call -out for the pay item by the designer. If not shown, then applicable published specifications in either of these documents may be followed at the discretion of the Contractor. General Provisions shall be those of the Fort Worth document rather than Division 1 of the North Central Texas document. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Failure to bid or fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as "non- responsive" and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate as determined by the City Engineer. INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL: A. DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "Notice to Bidders". It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL", and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division, PO Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. B. WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non -consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non -consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non -consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C. TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) 11 29104 SC-4 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. D-2 COORDINATION MEETING For coordination purposes, weekly meetings at the job site may be required to maintain the project on the desired schedule. The contractor shall be present at all meetings. D-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW A. Definitions: 1. Certification of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. 2. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)- includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) or all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide the governmental entity: 11129104 SC-5 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known„ of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a.) A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and b.) A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 1 V29/04 SC-6 PART Q - SPECIAL. CONDITIONS 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1)-(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. B. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. 9. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512)440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". 11129104 SC-7 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D- 4 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines. D- 5 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES Where a proposed water line crosses over a sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line and/or proposed sewer line crosses over a water line and the clear vertical distance is less than 9 feet barrel to barrel, the sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line shall be made watertight or be constructed of ductile iron pipe. The Engineer shall determine the required length of replacement. The material for sanitary sewer mains and sanitary sewer laterals shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe with polyethylene wrapping. The material for sanitary sewer service lines shall be extra strength cast iron soil pipe with polyethylene wrapping. Adapter fittings shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling ASTM C-425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. Backfill, fittings, tie-ins and all other associated appurtenances required are deemed subsidiary work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for each bid item. D- 6 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures. However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all existing utilities, service lines, or other property exposed by his construction operations. Contractor shall make all necessary provisions (as approved or authorized by the applicable utility company) for the support, protection and/or temporary relocation of all utility poles, gas lines, telephone cables, utility services, water mains, sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both above and below ground during construction. It is understood that the Contractor is not responsible for the permanent relocation of existing utilities in direct conflict with the proposed construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection and/or temporary relocation of such facilities are deemed subsidiary work and the cost of same and shall be included in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged the Contractor shall replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or service line. He shall cooperate with the Owners of all utilities to locate existing underground facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts in grades and alignment. 11129104 SC-8 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the purpose of making such changes or repairs of their property that may be made necessary by performance of this contract. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the City of the Engineer to be accurate as to extent, location, and depth; they are shown on the plans as the best information available at the time of design, from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. D- 7 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES It is apparent that certain construction vehicles could exceed the load bearing capacity of the pipe under shallow bury conditions. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect both the new line and the existing lines from these possibly excessive loads. The Contractor shall not, at any time, cross the existing or new pipe with a truck delivering new pipe to the site. Any damage to the existing or new pipe will be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to the satisfaction of the City. In locations where it is not permissible to cross the existing or proposed pipes without additional protection the Contractor may elect to provide additional protection of the pipes so that more frequent crossings of the pipes are allowed. It still is, however, the responsibility of the Contractor to repair any damage to the existing or proposed lines, if the damage results from any phase of his construction operation. D- 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL The contractor will be required to obtain a "Street Use Permit" prior to starting work. As part of the "Street Use Permit" a traffic control plan is required. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic control during the construction of this project consistent with the provisions set forth in the "Latest Edition Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways," codified as Article 6701d Vernon's Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27, 29, 30 and 31. A traffic control plan shall be submitted for review to Mr. Charles R. Burkett, City Traffic Engineer at (817) 871-8770, at the pre -construction conference. Although work will not begin until the traffic control plan has been reviewed, the Contractor's time will begin in accordance with the time frame established in the Notice to the Contractor. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign or other sign, which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, (Phone Number 871-7738) to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above -referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required '-M`" specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the 11/29/04 SC-9 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS permanent sign can be reinstalled, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to reinstall the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such reinstallation is completed. Work shall not be performed on certain locations/streets during "peak traffic periods" as determination by the City Traffic Engineer and in accordance with the applicable provision of the "City of Fort Worth Traffic Control Handbook for Construction and Maintenance Work Areas." The cost of the traffic control is subsidiary work and the cost of same shall be included in the price bid for pipe complete in place as bid in the Proposal, and no other compensation will be allowed. D-9 DETOURS The contractor shall prosecute his work in such a manner as to create a minimum of interruption to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to the flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic within the project area. D-10 EXAMINATION OF SITE It shall be the responsibility of the prospective bidder to visit the project site and make such examinations and explorations as may be necessary to determine all conditions, which may affect construction of this project. Particular attention should be given to methods of providing ingress and egress to adjacent private and public properties, procedures for protecting existing improvements and disposition of all materials to be removed. Proper consideration should be given to these details during the preparation of the Proposal and all unusual conditions, which may give, rise to later contingencies should be brought to the attention of the Owner prior to the submission of the Proposal. D-11 ZONING COMPLIANCE During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes. D-12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor at his own expense will furnish water for construction. D-13 WASTE MATERIAL All waste material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at locations approved by the Engineer. All material shall be disposed of in such a manner as to present a neat appearance and to not obstruct proper drainage or to cause injury to street improvements or to abutting property. D-14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE The Contractor shall be aware that keeping the project site in a neat and orderly condition is considered an integral part of the contracted work and as such shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items. Clean up work shall be done as directed by the Engineer as the work progresses or as needed. If, in the opinion of the 11129104 SC-10 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Engineer it is necessary, clean-up shall be done on a daily basis. Clean up work shall include, but not be limited to: • Sweeping the street clean of dirt or debris • Storing excess material in appropriate and organized manner • Keeping trash of any kind off of residents' property If the Engineer does not feel that the jobsite has been kept in an orderly condition, on the next estimate payment (and all subsequent payments until completed) of the appropriate bid item(s) will be reduced by 25%. Final cleanup work shall be done for this project as soon as all construction has been completed. No more than seven days shall elapse after completion of construction before the roadway, right-of-way, or easement is cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall make a final cleanup of all parts of the work before acceptance by the City of Fort Worth or its representative. This cleanup shall include removal of all objectionable rocks, pieces of asphalt or concrete and other construction materials, and in general preparing the site of the work in an orderly manner and appearance. The City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering shall give final acceptance of the completed project work. D-15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK Prior to executing the Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish a --� schedule outlining the anticipated time for each phase of construction with starting and completion dates, including sufficient time being allowed for cleanup. The Contractor shall not commence with water and/or sanitary sewer installation until such time that the survey cut -sheets have been received from the City inspector. The Southside II Water Transmission Main project consists of 5 Parts. The Contractor shall coordinate his work and the associated construction sequencing with contractors for the following two projects that will be constructed in conjunction with and during the timeframe of this project: a. Southside II Water Transmission Main Part 2 b. Southside II Water Transmission Main Part 4 The Contractor shall have a flexible schedule and sequence of work to complete all work in front of Everman Junior High School (Parcel 4 and Parcel 5) during the months of June 2007 and July 2007. Work to be completed includes pipe installation, hydrostatic testing, pipe cleaning and disinfection, and site restoration. Final completion of the contract shall be as stated in the Proposal. All cost associated with this requirement shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price and no additional payment will be allowed. D-16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS - WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES The following procedures will be followed regarding the subject item on this contract: A warning sign not less than five inches by seven inches, painted yellow with black letters that are legible at twelve feet shall be placed. inside and outside 11129104 SC-11 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS vehicles such as cranes, derricks, power shovels, drilling rigs, pile drivers, hoisting equipment or similar apparatus. The warning sign shall read as follows: "WARNING - UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN SIX FEET OF HIGH VOLTAGE LINES." 2. Equipment that may be operated within ten feet of high voltage lines shall have insulating cage -type of guard about the boom or arm, except back hoes or dippers, and insulator links on the lift hook connections. 3. When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, notification shall be given the power company (ONCORE) who will erect temporary mechanical barriers, de -energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines. The work done by the power company shall not be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The notifying department shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to ONCORE, and shall record action taken in each case. 4. The Contractor is required to make arrangements with the ONCORE company for the temporary relocation or raising of high voltage lines at the Contractor's sole cost and expense. 5. No person shall work within six feet of a high voltage line without protection having been taken as outlined in Paragraph (3). D-17 BID QUANTITIES Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities. D-18 CUTTING OF CONCRETE When existing concrete is cut, such cuts shall be made with a concrete saw. All sawing shall be subsidiary to the unit cost of the respective item. D-19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN Project signs are required at all locations. It shall be in accordance with the attached Figure 30 (dated 9-18-96). The signs may be mounted on skids or posts. The Engineer shall approve the exact locations and methods of mounting. In addition to the 4' x 8' project signs, project signs shall be attached to barricades used where manhole rehabilitation or replacement is being conducted. Signs suspended from barricading shall be placed in such a way that signs do not interfere with reflective paint or coloring on the barricades. Barricade signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30, except that they shall be V-0" by 2'-0" in size. The information box shall have the following information: For Questions on this Project Call: 11/29/04 SC-12 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS (817) 871-8306 M-F 7:30 am to 4:30 p.m. or (817)871-8300 Nights and Weekends Any and all cost for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. D- 20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT At locations in the project where mains are required to be placed under existing sidewalks and/or driveways, such sidewalks and/or driveways shall be completely replaced for the full existing width, between existing construction or expansion joints with 3000 psi concrete with reinforcing steel on a sand cushion in accordance with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department Standard Specifications for Construction, Item 504. At locations where mains are required to be placed under existing curb and gutter, such curb and gutter shall be replaced to match type and geometry of the removed curb and gutter shall be installed in accordance with City of Fort Worth Public Works Department Standard Specification for Construction, Item 502. Payment for cutting, backfill, concrete, forming materials and all other associated appurtenances required, shall be included in the square yard price of the bid item for concrete sidewalk or driveway repair. D- 21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL Material has been allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one -tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. D- 22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL Where specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer, Crushed Limestone shall be used for trench backfill on this project. The material shall conform to Public Works Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction Division 2 Item 208.2 - Materials and Division 2 Item 208.3 - Materials Sources. Trench backfill and compaction shall meet the requirements of E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, Construction Specifications, General Contract Documents. Payment for crushed limestone backfill in place shall be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used measured in accordance with E2-2.16 Measurement of Backfill Materials, Construction Specifications, and General Contract Documents. D- 23 2:27 CONCRETE 11129104 SC-13 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Transportation and Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts Figures 1 through 5 refer to using 2:27 Concrete as base repair. Since this call -out includes the word "concrete", the consistent interpretation of the Transportation and Public Works Department is that this ratio specifies two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete. D- 24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways, gravel surfaced roads, within easements, and within existing or future R.O.W. shall be in accordance with Sections E1-2 Backfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as specified herein. 1. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if the stated maximum trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise, and if the Engineer determines that the design loadings of the pipe will be exceeded, the Contractor will be required to support the pipe with an improved trench bottom. The expense of such remedial measures shall be entirely the Contractor's own. All trenching operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights -of -way, permanent easements, and any temporary construction easements. All excavation shall be in strict compliance with the Trench Safety Systems Special Condition of this document. 2. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall be backfilled above the top of the embedment material with Type "C" backfill material. Excavated material used for Type "C" backfill must be mechanically compacted unless the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples of soils in all involved areas, with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing little or no plastic material, the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See E1-2.3, Type "C" or "D" Backfill, and E2-2.11 Trench Backfill for additional requirements. When Type "C" back - fill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer, Type "B" backfill material shall be used. In general, all backfill material for trenches in existing paved streets shall be in accordance with Figure A. Sand material specified in Figure A shall be obtained from an approved source and shall consist of durable particles free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, soil, loam or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation: • Less than 10% passing the #200 sieve • P.I. = 10 or less Additionally, the crushed limestone embedment gradation specified in Section E1-3 Crushed Limestone for Embedment of the General Contract Documents and Specifications shall be replaced with the following: Sieve Size % Retained 1" 0-10 1 /2" 40-75 3/8" 55-90 #4 90-100 11129104 SC-14 FART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS #8 95-100 All other provisions of this section shall remain the same. 3. TRENCH COMPACTION: All trench backfill shall be placed in lifts per E2-2.9 Backfill. Trenches which lie outside existing or future pavements shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor Density (A.S.T.M. D698) by mechanical devices specifically designed for compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by the Engineer. Trenches which lie under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per Figure A with 95% Standard Proctor Density by mechanical devices specifically designed for compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by the Engineer. Backfill material to be compacted as described above must be within +-4% of its optimum moisture content. The top two (2) feet of sewer line trenches and the top eighteen (18) inches of water line may be rolled in with heavy equipment tires, provided it is placed in lifts appropriate to the material being used and the operation can be performed without damage to the installed pipe. The City, at its own expense, will perform trench compaction tests per A.S.T.M. standards on all trench backfill. Any retesting required as a result of failure to compact the backfill material to meet the standards will be at the expense of the Contractor and will be billed at the commercial rates as determined by the City. These soil density tests shall be performed at two (2) foot vertical intervals beginning at a level two (2) feet above the top of the installed pipe and continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals along the trench not to exceed 300 linear feet. The Contractor will be responsible for providing access and trench safety system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No extra compensation will be allowed for exposing the backfill layer to be tested or providing trench safety system for tests conducted by the City. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All material, with the exception of Type "B" backfill, and labor costs of excavation and backfill will be included in the price bid per linear foot of water and sewer pipe. Type "B" backfill shall be paid for at a pre -bid unit price of $15.00 per cubic yard. D- 25 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS The unit price bid under the appropriate bid item of the proposal shall cover all cost for providing pavement repair equal to or superior in composition, thickness, etc., to existing pavement as detailed in the Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts, Figures 2000-1 through 2000-3. The results of the street cores that were conducted on the project streets, to determine HMAC depths on existing streets, are provided in these specifications and contract documents. All required paving cuts shall be made with a concrete saw in a true and straight line on both sides of the trench, a minimum of twelve (12) inches outside the trench walls. The trench shall be backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be filled with required materials as shown on paving details, compacted and level with the finished street surface. This 11129104 SC-15 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS finished grade shall be maintained in a serviceable condition until the paving has been replaced. All residential driveways shall be accessible at night and over weekends. It has been determined by the Transportation and Public Works Department that the strip of existing HMAC pavement between the existing gutter and the edge of the trench pavement repair will not hold up if such strip of existing pavement is two (2) feet or less in width. Therefore, at the locations in the project where the trench wall is three (3) feet or less from the lip of the existing gutter, the Contractor shall be required to remove the existing paving to such gutter. The pavement repair shall then be made from a minimum distance of twelve (12) inches outside the trench wall nearest the center of the street to the gutter line. The pavement shall be replaced within a maximum of five (5) working days, providing job placement conditions will permit repaving. If paving conditions are not suitable for repaving, in the opinion of the Owner, the repaving shall be done at the earliest possible date. A permit must be obtained from the Department of Engineering Construction Services Section by the Contractor in conformance with Ordinance No. 3449 and/or Ordinance No. 792 to make utility cuts in the street. The Department of Engineering .will inspect the paving repair after construction. This permit requirement may be waived if work is being done under a Performance Bond and inspected by the Department of Engineering. D- 26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS) A. GENERAL: This specification covers the trench safety requirements for all trench excavations exceeding depth of five (5) feet in order to protect workers from cave-ins. The requirements of this item govern all trenches for mains, manholes, vaults, service lines, and all other appurtenances. The design for the trench safety shall be signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in Texas. The trench safety plan shall be specific for each water and/or sanitary sewer line included in the project. B. STANDARDS: The latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Sub -Part P - Excavations, are hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum governing requirements for trench safety. C. DEFINITIONS: 1. TRENCHES - A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground in which the depth is greater than the width, where the width measured at the bottom is not greater than fifteen (15) feet. 2. BENCHING SYSTEM - Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form one or a series of horizontal level or steps, usually with vertical or near -vertical surfaces between levels. 11129104 SC-16 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. SLOPING SYSTEM - Sloping means excavating to form sides of a trench that are inclined away from the excavation. 4. SHIELD SYSTEM - Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields". Shield means a structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move along as the work progresses. Shields can be either pre -manufactured or job - built in accordance with OSHA standards. 5. SHORING SYSTEM - Shoring means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber system that supports the sides of a trench and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. Shoring systems are generally comprised of cross - braces, vertical rails, (uprights), horizontal rails (wales) and/or sheeting. D. MEASUREMENT - Trench depth is the vertical measurement from the top of the existing ground to the bottom of embedment or bottom of excavation. The quantity of trench safety systems shall be based on the linear foot amount of trench depth greater than five (5) feet. E. PAYMENT - Payment shall be full compensation for safety system design, labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for the installation and removal of trench safety systems. D- 27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES A. GENERAL: The installation, replacement, and/or rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. All manholes shall be in accordance with sections E1-14 Materials for Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Valve Vaults, Etc., and E2-14 Vault and Manhole Construction of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. For new sewer line installations, the Contractor shall temporarily plug all lines at every open manhole under construction in order to keep debris out of the dry sewer lines. The plugs shall not be removed until the applicable manhole complete with cone section has been constructed and the lid installed to keep out debris as a result of additional construction. 1. CONCRETE COLLARS: Concrete collars will be required on all manholes specified as per Figure 121. 2. WATERTIGHT MANHOLE INSERTS: Watertight gasket manhole inserts shall be installed in all sanitary sewer manholes. Inserts shall be constructed in accordance with Fort Worth Water Department Standard E100-4 and shall be fitted and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Stainless Steel manhole inserts shall be required for all pipe diameters 18" and greater. 3. LIFT HOLES: All lift holes shall be plugged with a pre -cast concrete plug. The lift hole shall be sealed on the outside of the manhole with Ram-Nek or an approved 11129104 SC-17 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS equal sealant. The lift hole shall be sealed on the inside of the manhole with quick setting cement grout. 4. FINAL RIM ELEVATIONS: Manhole rims in parkways, lawns and other improved lands shall be at an elevation not more than one (1) nor less than one-half (1/2) inch above the surrounding ground. Backfill shall provide a uniform slope from the top of manhole casting for not less than three (3) feet each direction to existing finish grade of the ground. The grade of all surfaces shall be checked for proper slope and grade by string lining the entire area regarded near the manhole. Manholes in open fields, unimproved land, or drainage courses shall be at an elevation shown on the drawings or minimum of 6 inches above grade. 5. MANHOLE COVERS: All lids shall have pick slots in lieu of pick holes. Manhole frames and covers shall be McKinley, Type N, with indented top design, or equal, with pick slots. Covers shall set flush with the rim of the frame and shall have no larger than 1/8-inch gap between the frame and cover. Bearing surfaces shall be machine finished. Locking manhole lids and frames will be restricted to locations within the 100-year floodplain and areas specifically designated on the plans. Certain teed Ductile Iron Manhole Lids and Frames are acceptable for use where locking lids are specified. 6. SHALLOW CONE MANHOLES: Shallow manhole construction will be used when manhole depth is four (4) feet or less. All shallow cone manholes shall be built in accordance with Figure 105. All shallow cone manholes shall have a cast iron lid and frame with pick slots. NOTE: MANHOLES PER FIGURE 106 WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 7. MANHOLE STEPS: No manhole steps are to be installed on any sanitary sewer manhole. 8. EXTERIOR SURFACE COATING: Exterior surfaces of all manholes shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy, Koppers "Bitumastic Super Service Black" Tnemec "46-450 Heavy Tnemecol," or equal to, a minimum or 14 mils dry film thickness. 9. MANHOLE JOINT SEALING: All interior and/or exterior joints on concrete manhole sections constructed for the City of Fort Worth Water Department, excluding only the joints using a trapped type performed O-ring rubber gasket shall require Bitumastic joint sealants as per Figure M. This sealant shall be pre -formed and trowelable Bitumastic as manufactured by Kent -Seal, Ram-Nek, E-Z Stick, or equal. The joint sealer shall be supplied in either extruded pipe form or suitable cross -sectional area or flat -tape and shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable wrapper and shall not in any way depend on oxidation, evaporation, or any other chemical action for either its adhesive properties or cohesive strength. The Joint sealer shall remain totally flexible without shrinking, hardening, or oxidizing regardless of the length of time 11129104 SCA 8 PANT D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS it is exposed to the elements. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit attesting to the successful use of the product as a pre -formed flexible joint sealant on concrete pipe and manhole sections for a period of at least five years. B. EXECUTION: INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANT: Each grade adjustment ring and manhole frame shall be sealed with the above -specified materials. All surfaces to be in contact with the joint sealant shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, sand, mud, or other foreign matter. The manufacturer shall apply a primer to all surfaces prior to installing the joint sealant in accordance with the recommendations. The protective wrapper shall remain on the joint sealant until immediately prior to the placement of the pipe in the trench. After removal of the protective wrapper, the joint sealant shall be kept clean. Install frames and cover over manhole opening with the bottom of the rings resting on Bitumastic joint sealer. Frames and grade rings shall rest on two (2) rows (inside and outside) of Bitumastic joint sealer. 2. SEALING AND/OR ADJUSTING EXISTING MANHOLES: Excavate (rectangular full depth saw cut if in pavement) adjacent to the manhole to expose the entire manhole frame and a minimum of 6 inches of the manhole wall keeping the sides of the trench nearly vertical. Remove manhole frame from the manhole structure and observe the condition of the frame and grade rings. Any frame or grade ring that is not suitable for use as determined by the Engineer shall be replaced. Grade rings that are constructed of brick, block materials other than pre -cast concrete rings, or where necessary and approved by the Engineer, shall be replaced with a pre -cast flattop section. Pre -cast concrete rings, or a pre -cast concrete flattop section will be the only adjustments allowed. In brick or block manholes, replace the upper portion of the manhole to a point 24 inches below the frame. If the walls or cone section below this level are structurally unsound, notify the Engineer prior to replacement of the grade rings and manhole frame. Existing brickwork, if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Wire brush manhole frame and exposed manhole surfaces to remove dirt and loose debris. Coat exposed manhole surfaces with an approved bonding agent followed by an application of quick setting hydraulic cement to provide a smooth working surface. If the inside diameter of the manhole is too large to safely support new adjustment rings or frames, a flat top section shall be installed. Joint surfaces between the frames, adjustment rings, and cone section shall be free of dirt, stones, debris and voids to ensure a watertight seal. Place flexible gasket joint material along the inside and outside edge of each joint, or use trowelable material in lieu of pre -formed gasket material. Position the butt joint of each length of joint material on opposite sides of the manhole. No steel shims, 11/29/04 SC-19 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS wood, stones, or any material not specifically accepted by the Engineer may be used to obtain final surface elevation of the manhole frame. In paved areas or future paved areas, castings shall be installed by using a straight edge not less than ten (10) feet long so that the top of the casting will conform to the slope and finish elevation of the paved surface. The top of the casting shall be 1/8 inch below the finished elevation. Allowances for the compression of the joint material shall be made to assure a proper final grade elevation. 3. EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES: All exposed exterior surfaces shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy. Kopper "Bitumastic Super Service Black"; Tnemec "46-450 Heavy Tnemecol", or equal, to a minimum of 14 mils dry film thickness. 4. The exterior surface of all pre -cast section joints shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and then waterproofed with a 1/2-inch thick coat of trowelable bitumastic joint sealant from 6-inches below to 6-inches above the joint. The coated joint shall then be wrapped with 6 mil plastic to protect the sealant from damage during backfilling. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The price bid for new manhole installations shall include all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for construction of the manhole including, but not limited to, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. The price bid for reconstruction of existing manholes shall include all labor equipment and materials necessary for construction of new manhole, including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, disposal of materials, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. The price bid for adjusting and/or sealing of existing manholes shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for adjusting and/or sealing the manhole, including but not limited to, joint sealing, lift hole sealing, and exterior surface coating. Payment for concrete collars will be made per each. Payment for manhole inserts will be made per each. D- 28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES Any reconnection, relocation, re-routes, replacement, or new sanitary sewer service shall be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contact Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer as active sewer taps. The service connections shall be constructed by the Contractor utilizing standard factory manufactured tees. City approved factory manufactured saddle taps may be used, but only as directed by the Engineer. The decision to use saddle taps as opposed to tees shall be made on a case -by -case basis. The Contractor shall be .. responsible for coordinating the scheduling of tapping crews with building owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. A minimum of 11129104 SC-20 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 24 hours advance notice shall be given when taps will be required. Severed service connections shall be maintained as specified in section C6-6.15. D. SEWER SERVICE RECONNECTION: When sewer service reconnection is called for the Contractor shall vertically adjust the existing sewer service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap. The fittings used for vertical adjustment shall consist of a maximum bend of 45 degrees. The tap shall be located so as to line up with the service line and avoid any horizontal adjustment. For open cut applications, all sanitary sewer service lines shall be replaced to the property or easement line, or as directed by the Engineer. Sanitary sewer services on sewers being rehabilitated using pipe enlargement methods shall be replaced to the property or easement line or as directed by the Engineer. Procedures listed below for Sewer Service Replacement shall be adhered to for the installation of any sewer service line including the incidental four (4) feet of service line which is included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. Payment for work such as backfill, saddles, tees, fittings incidental four (4) feet of service line and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. E. SEWER SERVICE REPLACEMENT: All building sewer services encountered during construction shall be adjusted and/or replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer as required for the connection of the sewer service line. If the sewer service line is in such condition or adjustment necessitates the replacement of the sewer service line, all work shall be performed by a licensed plumber. The Engineer shall determine the length of the replacement. All sewer services shall be installed at a minimum of two (2) percent slope or as approved by the Engineer. For situations involving sewer service re-routing, whether on public or private property, the City shall provide line and grade for the sewer service lines as shown on the project plans. Prior to installing the applicable sewer main or lateral and the necessary service lines, the Contractor shall verify (by de -holing at the building clean -out) the elevations (shown on the plans) at the building clean -out and compare the data with the elevation at the proposed connection point on the sewer main, in order to ensure that the two (2) percent minimum slope (or as specified by the Engineer) requirement is satisfied. Elevations shall also be verified at all bend locations on the service re- route. All applicable sewer mains, laterals and affected service lines that are installed without pre -construction de -holing at the affected residences (to verify design elevations) shall be removed and replaced as necessary at the Contractor's expense in the event grade conflicts are brought to light after de -holing is conducted. All elevation information obtained by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Inspector. The Engineer shall be immediately notified in the event that the two (2) percent minimum slope is not satisfied. If the Contractor determines that a different alignment for the re-route is more beneficial than shown on the plans, the Contractor shall obtain and submit all relevant elevation information for the new alignment to the Inspector and shall be responsible for ensuring that the two (2) percent minimum grade (or as approved by the Engineer) is satisfied. Prior to backfilling, the Contractor shall double check the grade of the installed service line and submit signed documentation verifying that the line has been installed as designed to the Engineer. The Contractor, at its sole expense, shall be required to uncover any sewer service for which no grade verification has been submitted. All re-routes that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall be reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall ensure that the service line is backfilled and 11129104 S C-21 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS compacted in accordance with the City Plumbing Code. Connection to the existing sewer service line shall be made with appropriate adapter fittings. The fitting shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling A.S.T.M. C-425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. The Contractor shall remove the existing clean -out and plug the abandoned sewer service line. The contractor shall utilize schedule 40 PVC for all sanitary sewer service re-routes or relocations located on private property. Furthermore, the contractor shall utilize the services of a licensed plumber for all service line work on private property. Permit(s) must be obtained from the City of Fort Worth Development Department for all service line work on private property and all work related to the service line must be approved by a City of Fort Worth Plumbing Inspector. A copy of the plumbing permit shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning work on the sanitary sewer service re-route and proof of final acceptance by the Plumbing Inspector shall be provided to the Engineer upon completion of the sanitary sewer re-route. Payment for work and materials such as backfill, removal of existing clean -outs, plugging the abandoned sewer service line, double checking the grade of the installed service line, pipe fittings, surface restoration on private property (to match existing), and all other associated work for service replacements in excess of four (4) linear feet shall be included in the linear foot price bid for sanitary sewer service line replacement on private property or public right of way. Payment for all work and material involving the "tap" shall be included in the price bid for sanitary sewer service taps. D- 29 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES Any removal, salvaging and/or abandonment of existing facilities will necessarily be required as shown on the plans, and/or described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. This work shall be done in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Material and E2-2.7 Removing Pipe, of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. A. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND METER BOX: Existing water meter and meter box shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. B. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND CONCRETE VAULT LID: Existing water meter and concrete vault lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The concrete vault shall be demolished in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The concrete vault shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. C. SALVAGE OF EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS: Existing fire hydrants shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance 100" with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. 11129104 SC-22 PAIN Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. D. SALVAGE OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and valve box and lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void area caused by the valve removal shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. If the valve is in a concrete vault, the vault shall be demolished in place to a point no less than 18" below final grade. E. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and box lid shall be abandoned by first closing the valve to the fully closed position and demolishing the valve box in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. Concrete shall then be used as backfill material to match existing grade. F. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING VAULTS: Vaults to be demolished in place shall have top slab and lid removed and vault walls demolished to a point not less than 18" below final grade. The void area caused shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with the existing surrounding grade. G. ABANDONMENT OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be abandoned in place shall have all pipes entering or exiting the structure plugged with lean concrete. Manhole top or cone section shall be removed to the top of the full barrel diameter section, or to point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The structure shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be either clean washed sand of clean, suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding service surface. Payment for work involved in backfilling, plugging of pipe(s) and all other appurtenances required, shall be included in the appropriate bid Rem - Abandon Existing Sewer Manhole. H. REMOVAL OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be removed shall have all pipes entering or exiting the structure disconnected. The complete manhole, including top or cone section, all full barrel diameter section, and base section shall be removed. The excavation shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be with Type C Backfill or Type B Backfill, as approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding surface. I. CUTTING AND PLUGGING EXISTING MAINS: At various locations on this project, it may be required to cut, plug, and block existing water mains/services or sanitary sewer mains/services in order to abandon these lines. Cutting and plugging existing mains and/or services shall be considered as incidental and all costs incurred will be 11/29/04 SC-23 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, unless separate trenching is required. J. REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPE: Where removal of the existing pipe is required, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly dispose of all removed pipe. All removed valves, fire hydrants and meter boxes shall be delivered to Water Department Field Operation, Storage Yard. C. PAYMENT: Payment for all work and material involved in salvaging, abandoning and/or removing existing facilities shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, except as follows: separate payment will be made for removal of all fire hydrants, gate valves, 16 inch and larger, and sanitary sewer manholes, regardless of location. Payment will be made for salvaging, abandoning and/or removing all other existing facilities when said facility is not being replaced in the same trench (i.e., when removal requires a separate trench). L. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING SEWER LINES: Where plans call for abandonment of existing sewer mains after the construction of a new sewer main, the Contractor shall be responsible for TV inspection of 100% of the existing sewer main to be abandoned to make a final determination that all existing service connections have been relocated to the new main. Once this determination has been made, the existing main will be abandoned as indicated above in Item I. D- 30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a pipe detector shall be installed directly above non-metallic water and sanitary sewer pipe. The detectable tape shall be "Detect Tape" manufactured by Allen Systems, Inc. or approved equal, and shall consist of a minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a protective inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents and solvents found in the soil. The minimum overall thickness of the tape shall be 5.5 mils, and the width shall not be less than two inches with a minimum unit weight of 2'/2 pounds/1 inch/100'. The tape shall be color coded and imprinted with the message as follows: Type of Utility Color Code Water Safety Blue Sewer Safety Green Legends Caution! Buried Water Line Below Caution! Buried Sewer Line Below Installation of detectable tapes shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be as close to the grade as is practical for optimum protection and delectability. Allow a minimum of 18 inches between the tape and the pipe. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, blocking, detectable tapes, and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the unit price bid for the appropriate bid item(s). D- 31 PIPE CLEANING 11129104 SC-24 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Joints shall be wiped and then inspected for proper installation by the inspectors. Each joint shall be swept daily and kept clean during installation. A temporary night plug shall be installed on all exposed pipe ends during any period of work stoppage. D- 32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIL/FILL MATERIAL Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill material, the Contractor shall advise the Director of Engineering Department, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the Contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a floodplain without a permit. A floodplain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary Engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a floodplain. Approval of the Contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain_ Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary Engineering studies, shall be at the Contractor's expense. In the event that the Contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of Engineering Department, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. D- 33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN The Contractor shall be required to execute a release of mechanics and material men's liens upon receipt of payment. D- 34 SUBSTITUTIONS The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality, which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material, which has been specified. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished, it will be approvable, as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the Contractor procures the proposed substitute. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is not used in the specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as the representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub -section as related to "substitutions" shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. D- 35 PRE -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER 11129104 .S, C-25 PART D - SPECIAL. CONDITIONS A. GENERAL: Prior to the reconstruction, ALL sections of existing sanitary sewer lines to be abandoned, removed (except where being replaced in the same location), or rehabilitated (pipe enlargement, cured -in -place pipe, fold and form pipe, slip -line, etc.), shall be cleaned, and a television inspection performed to identify any active sewer service taps, other sewer laterals and their location. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for the cleaning and inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. 1. HIGH VELOCITY JET (HYDROCLEANING) EQUIPMENT: The high -velocity sewer line cleaning equipment shall be constructed for easy and safe operation. The equipment shall also have a selection of two or more high -velocity nozzles. The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action from 15 to 45 degrees in all size lines designated to be cleaned. Equipment shall also include a high -velocity gun for washing and scouring manhole walls and floor. The gun shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a solid stream. The equipment shall carry its own water tank, auxiliary engines, pumps, and hydraulically driven hose reel. Hydraulically Propelled Equipment shall be of a movable dam type and be constructed in such a way that a portion of the dam may be collapsed at any time during the cleaning operation to protect against flooding of the sewer. The movable dam shall be equal in diameter around the outer periphery to ensure removal of grease. If sewer cleaning balls or other equipment, which cannot be collapsed, is used, special precautions to prevent flooding of the sewers and public or private property shall be taken_ The flow of sewage present in the sewer lines shall be utilized to provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 2. CLEANING PROCEDURES: The designated sewer manholes shall be cleaned using high -velocity jet equipment. The equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, rocks, sand, and other materials and obstructions from the sewer lines and manholes. If cleaning of an entire section cannot be successfully performed from one manhole, the equipment shall be set up on the other manhole and cleaning again attempted. If, again, successful cleaning cannot be performed or equipment fails to traverse the entire manhole section, it will be assumed that a major blockage exists, and the cleaning effort shall be abandoned. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used unnecessarily. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed in case of a fire in the area served by the hydrant. Before using any water from the City Water Distribution System, the Contractor shall apply for and receive permission from the Water Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for the water meter and related charges for the setup, including the water usage bill. All expenses shall be considered incidental to cleaning. 3. DEBRIS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL: All sludge, dirt, sand, rock, grease, and other solid or semisolid material resulting from the cleaning operation shall be removed at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned. Passing 11/29/04 SC-26 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS material from manhole section to manhole section, which could cause line stoppages, accumulations of sand in wet wells, or damage pumping equipment, shall not be permitted. 4. All solids or semisolid resulting from the cleaning operations shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site designated by the Engineer. All materials shall be removed from the site no less often than at the end of each workday and disposed of at no additional cost to the City. 5. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SEWAGE OR SOLIDS REMOVED THEREFROM BE DUMPED ONTO STREETS OR INTO DITCHES, CATCH BASINS, STORM DRAINS OR SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES. 6. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear' picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection. B. EXECUTION: 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the camera through the sewer line. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection videotapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll -a -tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost of retrieving the 11129104 SC-27 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection. 2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service taps observed during inspection. In addition, other points of significance such as locations of unusual conditions, roots, storm sewer connections, broken pipe, presence of scale and corrosion, and other discernible features will be recorded, and a copy of such records will be supplied to the City. 3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard -size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. 4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. The Engineer will return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required to re - televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. THE TAPES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND DETERMINATION OF SAGS. Upon completion of review of the tapes by the Engineer, the Contractor will be notified as to which sections of the sanitary sewer are to be corrected. The Engineer will return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review. All costs associated with this work shall be incidental to unit prices bid for items under Television Inspection of the Proposal. C. PAYMENT OF CLEANING AND PRE -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for Pre -Construction Cleaning and Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer actually televised. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to existing sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer including collection and 11129104 SC-28 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS removal, transportation and disposal of sand and debris from the sewers to a legal dump site. Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The primary purpose of cleaning is for television inspection and rehabilitation; when a portion of a line is not or cannot be televised or rehabilitated, the cleaning of that portion of line shall be incidental and no payment shall be made. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor, and the costs must be included in the bid price for TV Inspections. The cost of retrieving the TV Camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to TV Inspection. The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project. D- 36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES D. GENERAL: This item shall govern the vacuum testing of all newly constructed sanitary sewer manholes. B. EXECUTION: 1. TEST PROCEDURE: Manholes shall be vacuum tested prior to any interior grouting with all connections in place. Lift holes shall be plugged, and all drop - connections and gas sealing connections shall be installed prior to testing. The sewer lines entering the manhole shall be plugged and braced to prevent the plugs from being drawn into the manhole. The plugs shall be installed in the lines beyond the drop -connections, gas sealing connections, etc. The test head shall be placed inside the frame at the top of the manhole and inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum of ten inches of mercury (10"Hg) shall be drawn and the vacuum pump will be turned off. With the valve closed, the level of vacuum shall be read after the required test time. The required test time shall be determined from the Table I below in accordance with ASTM C1244-93: Table I MINIMUM TIME REQUIRED FOR VACUUM DROP OF 1" Ha (10"Ha - 9"Ha) (SEC) Depth of MH. 48-Inch Dia. 60-Inch Dia. (FT.) Manhole Manhole 0 to 16' 40 sec. 52 sec. 18' 45 sec. 59 sec. 1 v29104 SC-29 FART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 20' 50 sec. 65 sec. 22' 55 sec. 72 sec. 24' 59 sec. 78 sec. 26' 64 sec. 85 sec. 28' 69 sec. 91 sec. 30' 74 sec. 98 sec. For Each 5 sec. 6 sec. Additional 2' 1. ACCEPTANCE: The manhole shall be considered acceptable, if the drop in the level of vacuum is less than one -inch of mercury (1" Hg) after the required test time. Any manhole, which fails to pass the initial test, must be repaired by either pressure grouting through the manhole wall or digging to expose the exterior wall of the manhole in order to locate the leak and seal it with an epoxy sealant. The manhole shall be retested as described above until it has successfully passed the test. Following completion of a successful test, the manhole shall be restored to its normal condition, all temporary plugs shall be removed, all braces, equipment, and debris shall be removed and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. C. PAYMENT: Payment for vacuum testing of sanitary sewer manholes shall be paid at the contract price per each vacuum test. This price shall include all material, labor, equipment, and all incidentals, including all bypass pumping, required to complete the test as specified herein. D- 37 BYPASS PUMPING The Contractor shall bypass the sewage around the section or sections of sewer to be rehabilitated and/or replaced. The bypass shall be made by plugging existing upstream manhole and pumping the sewage into a downstream manhole or adjacent system or other method as may be approved by the Engineer. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow without sewage backup occurring to facilities connected to the sewer. Provisions shall be made at driveways and street crossings to permit safe vehicular travel without interrupting flow in the bypass system. Under no circumstances will the Contractor be permitted to discharge sewage into the trenches. Payment shall be incidental to rehabilitation or replacement of the sewer line. D- 38 POST -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER A. GENERAL: After construction, ALL sections of sanitary sewer lines shall have a television inspection performed by an independent sub -Contractor hired by the prime Contractor. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. 11129104 SC-30 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection. C. EXECUTION: 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the camera through the sewer line. No more than 2000 linear feet of pipe will be televised at one time for review by the Engineer. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection video tapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll -a -tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost or retrieving the Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection. Sanitary sewer mains must be laced with enough water to fill all low pints. The television inspection must be done immediately following the lacing of the main with no water flow. If sewer is active, flow must be restricted to provide a clear image of sewer being inspected. 2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service tap observed during inspection. All television logs shall be referenced to stationing as shown on the plans. A copy of these television logs will be supplied to the City. 11129104 SC-31 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard -size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. 4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. Tapes will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of review by the Engineer. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required to re -televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. D. PAYMENT OF POST -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for post -construction Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer televised. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer. Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The quantity of TV inspection shall be measured as the total length of new pipe installed. All costs associated with this work shall be included in the appropriate bid item - Post - Construction Television Inspection. The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project. D- 39 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. The Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, certifications by a private laboratory for all materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any asphaltic and/or Portland cement concrete to be used, and gradation analysis for sand and crushed stone to be used along with the name of the pit from which the material was taken. The contractor shall provide manufacturer's certifications for all manufactured items to be used in the project and will bear any expense related thereto. 11129104 SC-32 PART ® - SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. Tests of the design concrete mix shall be made by the contractor's laboratory at least nine days prior to the placing of concrete using the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. The Contractor shall provide a certified copy of the test results to the City. C. Quality control testing of in -place material on this project will be performed by the city at its own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to meet project specifications will be at the expense of the contractor and will be billed at commercial rates as determined by the City. The failure of the City to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of its responsibility to furnish materials and equipment conforming to the requirements of the contract. D. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for operations requiring testing. The Contractor shall provide access and trench safety system (if required) for the site to be tested, and any work effort involved is deemed to be included in the unit price for the item being tested. E. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material delivered to the job site. The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill material. D- 40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE) A. DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of temporary soil erosion sediment and water pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the contract. These control measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer and they shall not include measures taken by the CONTRACTOR to control conditions created by his construction operations. The temporary measures shall include dikes, dams, berms, sediment basins, fiber mats, jute netting, temporary seeding, straw mulch, asphalt mulch, plastic liners, rubble liners, baled -hay retards, dikes, slope drains and other devices. B. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible -earth material exposed by preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, the surface area of erodible -earth material exposed by excavation, borrow and to direct the CONTRACTOR to provide temporary pollution -control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams, other water courses, lakes, ponds or other areas of water impoundment. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, mats, seeding, or other control devices or methods directed by the Engineer as necessary to control soil erosion. Temporary pollution -control measures shall be used to prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of permanent pollution control features, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. The Engineer will limit the area of preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, excavation and borrow to be proportional to the CONTRACTOR'S capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent pollution -control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal conditions make such limitations 11129104 SC-33 PART D - SPECIAL. CONDITIONS unrealistic, temporary soil -erosion -control measures shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. 2. Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams. 3. Frequent fordings of live streams will not be permitted; therefore, temporary bridges or other structures shall be used wherever an appreciable number of stream crossings are necessary. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, mechanized equipment shall not be operated in live streams. 4. When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams, such areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep sediment from entering a flowing stream. Care shall be taken during the construction and removal of such barriers to minimize the muddying of a stream. 5. All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of false work, piling, debris or other obstructions placed during construction operations that are not a part of the finished work. 6. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumen, calcium chloride or other harmful materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or minimize siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with movement of migratory fish. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All work, materials and equipment necessary to provide temporary erosion control shall be considered subsidiary to the contract and no extra pay will be given for this work. D- 41 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES The Contractor shall provide ingress and egress to the property being crossed by this construction and adjacent property when construction is not in progress and at night. Drives shall be left accessible at night, on weekends, and during holidays. The Contractor shall conduct his activities to minimize obstruction of access to drives and property during the progress of construction. Notification shall be made to an owner prior to his driveway being removed and/or rebuilt. D- 42 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL All property along and adjacent to the Contractors' operations including lawns, yards, shrubs, trees, etc., shall be preserved or restored after completion of the work, to a condition equal to or better than existed prior to start of work. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Trimming or pruning to facilitate the work will be permitted only by experienced workmen in an approved manner (No trimming or pruning without the property owners' consent). Pruned limbs of 1° diameter or larger shall be thoroughly treated as soon as possible with a tree wound dressing. 11129104 SC-34 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS By ordinance, the Contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work (trimming, removal, or root pruning) can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public property including street Rights -of -Ways and designated alleys. This permit can be obtained by calling the Forestry Office at 871-5738. All tree work shall be in compliance with pruning standards for Class II Pruning as described by the National Arborist Association. A copy of these standards can be provided by calling the above number. Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the Contractor shall be assessed using the current formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society of Arboriculture. Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City of Fort Worth and may be withheld from funds due the Contractor by the City. To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for this item and all costs incurred will be considered a subsidiary cost of the project. D- 43 SITE RESTORATION The contractor shall be responsible for restoring the site to original grade and condition after completion of his operations subject to approval of the Engineer. The basis for ..� approval by the Engineer will be grade restoration to plus minus one -tenth (0.1) of a foot. D- 44 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Proposed products submitted in the bid documents must appear in the latest "City of Fort Worth Standard Product List, for the bid to be considered responsive. Products and processes listed in the "City of Fort Worth Standard Product List shall be considered to meet City of Fort Worth minimum technical requirements. D- 45 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING This item shall be performed in accordance with the City of Fort Worth Parks and Community Services Department Specifications for Topsoil, Sodding and Seeding. 1. TOPSOIL DESCRIPTION: This item will consist of furnishing and placing a minimum of six (6) inches of topsoil, free from rock and foreign material, in all parkways and medians to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Topsoil will be secured from borrow sources as required to supplement material secured from street excavation. All excavated materials from streets which is suitable for topsoil will be used in the parkways and medians before any topsoil is obtained from a borrow source. Topsoil material secured from street excavation shall be stockpiled at locations approved by the Engineer, and at completion of grading and paving operations, topsoil shall be placed 11129104 SC-35 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS on parkway areas so as to provide a minimum six (6) inches of compacted depth of topsoil parkways. 2. SODDING DESCRIPTION: Sodding will consist of furnishing and planting Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass in the areas between the curbs and walks, on terraces, in median strips, on embankments or cut slopes, or in such areas as designated on the Drawings and in accordance with the requirements of this Specification. Recommended Buffalo grass varieties for sodding are Prairie and 609. MATERIALS: Sod shall consist of live and growing Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass secured from sources where the soil is fertile. Sod to be placed during the dormant state of these grasses shall be alive and acceptable. Bermuda and Buffalo grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout a two (2) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots. St. Augustine grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout a one (1) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots. The sod shall be free from obnoxious weeds or other grasses and shall not contain any matter deleterious to its growth or which might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. Sod to be placed between curb and walk and on terraces shall be the same type grass as adjacent grass or existing lawn. Care shall be taken at all times to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of excavating, hauling, and planting. Sod material shall be kept moist from the time it is dug until planted. When so directed by the Engineer, the sod existing at the source shall be watered to the extent required prior to excavating. Sod material shall be planted within three days after it is excavated. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in other items of the contract, sodding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. Sodding shall be either "spot" or "block"; either Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass. a. Spot Sodding Furrows parallel to the curb line or sidewalk lines, twelve (12) inches on centers or to the dimensions shown on the Drawings, shall be opened on areas to be sodded. In all furrows, sod approximately three (3) inches square shall be placed on twelve (12) inch centers at proper depth so that the top of the sod shall not be more than one-half (1/2) inch below the finished grade. Holes of equivalent depth and spacing may be used instead of furrows. The soil shall be firm around each block and then the entire sodded area shall be carefully rolled with a heavy, hand roller developing fifteen (15) to twenty-five (25) pounds per square inch compression. Hand tamping may be required on terraces. b. Block Sodding. 11129104 SC-36 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS At locations on the Drawings or where directed, sod blocks shall be carefully placed on the prepared areas. The sod shall be so placed that the entire designated area shall be covered, and any voids left in the block sodding shall be filled with additional sod and tamped. The entire sodded area shall be rolled and tamped to form a thoroughly compact solid mass. Surfaces of block sod, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the soil, shall,. upon direction of the Engineer, be pegged with wooden pegs driven through the sod block to the firm earth, sufficiently close to hold the block sod firmly in place. When necessary, the sodded areas shall be smoothed after planting has been completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time sodding operations were begun. Any excess dirt from planting operations shall be spread uniformly over the adjacent areas or disposed of as directed by the Engineer so that the completed surface will present a sightly appearance. The sodded areas shall be thoroughly watered immediately after they are planted and shall be subsequently watered at such times and in a manner and quantity directed by the Engineer until completion and final acceptance of the project by the City of Fort Worth. 3. SEEDING DESCRIPTION: "Seeding" will consist of preparing ground, providing and planting seed or a mixture of seed 'of the kind specified along and across such areas as may be designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications. MATERIALS: a. General. All seed used must carry a Texas Testing Seed label showing purity -and germination, name, type of seed, and that the seed meets all requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each tag shall be within nine (9) months of time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Engineer. The specified seed shall equal or exceed the following percentages of Purity and germination: Common Name Purity Germination Common Bermuda Grass 95% 90% Annual Rye Grass 95% 95% Tall Fescue 95% 90% Western Wheatgrass 95% 90% Buffalo Grass Varieties Top Gun 95% 90% Cody 95% 90% 111'29104 SC-37 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Table 120.2.(2)a. URBAN AREA WARM -SEASON SEEDING RATE (lbs.); Pure Live Seed (PLS) Mixture for Clay or Tight Soils Mixture for Sandy Soils Dates (Eastern Sections) (Western Sections) (All Sections) Feb 1 Bermudagrass 40 Buffalograss 80 Bermudagrass 60 to Buffalograss 60 Bermudagrass 20 Buffalograss 40 May 1 Total: 100 Total: 100 Total: 100 Table, 120.2.(2)b TEMPORARY COOL -SEASON SEEDING RATE; (lb.) Pure Live Seed (PLS) Dates (All Sections) Aug 15 Tall Fescue 50 to Western Wheatgrass 50 May 1 Annual Rye 50 Total: 100 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in other items of this Contract, seeding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. a. Watering. Seeded areas shall be watered as directed by the Engineer so as to prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgment of the seed. b. Finishing. Where applicable, the shoulders, slopes, and ditches shall be smoothed after seed bed preparation has been completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time planting operations were begun. BROADCAST SEEDING: The seed or seed mixture in the quantity specified shall be uniformly distributed over the areas shown on the Drawings and where directed. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer shall be distributed at the same time provided the specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. "Finishing" as specified in Section D-45, Construction Methods, is not applicable since no seed bed preparation is required. DISCED SEEDING: Soil over the area shown on the Drawings as directed to be seeded shall be loosened to a minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section D-45, Construction Methods. 11129104 SC-38 FART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The seed, or seed mixture, specified shall then be planted at the rate required and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand rather than by mechanical methods, seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one -eight (1/8) inch. The planted area shall be rolled with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of the slope areas shall be on the contour. ASPHALT MULCH SEEDING: The soil over the area shown on the Drawings, or as directed to be seeded, shall be loosened to the minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter, or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section D-45, Construction Methods. Water shall then be applied to the cultivated area of the seed bed until a minimum depth of six (6) inches is thoroughly moistened. After the watering, when the ground has become sufficiently dry to be loose and pliable, the seed, or seed mixture specified, shall then be planted at the rate required and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time, provided the specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. After planting, the seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one -quarter (1/4) inch. The planted surface area and giving a smooth surface without ruts or tracks. In between the time compacting is completed and the asphalt is applied, the planted area shall be watered sufficiently to assure uniform moisture from the surface to a minimum of six (6) inches in depth. The application of asphalt shall follow the last watering as rapidly as possible. Asphalt shall be of the type and grade as shown on the Drawings and shall conform to the requirements of the item 300, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". If the type of asphalt to be used is not shown on the Drawings, or if Drawings are not included, then MS-2 shall be used. Applications of the asphalt shall be at a rate of three -tenths (0.3) gallons per square yard. It shall be applied to the area in such a manner so that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be comparatively smooth. RE -SEEDING OF AREAS PLANTED WITH COOL SEASONS SPECIES: Areas where temporary cool season species have been planted may be replanted beginning February 1 with warm season species as listed in Table 120.2(2)a. The re -seeding will be achieved in the following manner. The cool season species shall be mowed down to a height of one (1) inch to insure that slit -seeding equipment will be able to cut through the turf and achieve adequate soil penetration. * Slit -seeding, is achieved through the use of an implement which cuts a furrow (slit) in the soil and places the seed in the slit which is then pressed close with a cult packer wheel. 4. HYDROMULCH SEEDING: 1129104 SC-39 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS If hydro mulch seeding is provided, seed mix shall have 95% purity of Bermuda grass and have a germination rate of 90%. Contractor shall ensure that the grass establishes. 5. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN PARK AREAS TURF RESTORATION OF PARK AREAS: FERTILIZER DESCRIPTION: "Fertilizer" will consist of providing and distributing fertilizer over such areas as are designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications. MATERIALS: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled showing the analysis. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the City of Fort Worth in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis of 16-20-0 or 16-5-8 or having the analysis shown on the Drawings. The figures in the analysis represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash nutrients respectively as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be a pelleted or granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. Total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: When an item for fertilizer is included in the Drawings .--., and proposal, pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be applied uniformly over the area specified to be fertilized and in the manner directed for the particular item of work. Fertilizer shall be dry and in good physical condition. Fertilizer that is powdered to caked will be rejected. Distribution of fertilizer as a particular item of work shall meet the approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the average rate of three hundred (300) pounds per acre for all types of "Sodding" and four hundred (400) pounds per acre for all types of "Seeding". MEASUREMENT: Topsoil secured from borrow sources will be measured by the square yard in place on the project site. Measurement will be made only on topsoils secured from borrow sources. Acceptable material for "Seeding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place. Acceptable material for "Sodding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place. Acceptable material for "Fertilizer" shall be subsidiary to the price of sodding or seeding. PAYMENT: All work performed as ordered and measured shall be subsidiary to the contract unless and otherwise noted in the plans and bid documents to be paid for at 11129104 SC 40 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS " the unit price bid for each item of work. Its price shall be full compensation for excavating (except as noted below), loading, hauling, placing and furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete work. All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to supply, transport, stockpile and place topsoil or salvage topsoil as specified shall be included in "Seeding" or "Sodding" bid items and will not be paid for directly. "Spot sodding" or "block sodding" as the case may be, will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard, complete in place, as provided in the proposal and contract. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for furnishing and placing all sod; for all rolling and tamping; for all watering; for disposal of all surplus materials; and for all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work, all in accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications. The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price for "Seeding", or "Sodding", of the type specified, as the case may be, which price shall each be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work accepted as follows: Fertilizer material and application will not be measured or paid for directly, but is considered subsidiary to Sodding and Seeding. D- 46 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to implement and maintain a variable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" which must meet OSHA requirements for all its employees and subcontractors at all times during construction. All active sewer manholes, regardless of depth, are defined by OSHA, as "permit required confined spaces". Contractors shall submit an acceptable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" for all applicable manholes and maintain an active file for these manholes. The cost of complying with this program shall be subsidiary to the pay items involving work in confined spaces. D- 47 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION 7. Prior to the final inspection being conducted for the project, the contractor shall contact the city inspector in writing when the entire project or a designated portion of the project is substantially complete. 8. The inspector along with appropriate City staff and the City's consultant shall make an inspection of the substantially completed work and prepare and submit to the contractor a list of items needing to be completed or corrected. 9. The contractor shall take immediate steps to rectify the listed deficiencies and notify the owner in writing when all the items have been completed or corrected. 10. Payment for substantial completion inspection as well as final inspection shall be " subsidiary to the project price. Contractor shall still be required to address all other deficiencies, which are discovered at the time of final inspection. 11129104 SC-41 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 11. Final inspection shall be in conformance with general condition item °C5-5.18 Final Inspection" of PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS. D- 48 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS) The Contractor shall be responsible for taking measures to minimize damage to tree limbs, tree trunks, and tree roots at each work site. All such measures shall be considered as incidental work included in the Contract Unit Price bid for applicable pipe or structure installation except for short tunneling/tree augering. 2. Any and, all trees located within the equipment operating area at each work site shall, at the direction of the Engineer, be protected by erecting a "snow fence" along the drip line or edge of the tree root system between tree and the construction area. 3. Contractor shall inspect each work site in advance and arrange to have any tree limbs pruned that might be damaged by equipment operations. The Engineer shall be notified at least 24 hours prior to any tree trimming work. No trimming work will be permitted within private property without written permission of the Owner. 4. Nothing shall be stored over the tree root system within the drip line area of any tree. 5. Before excavation (off the roadway) within the drip line area of any tree, the earth shall be sawcut for a minimum depth of 2 feet. 6. At designated locations shown on the drawings, the "short tunnel" method using Class 51 D.I. pipe shall be utilized. 7. Except in areas where clearing is allowed, all trees up to 8" in diameter damaged during construction shall be removed and replaced with the same type and diameter tree at the contractor's expense. 8. Contractor shall employ a qualified landscaper for all the work required for tree care to ensure utilization of the best agricultural practices and procedures. 9. Short tunneling shall consist of power augering or hand excavation. The tunnel diameter shall not be larger than 1-1/2 times the outside pipe diameter. Voids remaining after pipe installation shall be pressure grouted. D- 49 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE Concrete encasement of sewers shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per linear foot of concrete encasement as measured in place along the centerline of the pipe for each pipe diameter indicated. The Contract Unit Price shall include all costs associated with installation and reinforcement of the concrete encasement. D- 50 CLAY DAM 11/29/04 SC-42 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Clay dam construction shall be performed in accordance with the Wastewater Clay Dam Construction, figure in the Drawings in these Specifications, at locations indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. Clay dams shall be keyed into undisturbed soil to make an impervious barrier to reduce groundwater percolation through the pipeline trench. Construction material shall consist of compacted bentonite clay or 2:27 concrete. Payment for work such as forming, placing and finishing shall be subsidiary to the price bid for pipe installation. D- 51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE) The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of all existing utilities prior to construction, in accordance with item D-6. At locations identified on the drawings, contractor shall conduct an exploratory excavation (D-Hole), to locate and verify the location and elevation of the existing underground utility where it may be in potential conflict with a proposed facility alignment. The exploratory excavation shall be conducted prior to construction of the entire project only at locations denoted on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Contractor shall submit a report of findings (including surveyed elevations of existing conflicting utilities) to the City prior to the start of construction of the entire project. If the contractor determines an existing utility is in conflict with the proposed facility, the contractor shall contact the engineer immediately *for appropriate design modifications. The contractor shall make the necessary repairs at the exploratory excavation (D-Hole) to obtain a safe and proper driving surface to ensure the safety of the general public and to meet the approval of the City inspector. The contractor shall be liable for any and all damages incurred due to the exploratory excavation (D-Hole). Payment shall not be made for verification of existing utilities per item D-6. Payment for exploratory excavation (D-Hole), at locations identified on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, shall include full compensation for all materials, excavation, surface restoration, field surveys, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, shall be the unit price bid. No payment shall be made for exploratory excavation(s) conducted after construction has begun. D- 52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES 52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe POLYVINYL Chloride Plastic Water Pipe and fittings on this Project shall be in accordance with the material standard contained in the General Contract Documents. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, blocking, detectable tapes and all other associated appurtenant required, shall be included in the linear foot price bid of the appropriate BID ITEM(S). 52.2 Blocking Concrete blocking on this Project will necessarily be required as shown on the Plans and shall be installed in accordance with the General Contract Documents. All valves shall have concrete blocking provided for supporting. No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for the item and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe or the bid price of the valve. 11129104 SC-43 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 52.3 Type of Casing Pipe 1. WATER: The casing pipe for open cut and bored or tunneled section shall be AWWA C- 200 Fabricated Electrically Welded Steel Water Pipe, and shall conform to the provisions of E1-15, E1-5 and E1-9 in Material Specifications of General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water Department Projects. The steel casing pipe shall be supplied as follows: For the inside and outside of casing pipe, coal -tar protective coating in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 2.2 and related sections in AWWA C- 203. Touch-up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above. C. Minimum thickness for casing pipe used shall be 0.375 inch. Stainless Steel Casing Spacers (centering style) such as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company or an approved equal shall be used on all non -concrete pipes when installed in casing. Installation shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer. 2. SEWER: Boring used on this project shall be in accordance with the material standard E1- 15 and Construction standard E2-15 as per Fig. 110 of the General Contract Documents. 3. PAYMENT: Payment for all materials, labor, equipment, excavation, concrete grout, backfill, and incidental work shall be included in the unit price bid per foot. 52.4 Tie -Ins The Contractor shall be responsible for making tie-ins to the existing water mains_ It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the exact location and elevation of the existing line tie-ins. And any differences in locations and elevation of existing line tie-ins between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the field shall be considered as incidental to construction. The cost of making tie-ins to existing water or sanitary sewer mains shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. 52.5 Connection of Existing Mains The Contractor shall determine the exact location, elevation, configuration and angulation of existing water or sanitary sewer lines prior to manufacturing of the connecting piece. Any differences in locations, elevation, configuration, and or angulation of existing lines between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the said work shall be considered as incidental to construction. Where it is required to shut down existing mains in order to make proposed connections, such down time shall be coordinated with the Engineer, and all efforts shall be made to keep this down time to a minimum. In case of shutting down an existing main, the Contractor shall notify the Manager, Construction 11129104 S C-44 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Services, Phone 871-7813, at least 48-hours prior to the required shut down time. The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE, Page C5-5(5), PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE WATER DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall notify the customer both personally and in writing as to the location, time, and schedule of the service interruption. The cost of removing any existing concrete blocking shall be included in the cost of connection. Unless bid separately all cost incurred shall be included in the linear foot price bid for the appropriate pipe size. 52.6 Valve Cut -Ins It may be necessary to cut -in gate valves to isolate the water main from which the extension and/or replacement is to be connected. This may require closing valves in other lines and putting consumers out of service for that period of time necessary to cut in the new valve; the work must be expedited to the utmost and all such cut -ins must be coordinated with the engineer in charge of inspection. All consumers shall be individually advised prior to the shut out and advised of the approximate length of time they may be without service. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, fittings, blocking and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid items. 52.7 Water Services The relocation, replacement, or reconnection of water services will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. All service's shall be constructed by the contractor utilizing approved factory manufactured tap saddles (when required) and corporation stops, type K copper water tubing, curb stops with lock wings, meter boxes, and if required approved manufactured service branches. All materials used shall be as specified in the Material Standards (E1-17 & E1-18) contained in the General Contract Documents. All water services to be replaced shall be installed at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade. All existing 3/4-inch water service lines which are to be replaced shall be replaced with 1-inch Type K copper, 1-inch diameter tap saddle when required, and 1-inch corporation from the main line to the meter box. All services which are to be replaced or relocated shall be installed with the service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when service interruption will be required as specified in Section C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 11129104 SC-45 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS All water service meters shall be removed, tagged, and collected by the contractor for pickup by the Water Department for reconditioning or replacement. After installation of the water service in the proposed location and receipt of a meter from the project inspector the contractor shall install the meter. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a licensed plumber. 1. WATER SERVICE REPLACEMENTS: Water service replacement or relocation is required when the existing service is lead or is too shallow to avoid breakage during street reconstruction. The contractor shall replace the existing service line with Type K copper from the main to the meter, curb stop with lock wings, and corporation stop. Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, curb stop with lock wings, service line adjustment, and any relocation of up to 12- inches from center line existing meter location to center line proposed meter location shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for Copper Service Line from Main to five (5) feet behind Meter. Any vertical adjustment of customer service line within the 5 foot area shall be subsidiary to the service installation. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. 1. WATER SERVICE RECONNECTION: Water service reconnection is required when the existing service is copper and at adequate depth to avoid breakage during street reconstruction. The contractor shall adjust the existing water service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap with corporation stop. The contractor will be paid for one (1) Service Tap to Main for each service reconnected plus for any copper service line used in excess of five (5) feet from Main to five (5) feet behind the Meter. 2. WATER SERVICE METER AND METER BOX RELOCATIONS: When the replacement and relocation of a water service and meter box is required and the location of the meter and meter box is moved more than twelve (12) inches, as measured from the center line of the existing meter to location to the center line of the proposed meter location, separate payment will be allowed for the relocation of service meter and meter box. Centerline is defined by a line extended from the service tap through the meter. Only relocations made perpendicular to this centerline will be paid for separately. Relocations made along the centerline will be paid of in feet of copper service line. When relocation of service meter and meter box is required, payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, five (5) feet of type K copper service and all materials, labor, and equipment used by and for the licensed plumber shall be included in the price bid for the service meter relocation. All other costs will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). 11/29/04 S C-46 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS This item will also be used to pay for all service meter and meter box relocations as required by the Engineer when the service line is not being replaced. Adjustment of only the meter box and customer service line within 5 feet distance behind the meter will not justify separate payment at any time. Locations with multiple service branches will be paid for as one service meter and meter box relocation. 4. NEW SERVICE: When new services are required the contractor shall install tap saddle (when required), corporation stop, type K copper service line, curb stop with lock wings, and meter box. Reinforced plastic meter boxes with cast iron lid shall be provided for all 2 inch water meters or smaller. The reinforced plastic water meter boxes shall comply with section El-18A — Reinforced Plastic Water Meter Boxes. Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, and curb stop with lock wings shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for Service Line from Main to Meter five (5) feet behind the meter. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle, corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Mains. Payment for all work and materials such as furnishing and setting new meter box shall be included in the price bid for furnish and set meter box. 1. MULTIPLE SERVICE BRANCHES: When multiple service branches are required the contractor shall furnish approved factory manufactured branches. Payment for multiple service branches will include furnishing and installing the multiple service branch only and all other cost will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). 2. MULTIPLE STREET SERVICE LINES TO SINGLE SERVICE METER: Any multiple service lines with taps servicing a single service meter encountered during construction shall be replaced with one service line that is applicable for the size of the existing service meter and approved by the Engineer. Payment shall be made at the unit bid price in the appropriate bid item(s). 52.8 2-Inch Temporary Service Line A. The 2-inch temporary service main and 3/4-inch service lines shall be installed to provide temporary water service to all buildings that will necessarily be required to have severed water service during said work. The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the schedule of the temporary service connections and permanent service reconnections with the building owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. Severed water service must be reconnected within 2 hours of discontinuance of service. A 2-inch tapping saddle and 2-inch corporation stop or 2-inch gate valve with an appropriate fire hydrant adapter fitting shall be required at the temporary service point of connection to the City water supply. The 2-inch temporary service main and 3/4-inch service lines shall be installed in accordance to the attached figures 11129104 SC-47 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1, 2 and 3. 2" temporary service line shall be cleaned and sterilized by using chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) prior to installation. The out -of -service meters shall be removed, tagged and collected by the Contractor for delivery to the Water Department Meter Shop for reconditioning or replacement. Upon restoring permanent service, the Contractor shall re -install the meters at the correct location. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with the existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. The temporary service layout shall have a minimum available flow rate of 5 GPM at a dynamic pressure of 35 PSI per service tap. This criteria shall be used by the Contractor to determine the length of temporary service allowed, number of service taps and number of feed points. When the temporary service is required for more than one location the 2-inch temporary service pipes, 3/4-inch service lines and the 2-inch meter shall be moved to the next successive project location. Payment for work such as fittings, 3/4-inch service lines, asphalt, barricades, all service connections, removal of temporary services and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item. B. In order to accurately measure the amount of water used during construction, the Contractor will install a fire hydrant meter for all temporary service lines. Water used during construction for flushing new mains that cannot be metered from a y`" hydrant will be estimated as accurately as possible. At the pre -construction conference the contractor will advise the inspector of the number of meters that will be needed along with the locations where they will be used. The inspector will deliver the hydrant meters to the locations. After installation, the contractor will take full responsibility for the meters until such time as the contractor returns those meters to the inspector. Any damage to the meters will be the sole responsibility of the contractor. The Water Department Meter Shop will evaluate the condition of the meters upon return and if repairs are needed the contractor will receive an invoice for those repairs. The issued meter is for this specific project and location only. Any water that the contractor may need for personal use will require a separate hydrant meter obtained by the Contractor, at its cost, from the Water Department. 52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines Before being placed into service all newly constructed water lines shall be purged and sterilized in accordance with E2-24 of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as modified herein. The City will provide all water for INITIAL cleaning and sterilization of water lines. All materials for construction of the project, including appropriately sized "pipe cleaning pigs", chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be furnished by the Contractor. Chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be used in sufficient quantities to provide a chlorine residual of fifty (50) PPM. The residual of free chlorine shall be measured after 24 hours and shall not be less than 10 parts per million of free chlorine. Chlorinated water shall be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system. Should a sanitary sewer not be available, chlorinated water shall be "de -chlorinated" prior to disposal. The line 11129104 SC-48 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS may not be placed in service until two successive sets of samples, taken 24 hours apart, have met the established standards of purity. Purging and sterilization of the water lines shall be considered as incidental to the project and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. 52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries Contractor shall take note that the water line to be replaced under this contract may cross or may be in close proximity to an existing pressure plane boundary. Care shall be taken to ensure all "pressure plane" valves installed are installed closed and no cross connections are made between pressure planes 52.11 Water Sample Station GENERAL: All water sampling station installations will be per attached Figure 34 or as required in large water meter vaults as per Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The appropriate water sampling station will be furnished to the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up this item at the Field Operations Warehouse. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 34 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and d-- materials necessary for the installation of the 3/4-inch type K copper service line will be shall be included in the price bid for copper Service Line from Main to Meter. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, concrete support block, curb stop, fittings, and an incidental 5-feet of type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 33 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle, gate valve, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, modification to the vault, fittings, and all type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. 52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings lmn-° Reference Part E2 Construction Specifications, Section E2-7 Installing Cast Iron Pipe, fittings, and Specials, Sub section E2-7.11 Cast Iron Fittings: 11129104 SC-49 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS E2-7.11 DUCTILE -IRON AND GRAY -IRON FITTINGS: All ductile -iron and gray - iron fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining as stated in Section E1-7. The price bid per ton of fittings shall be payment in full for all fittings, joint accessories, polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie - down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle necessary for construction as designed. All ductile -iron and gray -iron fittings, valves and specials shall be wrapped with polyethylene wrapping conforming to Material Specification E1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13. Wrapping shall precede horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie -down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle. Payment for the polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie -down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle shall be included in bid items for vales and fittings and no other payments will be allowed. D- 53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 200, "Sprinkling for Dust Control" shall apply. However, no direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be considered to this contract. D- 54 DEWATERING The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the method of dewatering operation for the water or sewage flows from the existing mains and ground water. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage of any nature resulting from the dewatering operations. The DISCHARGE from any dewatering operation shall be conducted as approved by the Engineer. Ground water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers. Dewatering shall be considered as incidental to a construction and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the project price. D- 55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES Contractor to prevent any water flowing into open trench during construction. Contractor shall not leave excavated trench open overnight. Contractor shall fill any trench the same day of excavation. No extra payment shall be allowed for this special condition. D- 56 TREE PRUNING A. REFERENCES: National Arborist Association's "Pruning Standards for Shade Trees". B. ROOT PRUNING EQUIPMENT 1. Vibratory Knife 2. Vermeer V-1550RC Root Pruner 11/29/04 SC-50 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS C. NATURAL RESOURCES PROTECTION FENCE 3. Steel "T° = Bar stakes, 6 feet long. 4. Smooth Horse -Wire: 14-1/2 gauge (medium gauge) or 12 gauge (heavy gauge). 5. Surveyor's Plastic Flagging: "Tundra" weight, International fluorescent orange or red color. 6. Combination Fence: Commercially manufactured combination soil separator fabric on wire mesh backing as shown on the Drawings. D. ROOT PRUNING 7. Survey and stake location of root pruning trenches as shown on drawings. 8. Using the approved specified equipment, make a cut a minimum of 36 inches deep in order to minimize damage to the undisturbed root zone. 9. Backfill and compact the trench immediately after trenching. 10. Place a 3-foot wide by 4-inch deep cover of mulch over the trench as required by the Engineer. 11. Within 24 hours, prune flush with ground and backfill any exposed roots due to construction activity. Cover with wood chips of mulch in order to equalize soil temperature and minimize water loss due to evaporation. 12. Limit any grading work within conservation areas to 3-inch maximum cut or fill, with no roots over 1-inch diameter being cut unless cut by hand or cut by specified methods, equipment and protection. E. MULCHING: Apply 2-inches to 4-inches of wood chips from trimming or clearing operation on areas designated by the Engineer. F. Tree Pruning shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price. D- 57 TREE REMOVAL Trees to be removed shall be removed using applicable methods, including stump and root ball removal, loading, hauling and dumping. Extra caution shall be taken to not disrupt existing utilities both overhead and buried. The Contractor shall immediately repair or replace any damage to utilities and private property including, but not limited to, water and sewer services, pavement, fences, walls, sprinkler system piping, etc., at no cost to the Owner. All costs for tree removal, including temporary service costs, shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price and no additional payment will be allowed. D- 58 TEST HOLES > 1/29/04 SC-51 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The matter of subsurface exploration to ascertain the nature of the soils, including the amount of rock, if any, through which this pipeline installation is to be made is the responsibility of any and all prospective bidders, and any bidder on this project shall submit his bid under this condition. Whether prospective bidders perform this subsurface exploration jointly or independently, and whether they make such determination by the use of test holes or other means, shall be left to the discretion of such prospective bidders. If test borings have been made and are provided for bidder's information, at the locations shown on the logs of borings in the appendix of this specification, it is expressly declared that neither the City nor the Engineer guarantees the accuracy for the information or that the material encountered in excavations is the same, either in character, location, or elevation, as shown on the boring logs. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to make such subsurface investigations, as he deems necessary to determine the nature of the material to be excavated. The Contractor assumes all responsibility for interpretation of these records and for making and maintaining the required excavation and of doing other work affected by the geology of the site. The cost of all rock removal and other associated appurtenances, if required, shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. D- 59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING CONSTRUCTION Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, the contractor shall, on a block by block basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice shall be prepared as follows: The notification notice or flyer shall be posted seven (7) days prior to beginning any construction activity on each block in the project area. The flyer shall be prepared on the Contractor's letterhead and shall include the following information: Name of Project, DOE No., Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity), actual construction duration within the block, the name of the contractor's foreman and his phone number, the name of the City's inspector and his phone number and the City's after-hours phone number. A sample of the 'pre -construction notification' flyer is attached. The contractor shall submit a schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each block of the project to the inspector. In addition, a copy of the flyer shall be delivered to the City Inspector for his review prior to being distributed. The contractor will not be allowed to begin construction on any block until the flyer is delivered to all residents of the block. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or businesses during construction, the contractor shall prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. The notice shall be prepared as follows: The notification or flyer shall be posted twenty-four (24) prior to the temporary interruption. The flyer shall be prepared on the contractor's letterhead and shall include 11129104 SC-52 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS the following information: Name of the project, DOE number, the date of the interruption of service, the period the interruption will take place, the name of the contractor's foreman and his phone number and the name of the City's inspector and his phone number. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached. A copy of the temporary interruption notification shall be delivered to the inspector for his review prior to being distributed. The contractor shall not be permitted to proceed with interruption of water service until the flyer has been delivered to all affected residents and businesses. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Construction office at (817) 871-8306. All work involved with the notification flyers shall be considered subsidiary to the contract price and no additional compensation shall be made. D- 60 TRAFFIC BUTTONS The removal and replacement of traffic buttons is the responsibility of the contractor and shall be considered a subsidiary item. In the event that the contractor prefers for the Signals, Signs and Markings Division (SSMD) of the Transportation/Public Works Department to install the markings, the contractor shall contact SSMD at (817) 871-8770 and shall reimburse SSMD for all costs incurred, both labor and material. No additional compensation shall be made to the contractor for this reimbursement. D- 61 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS Whenever a sanitary sewer service line is installed or replaced, the Contractor shall install a two-way service cleanout as shown in the attached detail. Cleanouts are to be installed out of high traffic areas such as driveways, streets, sidewalks, etc. whenever possible. When it is not possible, the cleanout stack and cap shall be cast iron. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the two-way service cleanout which are required to provide a complete and functional sanitary sewer cleanout shall be included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanouts. D- 62 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR The Contractor shall provide a temporary pavement repair immediately after trench backfill and compaction using a minimum of 2-inches of hot mix asphalt over a minimum of 6-inches of compacted flex base. The existing asphalt shall be saw cut to provide a uniform edge and the entire width and length of the temporary repair shall be rolled with a steel asphalt roller to provide smooth rideability on the street as well as provide a smooth transition between the existing pavement and the temporary repair. Cost of saw cutting shall be subsidiary to the temporary pavement repair pay item. The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the temporary pavement until the ,. paving contractor has mobilized. The paving contractor shall assume maintenance responsibility upon such mobilization. No additional compensation shall be made for maintaining the temporary pavement. 11129104 SC-53 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D- 63 CONSTRUCTION STAKES The City, through its Surveyor or agent, will provide to the Contractor construction stakes or other customary method of markings as may be found consistent with professional practice, establishing line and grades for roadway and utility construction, and centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. These stakes shall be set sufficiently in advance to avoid delay whenever practical. One set of stakes shall be set for all utility construction (water, sanitary sewer, drainage etc.), and one set of excavation/or stabilization stakes, and one set of stakes for curb and gutter/or paving. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to preserve, maintain, transfer, etc., all stakes furnished until completion of the construction phase of the project for which they were furnished. If the City or its agent determines that a sufficient number of stakes or markings provided by the City, have been lost, destroyed, or disturbed, to prevent the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for in the Contract Documents, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility, at the Contractor's sole expense, to have such stakes replaced by an individual registered by the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveyor as a Registered Land Surveyor. No claims for delay due to lack of replacement of construction stakes will be accepted, and time will continue to be charged in accordance with the Contract Documents. D- 64 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS The performance of this contract requires certain temporary construction, right -of -entry agreements, and/or permits to perform work on private property. The City has attempted to obtain the temporary construction and/or right -of -entry agreements for properties where construction activity is necessary on City owned facilities, such as sewer lines or manholes. For locations where the City was unable to obtain the easement or right -of -entry, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the agreement prior to beginning work on .subject property. This shall be subsidiary to the contract. The agreements, which the City has obtained, are available to the Contractor for review by contacting the plans desk at the Department of Engineering, City of Fort Worth. Also, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain written permission from property owners to perform such work as cleanout repair and sewer service replacement on private property. Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of Paragraph C6-6.10 of the General Contract Documents. The Contractor's attention is directed to the agreement terms along with any special conditions that may have been imposed on these agreements, by the property owners. The easements and/or private property shall be cleaned up after use and restored to its original condition or better. In event additional work room is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. The City has obtained the necessary documentation for railroad and/or highway permits required for construction of this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for thoroughly reviewing, understanding and complying with all provisions of such permits, including obtaining the requisite insurance, and shall pay any and all costs associated 11129104 SC-54 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS with or required by the permit(s). It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide the required flagmen and/or provide payment to the appropriate railroad/agency for all flagmen during construction in railroad/agency right-of-way. For railroad permits, any and all railroad insurance costs and any other incidental costs necessary to meet the conditions associated with permit(s) compliance, including payment for flagmen, shall be subsidiary to the bid item price for boring under the railroad. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. D- 65 PRE -CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING After the pre -construction conference has been held but before construction is allowed to begin on this project a public meeting will be held at a location to be determined by the Engineer. The contractor, inspector, and project manager shall meet with all affected residents and present the projected schedule, including construction start date, and answer any construction related questions. Every effort will be made to schedule the neighborhood meeting within the two weeks following the pre -construction conference but in no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. D- 66 WAGE RATES Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Laws Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258,023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not 11129104 SC-55 PART D - SPECIAL, CONDITIONS resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Records to be Maintained. The contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. Pay Estimates. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Posting of Wage Rates. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Subcontractor Compliance. The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above. (Wage rates are attached at the end of this section.) (Attached) D- 67 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE A. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth to comply with the requirements of the Asbestos National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) found at 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M. This specification will establish procedures to be used by all Excavators in the removal and disposal of asbestos cement pipe (ACP) in compliance with NESHAP. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to void any provision of a contract or other law, ordinance, regulation or policy whose requirements are more stringent. B. ACP is defined under NESHAP as a Category II, non -friable material in its intact state but which may become friable upon removal, demolition and/or disposal. Consequently, if the removal/ disposal process renders the ACP friable, it is regulated under the disposal requirements of 40 CFR 61.150. A NESHAP notification must be filed with the Texas Department of Health. The notification must be filed at least ten days prior to removal of the material. If it remains in its non - friable state, as defined by the NESHAP, it can be disposed as a conventional construction waste. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 11129104 SC-56 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS defines friable as material, when dry, which may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressures. C. The Generator of the hazardous material is responsible for the identification and proper handling, transportation, and disposal of the material. Therefore, it is the policy of the City of Fort Worth that the Excavator is the Generator regardless of whether the pipe is friable or not. D. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth that all ACP shall be removed in such careful and prudent manner that it remains intact and does not become friable. The Excavator is responsible to employ those means, methods, techniques and sequences to ensure this result. E. Compliance with all aspects of worker safety and health regulations including but not limited to the OSHA Asbestos Standard is the responsibility of the Excavator. The City of Fort Worth assumes no responsibility for compliance programs, which are the responsibility of the Excavator. (Copy of forms attached) F. The removal and disposal of ACP shall be subsidiary to the cost of installing the new pipe unless otherwise stated or indicated on the project plans or contract documents. D-68 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS -� GREATER THAN 1 ACRE) PERMIT: As defined by Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) regulations, a Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required for all construction activities that result in the disturbance of one to five acres (Small Construction Activity) or five or more acres of total land (Large Construction Activity). The contractor is defined as an operator" by state regulations and is required to obtain a permit. Information concerning the permit can be obtained through the Internet at http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permitting/water perm/wwperm/construct.html. Soil stabilization and structural practices have been selected and designed in accordance with North Central Texas Council of Governments Best Management Practices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Activities (BMP Manual). This manual can be obtained through the Internet at www.dfwstormwater.com/runoff.html. Not all of the structural controls discussed in the BMP Manual will necessarily apply to this project. Best Management Practices are construction management techniques that, if properly utilized, can minimize the need for physical controls and possible reduce costs. The methods of control shall result in minimum sediment retention of not less than 70%. NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI): If the project will result in a total land disturbance equal to or greater than 5 acres, the contractor shall sign at the pre -construction meeting a TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) form prepared by the engineer. It serves as a notification to the TCEQ of construction activity as well as a commitment that the contractor understands the requirements of the permit for storm water discharges from construction activities and that measures will be taken to implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention at the site. The NOI shall be submitted to the TCEQ at least 48 hours prior to the contractor moving on site and shall include the required $100 application fee. 11129104 SC-57 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The NOI shall be mailed to: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team; MC-228 P.O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 A copy of the NOI shall be sent to: City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management 5000 MLK Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76119 NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT): For all sites that qualify as Large Construction Activity, the contractor shall sign, prior to final payment, a TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) form prepared by the engineer, It serves as a notice that the site is no longer subject to the requirement of the permit. The NOT should be mailed to: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team; MC-228 P.O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP): A document consisting of an erosion control and toxic waste management plan and a narrative defining site parameters and techniques to be employed to reduce the release of sediment and pollution from the construction site. Five of the project SWPPP's are available for viewing at the plans desk of the Department of Engineering. The selected Contractor shall be provided with three copies of the SWPPP after award of contract, along with unbounded copies of all forms to be submitted to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. LARGE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY — DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 5 ACRES: A Notice of Intent (NOI) form shall be completed and submitted to the TCEQ including payment of the TCEQ required fee. A SWPPP that meets all TCEQ requirements prepared by the Engineer shall be prepared and implemented at least 48 hours before the commencement of construction activities. The SWPPP shall be incorporated into in the contract documents. The contractor shall submit a schedule for implementation of the SWPPP. Deviations from the plan must be submitted to the engineer for approval. The SWPPP is not warranted to meet all the conditions of the permit since the actual construction activities may vary from those anticipated during the preparation of the SWPPP. Modifications may be required to fully conform to the requirements of the Permit. The contractor must keep a copy of the most current SWPPP at the construction site. Any alterations to the SWPPP proposed by the contractor must be prepared and submitted by the contractor to the engineer for review and approval. A Notice of Termination (NOT) form shall be submitted within 30 days after final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that is the responsibility of the permittee, or, when another permitted operator assumes control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized. 11/29/04 SC-58 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS SMALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY - DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN ONE ACRE BUT LESS THAN FIVE ACRES: Submission of a NOI form is not required. However, a TCEQ Site Notice form must be completed and posted at the site. A copy of the completed Site Notice must be sent to the City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management at the address listed above. A SWPPP, prepared as described above, shall be implemented at least 48 hours before the commencement of construction activities. The SWPPP must include descriptions of control measures necessary to prevent and control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution and will be included in the contract documents. The control measures shall be installed and maintained throughout the construction to assure effective and continuous water pollution control. The controls may include, but not be limited to, silt fences, straw bale dikes, rock berms, diversion dikes, interceptor swales, sediment traps and basins, pipe slope drain, inlet protection, stabilized construction entrances, seeding, sodding, mulching, soil retention blankets, or other structural or non-structural storm water pollution controls. The method of control shall result in a minimum sediment retention of 70% as defined by the ,NCTCOG "BMP Manual." Deviations from the proposed control measures must be submitted to the engineer for approval. PAYMENT FOR SWPPP IMPLEMENTATION: Payment shall be made per lump sum as shown on the proposal as full compensation for all items contained in the project SWPPP. D-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS -- OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing City water line system with the City's representative. The Contractor may obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use during the life of named project. In the event the Contractor requires that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on to accommodate the construction of the project, the Contractor must coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative. The Contractor shall not operate water line valves of existing water system. Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation ,of Texas Penal Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result of these actions. D-70 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD The City reserves the right to require any pre -qualified contractor who is the apparent low bidder(s) for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in sole discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records, information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule, to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder(s) to deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the City Council. Failure to submit the additional information if requested may be grounds for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non -responsive. Affected contractors will be notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council. 11129104 SC-59 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-71 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION Time is of the essence in the completion of this contract. In order to insure that the contractor is responsive when notified of unsatisfactory performance and/or of failure to maintain the contract schedule, the following process shall be applicable: The work progress on all construction projects will be closely monitored. On a bi-monthly basis the percentage of work completed will be compared to the percentage of time charged to the contract. If the amount of work performed by the contractor is less than the percentage of time allowed by 20% or more (example: 10% of the work completed in 30% of the stated contract time as may be amended by change order), the following proactive measures will be taken: 1. A letter will be mailed to the contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested demanding that, within 10 days from the date that the letter is received, it provide sufficient equipment, materials and labor to ensure completion of the work within the contract time. In the event the contractor receives such a letter, the contractor shall provide to the City an updated schedule showing how the project will be completed within the contract time. 2. The Project Manager and the Directors of the Department of Engineering, Water Department, and Department of Transportation and Public Works will be made aware of the situation. If necessary, the City Manager's Office and the appropriate city council members may also be informed. 3. Any notice that may, in the City's sole discretion, be required to be provided to interested individuals will distributed by the Engineering Department's Public Information Officer. 4. Upon receipt of the contractor's response, the appropriate City departments and directors will be notified. The Engineering Department's Public Information Officer will, if necessary, then forward updated notices to the interested individuals. 5. If the contractor fails to provide an acceptable schedule or fails to perform satisfactorily a second time prior to the completion of the contract, the bonding company will be notified appropriately. D-72 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS The Contractor shall be required to observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS". Typically, the OZONE SEASON, within the Metroplex area, runs from May 1, through OCTOBER 31, with 6:00 a.m. - 10:00 a.m. being critical BECAUSE EMISSIONS FROM THIS TIME PERIOD HAVE ENOUGH TIME TO BAKE IN THE HOT ATMOSPHERE THAT LEADS TO EARLY AFTERNOON OZONE FORMATION.. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. On designated Air Pollution Watch Days, the 11129104 SC-60 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall bear the responsibility of being aware that such days have been designated Air Pollution Watch Days and as such shall not begin work until 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or if equipment is new and certified by EPA as "Low Emitting",or equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or alternative fuels such as CNG. If the Contractor is unable to perform continuous work for a period of at least seven hours between the hours of 7:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m., on a designated Air Pollution Watch Day, that day will be considered as a weather day and added onto the allowable weather days of a given month. D-73 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE -INSPECTIONS A fee for street use permits is in effect. In addition, a separate fee for re -inspections for parkway construction, such as driveways, sidewalks, etc., will be required. The fees are as follows: 1. The street permit fee is $50.00 per permit with payment due at the time of permit application. 2. A re -inspection fee of $25.00 will be assessed when work for which an inspection called for is incomplete. Payment is due prior to the City performing re -inspection. Payment by the contractor for all street use permits and re -inspections shall be considered subsidiary to the contract cost and no additional compensation shall be made. 11/29/04 SC-6 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH Highway (Heavy) Construction Prevailing Wage Rates For 2006 CLASSIFICATIONS HRLY RTS Air tool operator $ 10.06 Asphalt Raker $ 11.01 Asphalt Shoveler $ 8.80 Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 13.99 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 12.78 Batching Plant Weigher $ 14.15 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 9.88 Bulldozer Operator $ 13.22 Carpenter (Rough) $ 12.80 Concrete Finisher - Paving $ 12.85 Concrete Finisher - Structures $ 13.27 Concrete Paving Curbing Mach. Oper. $ 12.00 Concrete Paving Finishing March. Oper $ 13.63 Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Oper. $ 12.50 Concrete Paving Saw Oper. $ 13.56 Concrete Paving Spreader Oper $ 14.50 Concrete Rubber $ 10.61 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel $ 14.12 Electrician $ 18.12 Flagger $ 8.43 Form Builder - Structures $ 11.63 Form Setter - Paving & Curbs $ 11.83 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted $ 13.67 Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted $ 16.30 Front End Loader $ 12.62 Laborer - Common $ 9.18 Laborer - Utility $ 10.65 Mechanic $ 16.97 Milling Machine Operator, Fine Grade $ 11.83 Mixer Operator $ 11.58 Motor Grader Operator (Fine Grade) $ 15.20 Motor Grader Operator, Rough Oiler $ 14.50 Painter, Structures $ 13.17 Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 10.04 Pipe Layer $ 11.04 Roller, Steel Wheel Plant - Mix Pavements $ 11.28 CLASSIFICATIONS HRLY RTS Roller, Steel Wheel Other Flawheel or Tamping $ 10.92 Roller, Pneumatic, Self -Propelled Scraper $ 11.07 Reinforcing Steel Setter (Paving) $ 14.86 Reinforcing Steel Setter (Structure) $ 16.29 Scraper Operator $ 11.42 Servicer $ 12.32 Slip Form Machine Operator $ 12.33 Spreader Box Operator $ 10.92 Tractor operator, Crawler Type $ 12.60 Tractor operator, Pneumatic $ 12.91 Traveling Mixer Operator $ 12.03 Truck Driver - Single Axle (light) $ 10.91 Truck Driver - Tandem Axle Semi- Trailer $ 11.75 Truck Diver - Lowboy/Float $ 14.93 Truck Driver - Transit Mix $ 12.08 Wagon Drill, Boring Machine, Post Hole Driller $ 14.00 Welder $ 13.57 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 10.09 1 11129104 SC-62 FORTWORTH DOE NO. XXXX Project Name: NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT -OUT, PLEASE CALL: MR. AT (CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) MR. AT (CITY INSPECTOR) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. THANK YOU, ,CONTRACTOR PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS F TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HMTH DEMOUTION rr RENOVATION NOTIFICATION FORM r NOTE: CIRCLE rrEMS THAT ARE AMENDED T D H NOTIFICAMONF_ f! 1) Abatement Contractor, 1UH l icarrse Number. 1= Address. City: State: Zio c Off: Pbane Number,( Job( Site Phone Number: e bate Supervisor. Tt)H License Number ll Slto Stihan or TDH Lloense Number Trained On -Site NESHAP Individuate Cer0cotiun Date: DataaNtion Cmilrectr r. Office Ph" furl[ 1 _.�.... ___... _ r , cbdresx City sigm, ip l� y l' .. ttorQpe[i r TDH Lefler* Nttrrt0ar: _ 2 Is nct Add(=' j Cam,stada; Zjps 0ffloe Phone Numlmr. i T i4 3) Faclllty der � Aftentlon: p Making Addnt city Slate; Tip: Owner Phone Numbers l A **Note: Tho lnvolt* for the notification fee will be sent to the owner of the building and the billing address for the Imrntae will be al ahtalaed from tbo information that is pravided In this section. 0 4) Description or FaC ty Name: Plryskal Address; County City _ zip; Facility Phone Number( 1 Faciity Contact Person: Descfiplon of ArealRnom Number A Prior Use-, Future flee: fte of BuiiairFacultk: sue: tvumtmr of School�a): a YES E NO 5) Type of Work: 0 Dernralition fl Rer Ovation (Abatement) ❑ Annual Conwlidated T W orkwill t o during; D Oey ❑ Evening ❑ Night 13 dP0+4" Description of work scheduk H .<B) Is this a PubEic Building? 0 YES © NO Federal Facility? ❑ YES 17 NO Indua ial Site? Li YES D NO ®. NESi1 4)Wy Facility? ❑ YES ❑ NO is Buitdtiagli=acllity t (ed? Q YES a No L 7) Notification Type CHECK ONLY ONE ❑ Original (10 Worldng Days) O Canoe]Won 0 Amendment ❑ ErneMencylOrdwed V b ff this is an amAndrnant, which amendment number Is this? (Enclose copy of original andlor last amandawnt) R i if an ernergmW, who did you talk with at TDH? ErnerigencyM Dater and Hour of Enrergancy (1-1HIMIND13". h! Descxiption of the sudden, unexpected went and explanation of how the event caused unsafe conditions or Would cause equipment damage (computers. machinery, ets n W B) Description of procedures to be followed In the event that unexpected astafts is found or prew%usiy non -friable asbestos material becomes crumbled. pulvarizdd, or reduced to powder. s �A 9) Wee an Asbestos survey performed? D YES D NO Date- I I TDH Inspector l.coense No: Analytical Melhod; ❑ PLM ❑ TEM ❑ Assumed TDH Laborsbxy License No; M (ForTA[-iPA (public building) pcewts; an assumption must tea maybe by a TDH l.3censed Inspector) 10) besaip i on of planned demolition or renovation w air, t1pe of material, and me hods) to be tad; 11) Description of work praclim and englneerkrg controls to be used to prevent emissions of asbestos st the . x domolltionfrenovadion: q 11129104 SC-64 PART Q - SPECIAL, CONDITIONS 12) ALL applicable items In the following tabIB Must be completed. IF NO ASDESTOS PRESENT CHECK HERE D 13) Waste Transporier Name: TDH Ucer:se Number. Addtess City; idle: ZIP. Contact Penton Phone Number ( ) 14) Waste Disposal Site Telephone. TNRCG Permit Number. 15) For slrwturally unsound facllliles. attach a copy of demorwon order and identity Governmental official bekNv: Name fwgistration Ida: TiUel'; Date oforder (MMfaDM) t__._._ 1 _ Date order to begin (MIST 0D/YY) f 1 16) Schefted Dates of Asbestos Abatement nt WO start: r cornplew: r � 17) Scheduled Dates Dernol0ionMenovation {MiCtI1 ONY) Start: .................._. J I .. Complete: ! r "• Note- ff dm start data an this nott[icatle i ean not be m4 tho TOM Reglonal or Local Program office Afrrst be contacted by phone prior to the start dale. Fallure to do so Is a vloWon. In accotftnce to TAMPA. Scaon 296.41, I hereby oeriify that all Information I have provided is Correct. CoMplele, and trua to the treat of my knowledge, I acknowlettge that 1 a n responsible for all aspects of the notiticaAWn foam, incluefing, but not limiting, content and submiss6on dates, The maximum penalty is $1Q,OW per day per violation. tkinek to or Building tamed Operator (Pdnteed Name) (late} (referhone) or Delegated CwseeltantlConlraelar) { 1 (Fax Nttmtirer) ASBESTOS NOTIFMTION 8ECTI 7N TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL DIVISION TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH :. 'ems ar�:no! sceiapfe cl'' PO BOX 143538 *ftxos are no! accepted* AUSTIN. TX 78714-3538 PH:512-834-e600,1-800-672-5648 Fi3w APB#5, dated O7/2WZ Replaces TDH foam dated07A3VI For assistance in com#aVhg form oO 1-WO-572-554.8 11129104 SC-65 PART DA ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS (OMITTED)............................................................--......................................................................4 DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE (OMITTED)... ............. 4 DA-3 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM (OMITTED)..........................................................4 DA4 FOLD AND FORM PIPE (OMITTED).........................................................................4 DA-5 SLIPLINING (OMITTED). .............. ........ .......... ................................. ................... 4 DA-6 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT (OMITTED)............................4 DA-7 TYPE OF CASING PIPE (OMITTED).........................................................................4 DA-8 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR / CLEANOUT REPAIR (OMITTED) ................4 DA-9 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION (OMITTED)........................................................................................................ ........ .......... ............ DA-10 MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED)...........................................................4 DA-11 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED)4 DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM (OMITTED)......................................................................................................................................4 DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - QUADEX SYSTEM (OMITTED).................4 DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - SPRAY WALL SYSTEM (OMITTED) .......4 DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - RAVEN LINING SYSTEM (OMITTED) ....4 DA-16 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY LINER (OMITTED)................................................................... ..... ......4 ......................................... DA-17 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -STRONG -SEAL -SYSTEM (OMITTED).- .... 4 DA-18 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS (OMITTED).........................................4 DA-19 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION (OMITTED) ...................4 DA-20 PRESSURE GROUTING (OMITTED).........................................................................4 DA-21 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES (OMITTED) ..............4 DA-22 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES (OMITTED)...................................................................4 DA-23 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES ............ 5 DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER.......................................5 DA-25 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS................................................6 DA-26 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE........................................6 DA-27 GRADED CRUSHED STONES.....................................................................................7 DA-28 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO 0" DEPTH 5.0' WIDE (OMITTED)...............................7 DA-29 BUTT JOINTS - MILLED (OMITTED)......................................................................7 DA-30 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" 1V..................................................7 DA-31 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED)...............7 DA-32 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED)...........................................7 DA-33 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP (OMITTED).....................................7 DA-34 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION (OMITTED)......................................................7 DA-35 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT) .................8 DA-36 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS................................................................................9 DA-37 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING (OMITTED)......................................................................................................................................9 DA-38 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL (OMITTED)................................................................................................................... DA-39 ROCK RIPRAP - GROUT - FILTER FABRIC............................................................9 11102104 ASC-1 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-40 CONCRETE RIPRAP (OMITTED)............................................................................12 DA41 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS (OMITTED)..............................12 DA42 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS (OMITTED)................................12 DA43 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION (OMITTED)........................................12 DA44 6" PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN(OMITTED) ...................................................12 DA45 REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALKS...............................................12 DA46 RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTIONfSCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS.............................................................................................................................13 DA47 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA (OMITTED)......................................13 DA-48 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS.....................................................................................13 DA49 HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS (OMITTED).............................................................14 DA-50 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT......................................................................................14 DA-51 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES (OMITTED)................................14 DA-52 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION (OMITTED)14 DA-53 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS (OMITTED).................................................14 DA-54 WATER SAMPLE STATION (OMITTED)...............................................................14 DA-55 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT........................................................................14 DA-56 SHOP DRAWINGS....................................................................................................14 DA-57 COST BREAKDOWN...................................................................................................15 DA-58 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C. OVERLAY .........................15 DA-59 H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP................................................................16 DA-60 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY REPAIR...............................................................................16 DA-61 TOP SOIL.......................................................................................................................16 DA-62 WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATION AND ADJUSTMENT (OMITTED)....................................................................................................................................16 DA-63 BID QUANTITIES.........................................................................................................16 DA-64 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY (OMITTED)...........................................16 DA-65 CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX -BASE) ........................................................ DA-66 OPTION TO RENEW (OMITTED)............................................................................17 DA-67 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT (OMITTED)..........................................................17 DA-68 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED).........................................................17 DA-69 TRAFFIC BUTTONS....................................................................................................17 DA-70 PAVEMENT STRIPING...............................................................................................17 DA-71 H.M.A.C. TESTING PROCEDURES..........................................................................17 DA-72 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES..............................................................................18 DA-73 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK -FLOW PREVENTERlCONTROL VALVE AND BOX (OMITTED)...................................................18 DA-74 RESILIENT -SEATED GATE VALVES.....................................................................18 DA-75 EMERGENCY SITUATION, JOB MOVE -IN (OMITTED)....................................18 DA-76 1 %" & 2" COPPER SERVICES (OMITTED)...........................................................18 DA-77 SCOPE OF WORK (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED).........................................................18 DA-78 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILTY (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) .........................18 DA-79 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED).........................................................18 � DA-80 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED).18 DA-81 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)....................18 11102104 ASC-2 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-82 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)............................................18 DA-83 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED).... ......................................... 18 DA-84 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) .......................................... ...18 DA45 CLEAN-UP (UTIL, CUT) (OMITTED).......................................................................18 DA-86 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ....................................................18 DA-87 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ...................................... DA-88 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ..................18 DA-89 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT III (UTIL, CUT) (OMITTED) 18 DA-90 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)..................................19 DA-91 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)....................................................................................................................................19 DA-92 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)................................................19 DA-93 BRICK PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)......................................................19 DA-94 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)................................19 DA-95 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ...................... -19- DA-96 REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\ STRUCTURES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ........... 19 DA-97 "QUICK -SET" CONCRETE (UTIL, CUT) (OMITTED).........................................19 DA-98 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL, CUT) (OMITTED)..............................................19 DA-99 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR RAMPS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED).........................................................................................................................19 DA-100 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ..19 DA-101 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED).........................19 DA-102 PAYMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)...................................................................19 DA-103 DEHOLES (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED)..................................................................19 DA-104 CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) ........................19 DA-105 PRESSURE CLEANING AND TESTING (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED)..............19 DA-106 BID QUANTITIES (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED)....................................................19 DA-107 LIFE OF CONTRACT (MISC. EXT,) (OMITTED)..............................................19 DA-108 FLOWABLE FILL (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) ................................................... 19 DA-109 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)..............................19 DA-110 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) .... ........................... -................ -...................... ........................ ................................... 19 DA-111 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) ..............19 DA-112 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED).............................................19 DA-113 PROJECT SIGNS (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)....................................................19 DA-114 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) .....-- ...........................19 DA-115 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)................20 DA-116 FIELD OFFICE (OMITTED)...................................................................................20 DA-117 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN...................................................................................20 DA-118 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS.20 DA-119 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS...........................................20 DA-120 CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS...............................................................................20 11102104 ASC-3 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS (OMITTED) DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE (OMITTED) DA-3 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-4 FOLD AND FORM PIPE (OMITTED) DA-5 SLIPLINING (OMITTED) DA-6 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT (OMITTED) DA-7 TYPE OF CASING PIPE (OMITTED) DA-8 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR 1 CLEANOUT REPAIR (OMITTED) DA-9 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION (OMITTED) DA-10 MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED) DA-11 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED) DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - QUADEX SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - SPRAY WALL SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - RAVEN LINING SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-16 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY LINER (OMITTED) DA-17 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -STRONG -SEAL -SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-18 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS (OMITTED) DA-19 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION (OMITTED) DA-20 PRESSURE GROUTING (OMITTED) DA-21 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES (OMITTED) DA-22 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES (OMITTED) 11102104 ASC-4 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-23 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES The contractor shall be responsible for locating and marking all previously exposed manholes and water valves in each street of this contract before the resurfacing process commences for a particular street. The contractor shall attempt to include the Construction Engineer (if he is available) in the observation and marking activity. In any event a street shall be completely marked a minimum of two (2) working days before resurfacing begins on any street. Marking the curbs with paint is a recommended procedure. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to notify the utility companies that he has commenced work on the project. As the resurfacing is completed (within same day) the contractor shall locate the covered manholes and valves and expose them for later adjustment. Upon completion of a street the contractor shall notify the utilities of this completion and indicate the start of the next one in order for the utilities to adjust facilities accordingly. The following are utility contact persons: Company Telephone Number Contact Person Southwestern Bell Telephone 338-6275 "Hot Line" Texas Utilities 336-9411, x2121 Mr. Roy Kruger Lone Star 336-8381, x6982 Mr. Jim Bennett City of Fort Worth, 871-8100 Mr. Jim Bob Wakefield Street Light and Signal The contractor shall complete adjustment of the storm drain and Water Department facilities, one traffic lane at a time within five (5) working days after completing the laying of proposed H.M.A.C. overlay adjacent to said facilities. Any deviation from the above procedure and allotted working days may result in the shut down of the resurfacing operation by the Construction Engineer. The contractor shall be responsible for all materials, equipment and labor to perform a most accurate job and all costs to the contractor shall be figured subsidiary to this contract. DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER These provisions require the contractor to remove all failed existing curb and gutter, as designated by the Construction Engineer, and replace with standard concrete curb and gutter, laydown curb and gutter, or in like kind, as governed by the standard City Specifications, Item No. 104 "Removing Old Concrete", Item No. 502 "Concrete Curb and Gutter", and Drawing Nos. S-S2 through S-S4. Pay limits for laydown curb and gutter are shown in Drawing No. S-S5 of the Standard Specifications. Contractor shall saw cut the curb and gutter and pavement prior to removal. Included, and figured subsidiary to this unit price, will be the required sawcut excavation, as per specification Item No. 106 "Unclassified Street Excavation", into the street to aid in the construction of the curb and gutter. The pay limit will be 9" out from the gutter lip, with same day haul -off of the removed material to a suitable dump site. The street void shall be filled with H.M.A.C. "Type D" mix as per specification No. 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", Item No. 304 "Prime Coat" and Item No. 312 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" and compacted to standard City densities and top soil as per specification item No. 116 "Top Soil", if needed, shall be added and 11102104 ASC-5 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS leveled to grade behind the curb. Existing improvements within the parkway such as water meters, sprinkler system, etc. damaged during construction shall be replaced with same or better at no cost to the City. Backfill for curb and gutter shall be completed within fourteen (14) calendar days from the day of demolition to date of completion. If the contractor fails to complete the work within fourteen (14) calendar days, a $100 dollar liquidated damage will be assessed per block per day. The unit price bid per linear foot shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-25 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS This item shall include the removal and replacement of existing concrete driveways, due to deterioration or in situations where curb and gutter is replaced to adjust grades to eliminate ponding water with same day haul -off of the removed material to a suitable dump site. For specifications governing this item see Item No. 104 'Removing Old Concrete", Item No. 504" Concrete Sidewalk and Driveways". Pay limits for concrete driveway are as shown in Drawing No. S-S5 of the Standard Specifications. The unit price bid per square yard shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-26 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE The contractor shall remove all existing deformed H.M.A.C. pavement and/or bad base material that shows surface deterioration and/or complete failure. The Engineer will identify these areas upon which time the contractor will begin work. The failed area shall be saw cut, or other similar means, out of the existing pavement in square or rectangular fashion. The side faces shall be cut vertically and all failed and loose material excavated. As a part of the excavation process, all unsatisfactory base material shall be removed, if required, to a depth sufficient to obtain stable sub -base. The total depth of excavation could range from a couple of inches to include the surface -base -some sub -base removal for which the Engineer will select the necessary depth. The remaining good material shall be leveled and uniformly made ready to accept the fill material. All excavated material shall be hauled off site, the same day as excavated, to a suitable dump site. After satisfactory completion of removal as outlined above, the contractor shall place the permanent pavement patch, with "Type D" surface mix. This item will always be used even if no base improvements are required. The proposed H.M.A.C. repair shall match the existing pavement section or the depth of the failed material, whichever is greater. However, the patch thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches. Generally the existing H.M.A.C. pavement thickness will not exceed 6". Before the patch layers are applied, any loose material, mud and/or water shall be removed. A liquid asphalt tack coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. Placement of the surface mix lifts shall not exceed 3 inches with vibrator compactions to follow each lift. Compactions of the mix shall be to standard densities of the City of Fort Worth, made in preparation to accept the recycling process. All applicable provisions of Standard Specification Item Nos. 300 "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions", 304 "Prime Coat", and 312 "Hot -Mix Asphaltic Concrete" shall govern work. 11102104 ASC-6 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-27 GRADED CRUSHED STONES This item shall be used to repair the failed base material in areas exceed 8" deep as directed by the Engineer. The material shall be graded crushed stones. For specifications governing this item see Item No. 208 "Flexible Base". The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-28 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO 0" DEPTH 5.0- WIDE (OMITTED) DA-29 BUTT JOINTS — MILLED (OMITTED) DA-30 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX) All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications, Item Nos. 312 "Hot -Mix Asphaltic Concrete", 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", 304 "Prime Coat", and 313 "Central Plant Recycling -Asphalt Concrete" shall apply to the construction methods for this portion of the project. Standard Specification 312.5 (1) shall be revised as follows: The prime coat, tack coat, or the ". asphaltic mixture shall not be placed unless the air temperature is fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising, the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltic material shall also not be placed when the wind conditions are unsuitable in the opinion of the Engineer. The contractor shall furnish batch design of the proposed hot mix asphaltic concrete for City approval 48 hours prior to placing the H.M.A.C. overlay. The City will provide laboratory control as necessary. The unit price bid per square yard of H.M.A.C. complete and in place, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-31 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) DA-32 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) DA-33 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP (OMITTED) DA-34 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION (OMITTED) 11/02104 ASC-7 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS. DA-35 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT) The following specifications are for the furnishing and placing of reinforced concrete pavement or base as shown on detail and as directed by the Engineer. A. GENERAL: Reinforced concrete pavement or base shall conform to Specification Item No. 314 herein except for finishing and curing. B. FINISHING: The reinforced concrete shall be brought to a uniform surface by working with a wooden float. The surface shall be flush with the adjacent pavement and shall have a finish similar to the surrounding pavement. The surface shall be even and shall provide a smooth ride. C. CURING: The reinforced concrete pavement surfaces shall be sprayed uniformly with a membrane curing compound conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-309, Type 2, white -pigmented compound, which shall not produce permanent discoloration of the concrete. Concrete shall be allowed to cure for seven days or test cylinders reach 3000 psi before removal of barricades. D. EXECUTION: Inciuded in this item will be the removal of the existing reinforced concrete pavement. The existing pavement shall be sawed so as to maintain an even, straight pavement cut. The existing reinforcing steel at sawed line and construction joints shall be lapped 18 inches with the new reinforced concrete pavement. The existing steel shall be thoroughly cleaned before lapping. The following work method will be performed on each utility cut: 1. Place safety signs, barricades and/or other warning devices where necessary and as required. 2. Replace pavement to nearest joint. 3. Mark out the damaged area with keel, chalk line or paint being sure to include all areas requiring repair. 4. Saw cut along marked lines a minimum of two (2) inches deep. 5. Remove existing concrete. 6. Form joints and place reinforcing steel and Dowel Bars (as required) according to standard specifications. 7. Place and finish concrete. 8. Clean up job site, removing all debris. 11102104 ASC-8 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 9. Maintain traffic control devices to protect the area until the concrete has cured seven days or concrete reaches 3000 psi compressive strength. E. PAYMENT: Payment shall be made at the unit price per linear foot as shown on the proposal and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-36 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Roadway Markers (Buttons) shall apply. The Contractor shall install standard roadway markers according to city specifications as shown on plan sheet or as directed by the Engineer. Please refer to "Roadway Markers Specifications". DA-37 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING (OMITTED) DA-38 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL (OMITTED) DA-39 ROCK RIPRAP - GROUT - FILTER FABRIC A. GENERAL: 1. General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, applicable requirements of Division 1 - General Requirements and the North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Standard Specifications, are hereby made a part of this section. 2. This item shall govern for the installation of rock riprap of the various sizes shown on the plans. B. DESIGN CRITERIA: 1. The toe of the riprap revetment shall be entrenched in stable channel bottoms. If the channel bottom is not stable, the design shall incorporate other requirements needed to stabilize the revetment toe. 2. The channel side slope shall be as shown on the drawings. 3. Engineering filter fabric material shall be placed underneath the riprap. 4. Riprap shall extend up the bank to an elevation where vegetation will provide adequate protection. See cross sections. C. PRODUCT: 1. RIPRAP MATERIAL: Stone for riprap shall be durable and of a suitable quality to ensure permanence in the structure. It shall be free from cracks, seams and other defects that would tend to increase deterioration. Rock shall be reasonably well graded between the following prescribed limits: 11102104 ASC-9 U PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Sieve Size (Square Mesh) Percent Passinq 24" 24 inch 100 Riprap 18 inch 80-90 12 inch 45-55 6 inch 0-20 Sieve Size (Square Mesh) Percent Passing 18" 18 inch 100 Riprap 12 inch 60-85 6 inch 15-45 3 inch 0-15 2. RIPRAP WEIGHT: Weight of rock shall be one hundred fifty five pounds per solid cubic foot (min.) calculated from the bulk specific gravity (saturated surface dry). 3. FILTER FABRIC BLANKET: Approved Manufacturer: • Supac - Heavy Grade 8NP (UV) • Trevira 011/280 • Amoco 4553 • or Equal Heavy Grade 4. RIPRAP GROUTING a. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate for grouting mix shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sands. The grading and uniformity of the fine aggregate shall conform to the following requirements as delivered to the mixers: Sieve Designation, U.S. Standard Square Mesh 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No. 30 (600 um) No. 50 (300 um) No. 100 (150 um) EXECUTION: 1. CONSTRUCTION: Permissible Limits Percent by Weight, Passing 100 95 -100 80 - 95 55 - 75 30 - 60 12-30 2-10 a. The channel side slope and the toe excavation shall be prepared to the required lines and grades. 11l02/04 ASC-10 11102104 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. Filter fabric and riprap shall be placed in succession to the required thicknesses and elevations. Riprap shall be hand placed around structures to prevent damage to the structures. 2. INSTALLATION OF THE FILTER FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE): The geotextile shall be placed in the manner and at the locations shown on the drawings. At the time of installation, the geotextile shall be rejected if it has defects, rips, holes, flaws, deterioration or damage incurred during manufacture, transportation or storage. The surface to receive the geotextile shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions, depressions, debris, and soft or low density pockets of material. Erosion features such as rills, gullies, etc. must be graded out of the surface before geotextile placement. The geotextile shall be placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the centerline of the channel and laid smooth and free of tension, stress, folds, wrinkles, or creases. The strips shall be placed to provide a minimum width of 24-inches of overlap for each joint. Temporary pinning of the textile to help hold it in place until the rock riprap is placed. The temporary pins shall be removed as the riprap is placed to relieve high tensile stress which may occur during placement of material on the geotextile. The specified placement procedure requires that the length of the geotextile be greater than the actual slope length. The Contractor shall adjust the actual length of the geotextile used based on initial installation experience. The geotextile shall be protected at all times during construction from contamination by surface runoff and any geotextile so contaminated shall be removed and replaced with uncontaminated geotextile. Any geotextile damaged during its installation or during placement of riprap shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. The work shall be scheduled so that the covering of the geotextile with a layer of the specified material is accomplished within seven (7) calendar days after placement of the geotextile. Failure to comply shall require replacement of geotextile. The geotextile shall be protected from damage prior to and during the placement of rock riprap. Before placement of gabion units, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the placement technique will prevent damage to the geotextile. In no case shall any type of equipment be allowed on the unprotected geotextile. 3. RIPRAP PLACEMENT: Stone for riprap shall be placed on the filter fabric blanket in such a manner as to produce a reasonably well graded mass of rock with the minimum practicable percentage of voids and shall be constructed within the specified tolerance to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Then intent of these specifications is to require placement of riprap to the thickness shown and to allow isolated stones to extend as much as six inches above grade. Riprap shall be placed to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the fabric. The larger stones shall be well distributed and the entire mass of stones in their final position shall conform to the gradation specified hereinbefore. The finished riprap shall be free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. The desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass shall be obtained by selective loading of the material at the quarry or other source, by controlled dumping of successive loads during final placing, or by other methods of placement which will produce the specified results. Rearranging of individual stones, by mechanical equipment or by hand will be required to the extent necessary to obtain a reasonably well graded distribution of stone specified above. The Contractor shall maintain the riprap protection until accepted. Any material displaced by any cause shall be replaced at his erosion to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. ASC-11 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. GROUT PLACEMENT: Grout shall be composed of cement, water and air -entraining admixture and sand mixed in the proportions of 1 part of Portland cement to 3 parts of sand, sufficient water to produce a workable mixture, and that amount of admixture which will entrain sufficient air to produce durable grout, as determined by the ENGINEER. Sand for grouting shall conform to the requirements of paragraph: FINE AGGREGATE. The grout shall be mixed in a concrete mixer in the manner specified for concrete except that the time of mixing shall be increased to that necessary to produce a mixture having a consistency such as to permit gravity flow into the interstices of the riprap with the help of limited spading and brooming. The grout shall be used in the work within a period of one (1) hour after mixing. Retempering of ground will not be permitted. Riprap shall not be grouted when the ambient temperature is below 35 degree F. or above 95 degrees F. unless approved by the ENGINEER in writing; nor when the grout, without special protection, is likely to be subjected to freezing temperatures before final set has occurred. Prior to grouting, all surfaces of riprap shall be wetted. The riprap shall be grouted in successive longitudinal strips, approximately 10 feet in width, commencing at the lowest strip and working up the slope. Grout shall be brought to the place,of final deposit by approved means, and in no case will grout be permitted to flow on the riprapped surface a distance in excess of 10 feet. Immediately after dumping the batch of grout, it shall be distributed over the surface of the strip by the use of brooms and the grout worked into place between stones with suitable spades, trowels, or vibrating equipment. As a final operation, the grout shall be removed from the top surfaces of the upper stones and from pockets and depressions in the surface of the stone protection. After completion of any strip as specified, no workman or any load shall be permitted on the grouted surface for a period of at least 24 hours. The grouted surface shall be protected from rain, flowing water, and mechanical injury. The surface of all grouted riprap shall be cured by keeping the surface continuously wet for a period of not less than 7 days. E. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. Payment for rock riprap in place shall be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used. Bid price will be full compensation for placing all materials, and for all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-40 CONCRETE RIPRAP (OMITTED) DA-41 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS (OMITTED) DA-42 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS (OMITTED) DA-43 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION (OMITTED) DA-44 6" PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN (OMITTED) DA-45 REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALKS This item shall include the removal and replacement of existing concrete sidewalk due to failure or in situation where curb and gutter is replaced to adjust grades to eliminate ponding water with 11102104 ASC-12 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS same day haul -off of the removed material to a suitable dumpsite. For specifications governing this item see Item No. 104 "Removing Old Concrete", and Item No. 504 "Concrete Sidewalk and Driveways. The unit price bid per square yard shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete the removal and replacement work. DA-46 RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION/SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS In order to facilitate timely reconstruction of the affected roadway surfaces (subsequent to water/sewer installation) under the City's roadway maintenance program, it is recommended that the proposed water and/or sanitary sewer improvements be conducted according to the following constraints: The Southside II Water Transmission Main project consists of 5 Parts. The Contractor shall coordinate his work and the associated construction sequencing with contractors for the following two projects that will be constructed in conjunction with and during the timeframe of this project: a. Southside II Water Transmission Main Part 2 b. Southside II Water Transmission Main Part 4 The Contractor shall have a flexible schedule and sequence of work to complete all work in front of Everman Junior High School (Parcel 4 and Parcel 5) during the months of June 2007 and July 2007. Work to be completed includes pipe installation, hydrostatic testing, pipe cleaning and disinfection, and site restoration. Final completion of the contract shall be as stated in the Proposal. All cost associated with this requirement shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price and no additional payment will be allowed. After the work start date has been established, the selected contractor shall be required to submit the beginning and ending dates for all work (including pavement repair) on each of the project streets. Please be advised that the contractor has the option of submitting a different sequence of construction than stated above. The contractor shall not be allowed to begin work (but time charges will begin on the project) until the preferred sequence of construction and the start and end work dates for each street have been submitted to the City. DA-47 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA (OMITTED) DA-48 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS Easements and permits, both temporary and permanent, have been secured for this project at this time and made a part thereto. Any easements and/or permits, both temporary and permanent, that have not been obtained by the time of publication shall be secured before construction starts. No work is to be done in areas requiring easements and/or permits until the necessary easements are obtained. The Contractor's attention is directed to the easement description and permit requirements, as contained herein, along with any special conditions that may have been imposed on these easements and permits. Where the pipeline crosses privately owned property, the easements and construction areas are shown on the plans. The easements shall be cleaned up after use and restored to their original 11/02104 ASC-13 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS conditions or better. In the event additional work room or access is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. DA-49 HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS (OMITTED) DA-50 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT Concrete encasement shall be Class E (1500 psi) concrete and for sewer line encasements shall conform to Fig. 113; for water line encasements it shall conform to Fig. 20 of the General Contract Documents. Requirements for such encasement are specified in Sections E1-20 and E2-20 of the General Contract Documents. Payment for work such as forming, placing, and finishing including all labor, tools, equipment and material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the linear foot price bid for Concrete Encasement. DA-51 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES (OMITTED) DA-52 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION (OMITTED) DA-53 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS (OMITTED) DA-54 WATER SAMPLE STATION (OMITTED) DA-55 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT Standard Specification Item 502 shall apply except as herein modified. INTEGRAL CURB: Integral curb shall be constructed along the edge of the pavement as an integral part of the slab and of the same concrete as the slab. The concrete for the curb shall be deposited not more than thirty (30) minutes after the concrete in the slab. SUPERIMPOSED CURB: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of three thousand (3,000) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days. The quantity of mixing water shall not exceed seven (7) U.S. gallons per sack (94 lbs.) of Portland Cement. The slump of the concrete shall not exceed three (3) inches. A minimum cement content of five (5) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete is required. PAYMENT: Payment shall be made for cutting and replacing curbs and gutters required in this Project under the appropriate bid item and shall be in compliance with Public Works Department standard requirement Item 502. DA-56 SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Submit seven (7) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data and material schedules as may be required by the Engineer for his review. Submittals may be checked by and �- stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified as the Engineer may require. Such review by the Engineer shall include checking for general conformance with the design concept of 11102104 ASC-14 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS the project and general compliance with information given in the General Contract Documents. Indicated actions by the Engineer, which may result from his review, shall not constitute concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications unless such deviations are specifically identified by the method described below, and further shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted data. Processed shop drawing submittals are not change orders. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate that the Contractor understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between submittals and the design drawings and/or specifications are discovered, either prior to or after submittals are processed, the design drawings and specifications shall govern. The Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of constriction, coordination of his work with that of other trades and satisfactory performance his work. The Contractor shall check and verify all measurements and review submittals prior to being submitted, and sign or initial a statement included with the submittal, which signifies compliance with plans and specifications and dimensions suitable for the application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be expressly stated in writing in the submittal. Three (3) copies of the approved submittals shall be retained by the Contractor until completion of the project and presented to the City in bound form. 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items prior to installation: Pipe and fittings (structural design, calculations, lay schedule, coating and lining, and other requirements as indicated in the individual specifications), valves, air vacuum release valves, blowoff assemblies, concrete vaults, pipe connection details, pipe bedding material reports, concrete and HMAC reports, casing pipe, casing spacers, grout mix report, and cathodic protection shop drawings. Additional shop drawing requirements are described in some of the material specifications. 3. Address for Submittals - The submittals shall be addressed to the Project Manager: Abe Calderon, P.E. City of Fort Worth 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth, TX 76102 To expedite review, submittals may also be provided directly to the Engineer. Contractor shall coordinate directly with Engineer to obtain current contact/delivery information. DA-57 COST BREAKDOWN In order to establish a basis upon which partial payments to the Contractor may be authorized, immediately after execution of the contract the Contractor shall furnish a detailed cost breakdown of his contract price arranged and itemized to meet the approval of the Engineer. DA-58 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C. OVERLAY 11102104 ASC-15 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS All work involving paving and/or drainage shall conform to the two following published specifications, except as modified herein: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION — CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION NORTH CENTRAL TEXAS DA-59 H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP When H.M.A.C. greater than 9 inches in depth is encountered, it shall be replaced with a combination of H.M.A.C. and 2:27 concrete base, as determined by the Engineer, to achieve the required thickness of pavement. DA-60 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY REPAIR At locations where H.M.A.C. driveways are encountered, such driveways shall be completely replaced for the full extent of utility cut with H.M.A.C. equal to or better than the existing driveway. DA-61 TOP SOIL Where directed by the Engineer, top soil shall be applied in accordance with the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department's Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction, Item 116, except as follows: All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals shall be included in the square yard bid price for the top soil. DA-62 WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATION AND ADJUSTMENT (OMITTED) DA-63 BID QUANTITIES Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities. In particular, the Contractor shall be aware that it is the City's intention that the quantities in Unit I be used on an "emergency" basis only. Total quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding and awarding the contract. Moreover, there is to be not limit on the variation between the estimated quantities shown and actual quantities performed. DA-64 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY (OMITTED) DA-65 CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX -BASE) 11102104 ASC-16 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Crushed limestone required for use as a flexible base material shall conform to Specification Item No. 208 of the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department. DA-66 OPTION TO RENEW (OMITTED) DA-67 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT (OMITTED) DA-68 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) DA-69 TRAFFIC BUTTONS The Contractor shall supply all materials and labor necessary to install traffic buttons of the same type as were previously installed at locations designated by the Engineer. The buttons to be supplied shall be generally, but not limited to Type W-4 and Type II C-R4 and installed with a Type III Epoxy. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-70 PAVEMENT STRIPING Pavement striping, whenever and wherever encountered, shall be replaced to match the existing striping or as directed by the Engineer. Materials used shall be of 420 Type intersection grade /k+ tape (in 18-inch width) such as Stamark as manufactured by 3M company or approved equal. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-71 H.M.A.C. TESTING PROCEDURES The contractor is required to submit a Mix Design for both Type "B" and "D" asphalt that will be used for each project. This should be submitted at the Pre -Construction Conference. This design shall not be more than two (2) years old. Upon submittal of the design mix a Marshal (Proctor) will be calculated, if one has not been previously calculated, for the use during density testing. For type "B" asphalt a maximum of 20% rap may be used. No Rap may be used in type "D" Upon approval of an asphalt mix design and the calculation of the Marshal (proctor) the contractor is approved for placement of the asphalt. The contractor shall contact the City Laboratory, through the inspector, at least 24 hours in advance of the asphalt placement to schedule a technician to assist in the monitoring of the number of passes by a roller to establish a rolling pattern that will provide the required densities. The required Density for Type "B" and for Type "D" asphalt will be 91 % of the calculated Marshal (proctor). A Troxler Thin Layer Gauge will be used for all asphalt testing. After a rolling pattern is established, densities should be taken at locations not more than 300 feet apart. The above requirement applies to both Type "B" and "D" asphalt. Densities on type "B" must be done before Type "D" asphalt is applied. 11102104 ASC-17 PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Cores to determine thickness of Type "B" asphalt must be taken before Type "D" asphalt is applied. Upon completion of the application of Type "D" asphalt additional cores must be taken to determine the applied thickness. DA-72 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES When reference is made in these specifications to a particular ASTM, AWWA, ANSI or other specification, it shall be understood that the latest revision of such specification, prior to the date of these general specifications or revisions thereof, shall apply. DA-73 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK -FLOW PREVENTER/CONTROL VALVE AND BOX (OMITTED) DA-74 RESILIENT -SEATED GATE VALVES Any resilient -seated gate valves supplied for this contract shall conform to Material Standard E1-26, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR RESILIENT -SEATED GATE VALVES, with the exception of size requirements in sections E-26.1. All resilient -seated gate valves shall be flanged joints and be approved on the City of Fort Worth Standard Product List. DA-75 EMERGENCY SITUATION, JOB MOVE -IN (OMITTED) DA-76 1 %" & 2" COPPER SERVICES (OMITTED) DA-77 SCOPE OF WORK (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-78 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILTY (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-79 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-80 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-81 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-82 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-83 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-84 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-85 CLEAN-UP (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-86 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-87 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-88 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-89 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT III (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) 11102104 ASC-18 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-90 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-91 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-92 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-93 BRICK PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-94 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-95 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-96 REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\ STRUCTURES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-97 "QUICK -SET" CONCRETE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-98 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-99 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR RAMPS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-100 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-101 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-102 PAYMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-103 DEHOLES (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) DA-104 CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) DA-105 PRESSURE CLEANING AND TESTING (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) DA-106 BID QUANTITIES (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) DA-107 LIFE OF CONTRACT (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) DA-108 FLOWABLE FILL (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) DA-109 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) DA-110 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) DA-111 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) DA-112 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) DA-113 PROJECT SIGNS (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) DA-114 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) 11102104 ASC-19 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-115 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) DA-116 FIELD OFFICE (OMITTED) DA-117 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN Traffic control shall be in accordance with item D-8 of the Special Conditions with the exception of the Contractor providing the traffic control plan. A traffic control plan has been prepared and is included in the project plans. All other requirements of D-8 shall apply. DA-118 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS The contractor shall coordinate his work with the work of other contractors on remaining units of this project. The contract documents indicate the starting and stopping points for each of the units of the project. The plans indicate "connecting to an existing pipeline" constructed by others and ending the line with the installation of a plug. If the start of the project cannot be connected to the previous unit, the contractor will begin his line with a plugged section of pipe. If the pipeline is constructed for the connecting unit the contractor shall connect his line with the adjoining unit in lieu of installation of a plug. Contractor will be paid for "connection" to existing line or installation of blind flanges/plug based on the unit price bid for the water or sewer main. DA-119 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS The contractor shall photographically document all phases of the project, including pre - construction, construction progress, and post -construction. Photography/videography shall be by a professional experienced in photographing outdoor environments. A minimum of 60 pre - construction photos along with a narrated digital video shall be taken of the entire work zone and adjacent structures and facilities. A minimum of 48 photos shall be taken per week documenting project progress. A minimum of 60 photos, plus a narrated video, shall be taken to document post -construction conditions within the work zone Photos shall be provided in digital/CD format and shall include labels on each electronic picture documenting location, direction photo is taken (N,S,E, or W) and what is being shown. Photos and video shall be provided to Owner as administrative submittals within 7 calendar days of being taken. DA-120 CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A preconstruction conference will be held prior to the start of construction. Attendees will include: Owner's representatives, Contractor's project manager, Contractor's office representative, Contractor's resident superintendent, subcontractors whom Contractor may desire or Engineer may request to attend, Engineer's representative, other as appropriate. At the Owner's discretion, project meetings shall occur as frequently as once per week to discuss project progress, quality control, submittals, records and documentation, progress payments, or any other topics deemed necessary for discussion. 11102104 ASC-20 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall record meeting minutes for all meetings and distribute to all meeting attendees within 7 calendar days of each meeting. 11102104 ASC-21 SECTION 02320 TRENCH BACKFILL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 A. This specification is applicable for trench backfill on 24-inch and larger pipe. Trench backfill for pipe smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Public Works Association (APWA): Uniform Color Code for Temporary Marking of Underground Utility Locations. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. C. C117, Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75 Micrometer (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. d. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. e. C 150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. f. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. g. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) h. D1140, Standard Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75 micrometer) Sieve. i. D1557, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)). j. D3776, Standard Test Methods for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Fabric. k. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. 1. D4254, Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. in. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 1 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN1 n. D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles. o. D4832, Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders. p. D4991, Standard Test Method for Leakage Testing of Empty Rigid Containers by Vacuum Method. q. D5034, Standard Test Method for Breaking Strength and Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab Test). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): Z535.1, Safety Color Code. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Base Rock: Granular material upon which manhole bases and other structures are placed. B. Bedding Material: Granular material upon which pipes, conduits, cables, or duct banks are placed. C. Imported Material: Material obtained by Contractor from source(s) offsite. D. Lift: Loose (uncompacted) layer of material. E. Pipe Zone: Backfill zone that includes full trench width and extends from prepared trench bottom to an upper limit above top outside surface of pipe, conduit, cable or duct bank. F. Prepared Trench Bottom: Graded trench bottom after excavation and installation of stabilization material, if required, but before installation of bedding material. G. Relative Compaction: The ratio, in percent, of the as -compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either as - compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by Engineer. H. Relative Density: As defined by ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254. 1. Selected Backfill Material: Material available onsite that Engineer determines to be suitable for a specific use. J. WelI-Graded: A mixture of particle sizes that has no specific concentration or Iack thereof of one or more sizes producing a material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free from detrimental voids. Well -graded does not define any numerical value that must be placed on the coefficient of uniformity, coefficient of curvature, or other specific grain size distribution parameters. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 2 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for marking tapes. 2. Samples: a. Trench stabilization material. b. Bedding and pipe zone material. C. Earth backfill, if imported. B. Informational Submittals: l . Catalog and manufacturer's data sheets for compaction equipment. 2. Certified Gradation Analysis: Submit not less than 30 days prior to delivery for imported materials or anticipated use for excavated materials, except for trench stabilization material that will be submitted prior to material delivery to Site. 3. Controlled Low Strength Material: Certified mix design and test results. Include material types and weight per cubic yard for each component of mix. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MARKING TAPE A. Nondetectable: 1. For use above all metallic pipe. 2. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil. 3. Thickness: Minimum 5 mils. 4. Width: 6 inches. 5. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape. b. Mutual Industries; Non -detectable Tape. C. Presco; Non -detectable Tape. B. Detectable: Not required. C. Color: In accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code for Temporary Marking of Underground Facilities. Color* Facili Red Electric power lines, cables, conduit, and lightning cables Orange Communicating alarm or signal lines, cables, or conduit 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 3 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN 1 Color* Facility Yellow Gas, oil, steam, petroleum, or gaseous materials Green Sewers and drain lines Blue Potable water PuEple Reclaimed water, irri ation, and slugy lines *Asspecified in NEMA Z535.1, Safety Color Code. 2.02 ELECTRONIC MARKERS A. For use above all metallic and non-metallic pipes. B. Ball markers for buried water service, blue in color. C. Passive electronic marker which produces a uniform, spherical RF field in all directions. D. Frequency: 145.7 kHz. E. Product: Tempo Omni Marker, or approved equal. 2.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Base Rock: 1. Clean, hard, durable 3-inch minus crushed rock or gravel, or pit run, free from clay balls, other organic materials, or debris. 2. Uniformly graded from coarse to fine, less than 8 percent by weight passing the 1/4-inch sieve. 2.04 BEDDING MATERIAL AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Unfrozen, friable, and no clay balls, roots, or other organic material. B. Clean or gravelly sand with less than 5 percent passing No. 200 sieve, as determined in accordance with ASTM D1140, or gravel or crushed rock within maximum particle size and other requirements as follows unless otherwise specified. 1. Duct Banks: 3/4-inch maximum particle size. 2. PVC Irrigation System Piping and Ductile Iron Pipe with Polyethylene Wrap: 3/8-inch maximum particle size. 3. Pipe 18-Inch Diameter and Smaller: 1/2-inch maximum particle size. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 4 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN 1 .w%. 4. Pipe Greater than 18-Inch Diameter: 1-1/2-inch maximum particle size for ductile iron pipe, concrete pipe, welded steel pipe, and pretensioned or prestressed concrete cylinder pipe. a. Crushed stone with gradation requirements as indicated: Sieve Size % Retained 1" 0 — 10 1/2" 40 — 75 3/8" 55 — 90 #4 90 — 100 #8 95 - 100 5. Conduit and Direct -Buried Cable: a. Sand, clean or clean to silty, less than 12 percent passing No. 200 sieve. b. Individual Particles: Free of sharp edges. C. Maximum Size Particle: Pass a No. 4 sieve. d. If more than 5 percent passes No. 200 sieve, the fraction that passes No. 40 sieve shall be nonplastic as determined in accordance with ASTM D4318. 2.05 EARTH BACKFILL A. Soil, loam, or other excavated material suitable for use as backfill. B. Free from roots or organic matter, refuse, boulders and material larger than 1/2 cubic foot, or other deleterious materials. 2.06 PROCESSED EARTH BACKFILL A. Class A and Class C Backfill: Earth backfill, meeting the following additional requirement. 1. Free of boulders and cobbles that would be retained on a 6-inch screen. 2.07 TOPSOIL AND SEEDING A. To be applied in all non -paved areas. B. As specified in Part D — Special Conditions. 2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform gradation analysis in accordance with ASTM C136 for: 1. Earth backfill, including specified class. 2. Trench stabilization material. 3. Bedding and pipe zone material. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 5 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCH PREPARATION A. Water Control: 1. Promptly remove and dispose of water entering trench as necessary to grade trench bottom and to compact backfill and install manholes, pipe, conduit, direct -buried cable, or duct bank. Do not place concrete, lay pipe, conduit, direct -buried cable, or duct bank in water. 2. Remove water in a manner that minimizes soil erosion from trench sides and bottom. 3. Provide continuous water control until trench backfill is complete. B. Remove foreign material and backfill contaminated with foreign material that falls into trench. 3.02 TRENCH BOTTOM A. Firm Subgrade: Grade with hand tools, remove loose and disturbed material, and trim off high areas and ridges left by excavating bucket teeth. Allow space for bedding material if shown or specified. B. Soft Subgrade: If subgrade is encountered that may require removal to prevent pipe settlement, notify Engineer. Engineer will determine depth of overexcavation, if any required. 3.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Rebuild trench bottom with trench stabilization material where trench has been overexcavated. B. Place material over full width of trench in 6-inch lifts to required grade, providing allowance for bedding thickness. C. Compact each lift so as to provide a firm, unyielding support for the bedding material prior to placing succeeding lifts. 3.04 BEDDING A. Furnish imported bedding material. B. Place over the full width of the prepared trench bottom in two equal lifts when the required depth exceeds 8 inches. C. Hand grade and compact each lift to provide a firm, unyielding surface. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 6 TRENCH BACKFILL 3.05 181378A.GN1 D. Minimum Thickness: As follows: Pipe 15 Inches and Smaller: 4 inches. Pipe 18 Inches to 36 Inches: 6 inches. Pipe 42 Inches and Larger: 8 inches. E. Check grade and correct irregularities in bedding material. Loosen top 1 inch to 2 inches of compacted bedding material with a rake or by other means to provide a cushion before laying each section of pipe, conduit, direct -buried cable, or duct bank. F. Install to form continuous and uniform support except at bell holes, if applicable, or minor disturbances resulting from removal of lifting tackle. G. Bell or Coupling Holes: Excavate in bedding at each joint to permit proper assembly, welding, and inspection of joint and to provide uniform bearing along barrel of pipe or conduit. BACKFILL PIPE ZONE A. Upper limit of pipe zone shall not be less than 12 inches above outside of pipe, unless shown otherwise. B. Restrain pipe, conduit, cables, and duct banks as necessary to prevent their movement during backfill operations. C. Place material simultaneously in lifts on both sides of pipe and, if applicable, between pipes, conduit, cables, and duct banks installed in same trench. 1. Pipe 10-Inch and Smaller Diameter: First lift less than or equal to 1/2 pipe diameter. 2. Pipe Over 10-Inch Diameter: Maximum 6-inch lifts. D. Thoroughly tamp each lift, including area under haunches, with handheld tamping bars supplemented by "walking in" and slicing material under haunches with a shovel to ensure that voids are completely filled before placing each succeeding lift. E. After the full depth of the pipe zone material has been placed as specified, compact the material by a minimum of three passes with a vibratory plate compactor only over the area between the sides of the pipe and the trench walls. F. Do not use power -driven impact compactors to compact pipe zone material. Jetting and flooding for compaction are not permitted. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 7 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN 1 3.06 MARKING TAPE INSTALLATION A. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of all buried piping at depth shown. Coordinate with piping installation drawings. 1. Detectable Marking Tape: Not required. 2. Nondetectable Marking Tape: Install with all piping. 3.07 ELECTRONIC MARKER INSTALLATION A. Install electronic markers at the following locations on the Project: 1. At each PI on the water line. 2. Where the pipe trench crosses the intersection of a roadway. 3. At each end of a cased/tunneled undercrossing. 4. Every 100 feet where pipe is installed outside of a road right-of-way. 5. Every 100 feet along horizontal curves. 6. At the connection point between the water main and other water distribution or transmission lines, and each PI between the connection and the water main. B. Place the marker over the center of the pipe, in the pipe trench, at depth indicated by the Owner or the marker manufacturer. 3.08 BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE ZONE A. General: 1. Process excavated material to meet specified gradation requirements. 2. Adjust moisture content as necessary to obtain specified compaction. 3. Do not allow backfill to free fall into the trench or allow heavy, sharp pieces of material to be placed as backfill until after at least 2 feet of backfill has been placed. 4. Do not use power driven impact type compactors for compaction until at least 4 feet of backfill is placed over top of pipe. 5. Backfill to grade with proper allowances for topsoil, crushed rock surfacing, and pavement thicknesses, wherever applicable. 6. Backfill around structures with same class backfill as specified for adjacent trench unless otherwise shown or specified. 7. Jetting and flooding for compaction are not permitted. B. Class A Backfill: 1. Place in lifts not exceeding thickness of 9 inches. 2. Mechanically compact each lift to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction prior to placing succeeding lifts. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 8 TRENCH BACKFILL 3.09 3.10 181378A.GN 1 C. Class C Backfill: 1. Backfill with earth backfill. 2. Leave trench with backfill material neatly mounded across the entire trench width, but not more than 6 inches above the adjacent ground surface. 3. In lawn, garden, or similar type areas, maintain trench level with the existing adjacent grade. 4. At Other Locations: a. Estimate and provide amount of backfill material required so that after normal settlement, the settled surface will match the adjacent ground surface. b. Neatly windrow material over trench, and remove excess. C. Correct excess or deficiency of backfill material apparent after settlement and within correction period by regrading, and disposing of excess material or adding additional material where deficient. REPLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL A. Replace topsoil in top 12 inches of backfilled trench. B. Maintain the finished grade of topsoil even with adjacent area and grade as necessary to restore drainage. MAINTENANCE OF TRENCH BACKFILL A. After each section of trench is backfilled, maintain the surface of the backfilled trench even with the adjacent ground surface until final surface restoration is completed. B. Gravel Surfacing Rock: Add gravel surfacing rock where applicable and as necessary to keep the surface of the backfilled trench even with the adjacent ground surface, and grade and compact as necessary to keep the surface of backfilled trenches smooth, free from ruts and potholes, and suitable for normal traffic flow. C. Topsoil: Add topsoil where applicable and as necessary to maintain the surface of the backfilled trench level with the adjacent ground surface. D. Concrete Pavement: Replace settled concrete pavement at Contractor's sole expense. E. Asphaltic Pavement: Replace settled areas at Contractor's sole expense. F. Other Areas: Add excavated material where applicable and keep the surface of the backfilled trench level with the adjacent ground surface. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 9 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN 1 3.11 SETTLEMENT OF BACKFILL A. Settlement of trench backfill, or of fill, or facilities constructed over trench backfill will be considered a result of defective compaction of trench backfill. Corrective measures shall be taken, at the direction of the Engineer, at the Contractor's sole expense. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02320 10 TRENCH BACKFILL 181378A.GN 1 SECTION 02401 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section covers installation of trenchless undercrossings of railroads, public roads, and other locations as shown on the Drawings, installed by bore and jack or tunneling methods. B. Permits have been obtained by Owner. In the event of a conflict between these Specifications and permit requirements, the more stringent shall apply. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Bore and Jack: Technique using an auger to bore a hole and jacks to advance casing pipe while removing spoil in casing via auger flighting, hand excavation with muck carts or conveyor belts, or other methods. B. Tunneling: Excavation by hand with initial support provided by steel liner plate. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: American Petroleum Institute (API): 5L, Line Pipe. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 in. (150 mm) and Larger. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A139, Standard Specification for Electric -Fusion (Arc) -Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over). 1.04 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design shaft excavation support systems to withstand lateral earth pressures, ground loads, unrelieved hydrostatic pressures, bottom heave, equipment loads, applicable traffic and construction loads, and other surcharge loads to allow safe construction of shafts without appreciable movement or settlement of ground, and to prevent damage to or movement of adjacent structures, streets, utilities and trees. B. Design steel casing or steel liner plate to withstand full overburden pressure, potential hydrostatic pressures, applicable highway or railroad loads, possible construction surcharge loads, and jacking forces. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02401 1 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 1.05 181378A.GN1 C. Design excavation support system, casing or liner plate support system, and excavation methods to be compatible with geologic conditions described in Geotechnical Report. SUBMITTALS A. The following submittals are required: 1. Qualifications listing as per Item 1.6, QUALIFICATIONS. 2. Jacking and receiving shaft/pit design. 3. Jacked casing or liner plate tunnel design, including steel material type, outside diameter, wall thickness and joint configuration. Also include jacking forces on casing. 4. Boring and jacking or tunneling plan, including proposed methods to maintain and check proper line and grade. In addition, provide plan for monitoring surface movements. 5. Means and method of dewatering. 6. Details of casing spacers, including recommended spacing. 7. Method to avoid flotation of pipe when grouting annular space. 8. Preconstruction survey data. 9. Written logs of daily measurements of horizontal and vertical location of casing or initial tunnel support. 10. Written logs of daily measurements of surface monitoring points. B. Submittals for facilities requiring design shall be signed and sealed by a professional civil or structural engineer registered in the State of Texas. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Bore and jack or tunneling operations shall be performed by a qualified Contractor with at least 4 years of experience involving work of a similar nature. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 CASING FOR JACKED UNDERCROSSINGS A. B. C. D. 181378.TM 02401 Fabricated in sections in accordance with AWWA C200, ASTM A139 Grade B, API 5L Grade B, or API 5L Grade X42. Hydrostatic testing of steel pipe used for casings is not required. No exterior coating or interior lining is required. Pipe ends shall be beveled for welding. MARCH 1, 2007 2 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 181378A.GN 1 00W41 E. Furnish casing pipe with 2-inch diameter preformed grout holes at centerline and crown for pressure grouting. Spacing of grout holes shall not exceed 15 feet. F. Minimum casing diameter and wall thickness for steel casing, as follows. The wall thickness shown in the table below may be increased if necessary to withstand installation forces. Smooth Steel Pipe Casing Diameter Inches Minimum Thickness Inches 72 0.625 78 0.625 G. Minimum casing diameter for other undercrossings shall allow for 6 inches of clearance between the maximum outside diameter of the carrier pipe and the inside diameter of the casing. H. Minimum wall thickness for other undercrossings shall be sufficient to handle the loading conditions identified in paragraph 1.4, DESIGN CRITERIA. 2.02 TUNNEL LINER PLATE A. Tunnel Diameter: Large enough to allow for a minimum of 6 inches of clearance between the maximum outside diameter of the carrier pipe and the inside diameter of the steel liner plate flange. B. Standard 2-flange or 4-flange plate of sufficient gauge to handle the loading conditions identified in paragraph 1.4, DESIGN CRITERIA. C. Pressure Grouting Nipples: Furnish with 2 inch pipe nipples at spring line and crown on 15-foot centers. D. No coating or galvanizing of the plates is required. E. Manufacturers: 1. Contech Construction Products, Inc. 2. American Commercial, Inc. 2.03 GROUT FOR FILLING VOIDS OUTSIDE CASING A. Neat cement grout with a minimum compressive strength of 500 psi. � 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02401 3 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 181378A.GN I 2.04 FILL MATERIAL FOR ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN CASING PIPE AND CARRIER PIPE A. Low density cellular concrete (grout) with a minimum compressive strength of 500 psi. 2.05 CASING SPACERS A. Fabrication: 1. Spacer Band Material: Carbon steel coated with fusion bonded epoxy or PVC. 2. Spacer Liner Material: PVC or neoprene. 3. Spacer Width: As recommended by spacer manufacturer for the specific application and a maximum as indicated in the Drawings. 4. Spacer Runners: a. Suitable for supporting weight of carrier pipe. b. Manufactured of material having a low coefficient of friction and .designed to support the carrier pipe without damage or excessive wear. 5. Size: Sufficient to provide a minimum clearance of 4 inches between outside of carrier pipe bells or couplings and inside of casing. 6. Spacers shall provide dielectric insulation between carrier pipe and casing or tunnel liner plate. B. Manufacturers: 1. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI), Houston, TX. 2. Advance Products and Systems, Inc., Lafayette, LA. 3. Approved alternate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Carrier in undercrossing/tunnel shall be installed by bore and jack method with steel casing pipe unless tunnel liner plate is explicitly shown in the Drawings as an acceptable, or required, alternate method. 3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Confirm location of all known existing utilities prior to start of shaft/pit excavation and pipe installation. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02401 4 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 181378A.GN1 10EW. 3.03 SHAFT/PIT INSTALLATION A. Notify Engineer not less than 10 working days before beginning shaft excavation. B. Methods of construction for shafts/pits shall be such as to ensure the safety of the Work, Contractor's employees, the public, existing utilities, and adjacent property and improvements, whether public or private. C. Before beginning construction of shaft/pit, adequately protect existing structures, utilities, trees, shrubs, and other existing facilities. D. Provide complete groundwater control for excavations at: all times. E. Perform shaft/pit excavations using methods appropriate for the temporary support system. F. Place fencing, gates, lights, and signs, as necessary around shafts and staging areas to provide for public safety. G. Inspect shaft/pit excavations daily to check safety of excavation and structural integrity of support system. 3.04 EQUIPMENT SELECTION 'mk� A. Select necessary equipment and methods to install casing and carrier pipe as shown on Drawings. Selected equipment shall be capable of accurate alignment and grade control, and shall protect against subsidence or other disturbance of ground, existing utilities, existing road surfaces, existing railroad facilities, and other existing structures. 3.05 CASING INSTALLATION - BORE AND JACK METHOD A. Verify casing pipe minimum wall thickness is adequate for anticipated jacking loads. B. Bentonite slurry may be used to lubricate exterior of casing during installation. C. Hole diameter shall not exceed outside diameter of casing pipe by more than 1 inch. D. Where unstable soil conditions are found to exist, conduct boring operations in a manner that will not be detrimental to facility being crossed. ''k� 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02401 5 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 181378A.GN 1 E. Tolerance shall be as follows: 1. Line Tolerance: 3 inches, maximum. 2. Grade Tolerance 3 inches, maximum. F. Provide means of checking line and grade at least once a day to confirm allowable tolerance has been achieved. G. Provide means of steering casing to ensure allowable tolerance can be achieved. H. Casing joint welds shall be continuous, complete joint penetration (CJP) butt joint welds as required for rigid and watertight connections. I. If necessary to abandon a bored hole, remedial measures shall be taken by Contractor, subject to review by Engineer and approval of Owner of facility being crossed. 3.06 LINER PLATE TUNNEL INSTALLATION A. Liner plate shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Care shall be exercised to mine as neatly as possible to minimize voids and to obtain good plate -to -ground contact. C. Provisions for providing continuous face control, such as breasting boards or poling plates, shall be available at the tunnel at all times. 3.07 CORRECTION OF GRADE A. If required grade tolerance has not been achieved, use one of the following methods to correct grade: 1. Place concrete or grout in invert of casing as required to achieve proper grade. 2. Use casing spacers of varying height. 3. Install rails inside casing that allows complete grout or sand encasement. 3.08 MONITORING OF SURFACE MOVEMENT A. Perform a preconstruction survey of road surfaces, railroad tracks, and all structures or facilities within 50 feet of tunneled area. Record horizontal coordinates and elevations. Mark location of where measurements were taken. Monitor movement of road surfaces, railroad tracks, and other structures or facilities on a daily basis and provide results to Engineer. Stop operations if movement exceeds 1/4 inch and immediately notify Engineer. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02401 6 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 181378A.GN 1 B. If excessive movement (1/4 inch or greater) occurs, or if nearby structures or facilities are damaged from bore and jack/tunnel installation, Contractor shall repair to like -new condition at Contractor's own expense. 3.09 GROUTING BORED AND JACKED CASINGS OR TUNNEL LINER PLATES A. Exterior Voids: 1. After casing has been jacked into position or periodically during installation of liner plate, pressure grout through grout holes provided to fill voids outside of casing or liner. 2. Start grouting at centerline hole at one end and pump grout until grout appears in grout hole at crown, then start grouting through opposite spring line hole until grout appears at hole in crown. 3. Grout through hole at crown until grout appears in next set of holes along casing. 4. Plug holes at starting point and move to next set of holes and repeat grouting sequence until full length of casing has been grouted. 3.10 CARRIER PIPE INSTALLATION A. Entire length of casing or liner plate shall be installed complete and inspected and approved by Engineer before any carrier pipe is placed therein. Repair defects in casing pipe or leakage at joints. B. Install casing spacers to each length of carrier pipe in such a manner that electrical continuity will not occur between casing pipe and carrier pipe. Spans between spacers shall be per casing spacer manufacturer's recommendations. C. Check each joint makeup and pipe segment prior to pushing carrier pipe segments into casing. D. Install joint bonds prior to pushing carrier pipe into casing. Conduct electrical isolation testing in accordance with Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations, to prove electrical isolation before filling casing or connecting carrier pipe to adjacent pipeline sections. 3.11 CASING PIPE AND CARRIER PIPE ANNULAR SPACE A. Fill annular space with low density cellular grout using low pressure grouting equipment. B. Provide a positive means of preventing collapse or flotation of carrier pipe. Aa. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02401 7 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 181378A.GN 1 3.12 BACKFILLING OF SHAFTS/PITS A. Seal shaft/pit opening and backfill at shafts when no longer required. B. Backfill shall be as specified in the Drawings and other specifications. 3.13 TEST STATIONS A. Installation of cathodic protection test stations shall conform to Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02401 8 BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS 181378A.GN1 SECTION 02500 CONVEYANCE PIPING - GENERAL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Woirth Standard Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 301, Standard Specification for Structural Concrete. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. b. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. C. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. d. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C 110/A21.10, Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. b. CI 15/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges. C. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 in. Through 144 in. (100 mm Through 3,600 min). d. C210 Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. e. C213, Fusion -Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. f. C217, Cold -Applied Petroleum Tape and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Buried Steel Water Pipelines. g. C219, Bolted, Sleeve -Type Couplings for Plain -End Pipe. h. C221, Fabricated Steel Mechanical Slip -Type Expansion Joints. i. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 4. NSF International (NSF): 61B, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 1 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Where pipe class or wall thickness is not indicated, design piping system for maximum stress based on test pressure, earth loads, and traffic loads; or, empty pipe with earth and traffic loads given the following: 1. Operating Pressure: 150 psi. 2. Field Hydrostatic Test Pressure: 2-56psi. 2-7-Sips, 3. Transient Plus Operating Pressure: 225 psi. 4. Earth Loads: 5 feet cover minimum, 1Tfeet cover maximum. 5. Soil Unit Weight: 125 lb/ft3. 6. Traffic Loads: H-20. 7. Diameter: Mainline pipe is 54" diameter, which represents the inside diameter of the pipe after lining application. 8. Thermal Change: -14 degrees F cooling from installation temperature to water temperature.')° S.S 9. Allowable Vacuum: psi (below atmospheric pressure). 10. Allowable E' Value: 9,599� psi. 7.Soopsi 11. Thrust Force in All Restrained Pipe: Test pressure times area. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Detailed pipe fabrication drawings showing pipe details, special fittings and bends, dimensions, coatings, bulkheads for hydrostatic testing, if applicable, and other pertinent information. 2. Layout drawing showing location of each pipe section and each special length. 3. Pipe pressure class. 4. Wall thickness, reinforcing, and strength calculations for pipe, pipe joints, fittings, and fitting joints. 5. Product Data: Manufacturer's data for couplings, saddles, gaskets, and other pipe accessories. Indicate maximum rated working pressure and test pressure for each item. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Provide manufacturer's certificate(s) in accordance with relevant Specification Sections for pipe material being utilized. 2. Field Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and include at least the following information: a. Testing dates. b. Piping system and sections to be tested. C. Method of isolation. d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping sections to be tested. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 2 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 � 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in individual Specification(s) following this section. B. Marking at Plant: Mark each pipe and fitting at plant. Include date of manufacture, manufacturer's identification, specification standard, diameter of pipe, pipe class, pipe number for laying purposes, and other information required for type of pipe. C. Pipe, specials, and fittings received at Project Site in damaged condition will not be accepted. D. Gasket Storage: Store rubber gaskets in cool, well ventilated place, and do not expose to direct rays of sun. Do not allow contact with oils, fuels, petroleum, or solvents. E. Store and support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling and to avoid contact with mud, water, or other deleterious materials. F. Handling: 1. Pipe shall be handled with proper equipment in a manner to prevent distortion or damage. Use of hooks, chains, wire ropes, or clamps that oaftk could damage pipe, damage coating or lining, or kink and bend pipe ends is not permitted. 2. Use heavy canvas, or nylon slings of suitable strength for lifting and supporting materials. 3. Lifting pipe during unloading or lifting into trench shall be done using two slings placed at quarter point of pipe section. Slings shall bear uniformly against pipe. 4. Pipe and fittings shall not be stored on rocks or gravel, or other hard material that might damage pipe. This includes storage area and along pipe trench. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. As specified in the individual Specification(s) following this section. 2.02 JOINTS A. As specified in the individual Specification(s) following this section. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 3 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN1 2.03 COUPLINGS A. General: 1. Coupling linings for use in potable water systems shall be in conformance with NSF 61B. 2. Couplings shall be rated for appropriate operating pressure and hydrostatic test pressure. 3. Exposed, bolted, sleeve -type couplings shall be lined and coated with fusion bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C213 . 4. Buried, bolted, sleeve -type couplings shall be lined and coated with fusion -bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C213 and wrapped with petroleum wax tape in accordance with AWWA C217. B. For Pipe with Plain -Ends: 1. Bolted, sleeve -type coupling, in accordance with AWWA C219. a. Manufacturer of couplings shall observe same quality control requirements as specified in AWWA C221 for fabrication of pipe expansion joints. b. Unless thrust restraint is provided by other means, bolted, sleeve - type couplings shall be harnessed. Harness details shall be in accordance with requirements of appropriate reference standard or as shown on Drawings. C. For Pipe with Flanged Ends: 1. Flanged coupling adapters, in accordance with AWWA C219. 2. Dismantling joints for connecting flanged pipe shall be AWWA C219 compliant. Provide studs and nuts to seal gasket separate and independent from tie -bar restraint system. D. Bolting Materials: Type 304 stainless steel. 2.04 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS A. Modular Mechanical Seal: 1. Type: Interconnected synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve opening. 2. Assemble interconnected rubber links with Type 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts, and pressure plates. 3. Size modular mechanical seals according to manufacturer's instructions for the size of pipes shown to provide a watertight seal between pipe and wall sleeve opening. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 4 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 .nk. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Thunderline/LinkSeal, Div. Of PSI, Houston, TX; Link Seal. b. Calpico, Inc., South San Francisco, California; Sealing Linx. C. Advance Products and Systems, Lafayette, Louisiana; Innerlynx. B. Wall Sleeves: 1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings. 2. Shall include integral seep ring to minimize seepage between metal sleeve and concrete. C. Wall Couplings: 1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings. 2. Wall couplings shall provide flexible mechanical joint. 3. Body and end rings shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy. 4. Body shall include integral seep ring. 5. Shall comply with AWWA C219. 2.05 FLANGES, FLANGE GASKETS, AND BOLTING MATERIALS A. As specified in individual specifications following this section. B. . Flanges, bolting materials, and flange gaskets for steel flanges shall conform to AWWA C207. C. Flanges, bolting materials, and flange gaskets for ductile iron flanges shall conform to AWWA C110 and AWWA C115. 2.06 FLANGE INSULATION KITS AND INSULATING COUPLINGS A. Flange Insulation Kit Manufacturers: 1. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., Houston, Texas. 2. Central Plastics Co., Shawnee, Oklahoma. 3. Calpico, Inc., South San Francisco, California. 4. Advance Products and Systems, Lafayette, Louisiana. B. Insulating Couplings: 1. Bolt holes, sized as required. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Dresser Industries; Style 39. b. Baker Coupling Company, Inc.; Series 216. C. Romac Industries; Style IC501. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 5 CONVEYANCE ]PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN1 2.07 CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKS A. Thrust blocking is not allowed. Thrust restraint shall be accomplished by restrained joints, as required in individual specifications following this section. 2.08 PIPE LOCATING TAPE A. As specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 2.09 PIPE BEDDING AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. As specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 2.10 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. As specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Field fabrication of pipe and fittings is not allowed without prior approval of the Engineer. B. Furnish feeler gauges of proper size, type, and shape for use during installation for each type of pipe furnished. C. Distributing Materials: Place materials along trench only as will be used each day, unless otherwise approved by Engineer. Placement of materials shall not be hazardous to traffic or to general public, obstruct access to adjacent property, or obstruct others working in area. 3.02 EXAMINATION A C. 181378.TM 02500 Verify size, material, joint types, elevation, and horizontal location of existing pipeline to be connected to new pipeline or new equipment. Inspect size and location of structure penetrations to verify adequacy of wall pipes, sleeves, and other openings. Damaged Coatings and Linings: Repair using coating and lining materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. MARCH 1, 2007 6 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 ^ 3.03 PREPARATION OF TRENCH A. Prepare trench as specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. B. Unless otherwise permitted by Engineer, maximum length of open trench shall not exceed 200 feet. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Join pipe and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, unless otherwise shown or specified. 2. Install individual pipe lengths according to approved lay diagram. Misplaced pipe shall be removed and replaced. 3. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation, clean ends thoroughly, remove foreign matter and dirt from inside. 4. Flanged Joints: a. Install perpendicular to pipe centerline. b. Bolt Holes: Straddle vertical centerline, aligned with connecting equipment flanges or as shown on Drawings. C. Use torque -limiting wrenches to provide uniform bearing and proper bolt tightness. d. Flange Type: Use flat -faced flange when joining with flat -faced ductile or cast iron flange. 5. Couplings: a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. b. Before coupling, clean pipe holdback area of oil, scale, rust, and dirt. C. Remove pipe coating, if necessary, to obtain smooth surface or as recommended by the coupling manufacturer. d. Clean gaskets before installation. e. If necessary, lubricate with gasket lubricant for installation on pipe ends. f. Tighten coupling bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides gradually until bolts have uniform tightness. B. Buried Pressure Pipe: Concrete Encased or Embedded Pipe: Do not encase joints in concrete, unless specifically shown on Drawings. Placement: a. Keep trench dry until pipe laying, joining, and backfill is completed. b. Exercise care when lowering pipe into trench to prevent twisting or damage to pipe. C. Measure for grade at pipe invert, not at top of pipe. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 7 CONVEYANCE ]PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 d. Excavate trench bottom and sides of ample dimensions to permit proper joining, welding, visual inspection, and testing of entire joint. e. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement. f. Close and block open end of last laid pipe section when placement operations are not in progress and at close of day's work. g. In general, lay pipe upgrade with bell ends pointing in direction of laying. h. Deflect pipe at joints for pipelines laid on a curve using unsymmetrical closure of spigot into bell. If joint deflection of standard pipe lengths will not accommodate horizontal or vertical curves in alignment, provide: 1) Shorter pipe lengths. 2) Special mitered joints. 3) Standard or special fabricated bends. i. Check gasket position with feeler gauge to assure proper seating. j. After joint has been made, immediately check pipe alignment and grade. k. Place sufficient pipe zone material to secure pipe from movement before next joint is installed. 1. Prevent uplift and floating of pipe prior to backfilling. Tolerances: a. Deviation From Horizontal Line: Maximum 2 inches. b. Deviation From Vertical Line: Maximum 1 inch. C. Joint Deflection: Maximum of 75 percent of manufacturer's recommendation. d. Horizontal position of pipe centerline on alignment around curves maximum variation of 1 foot from position shown. 4. Cover Over Top of Pipe: Minimum 5 feet, unless otherwise shown. 5. Disposal of Excess Excavated Material: Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all excess material off site. 3.05 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Location: At pipeline tees, plugs, caps, bends, and locations where unbalanced forces exist. Restraint requirements are discussed in the individual pipe specifications. B. Thrust Blocking: Concrete thrust blocks will not be used on this project. 3.06 CORROSION PROTECTION A. Buried Pipe: As specified in the individual specifications following this section. B. Notify Engineer at least 3 days prior to start of surface preparation, coating application, and corrosion protection work. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 8 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN I .00%, 3.07 PLACEMENT OF PIPE LOCATING TAPE A. Place pipe locating tape in accordance with Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 3.08 PIPE BEDDING AND ZONE MATERIAL A. Place pipe bedding and pipe zone material in accordance with Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Hydrostatic Testing: 1. Pipeline Hydrostatic Test: a. General: 1) Notify Engineer in writing 5 days prior to testing. Perform testing in presence of Engineer. 2) Test newly installed pipelines and isolation valves. Using water as a test medium, pipes and valves shall successfully pass a leakage test prior to acceptance. a) It is the intent of these Contract Documents that the entire length of the pipeline, and both sides of every isolation valve (all mainline valves) shall be pressure tested under test pressure conditions as listed in Section 1.02 Design Requirements, of this Specification. b) Hydrostatic testing shall be performed on each side of all isolation valves. Each valve may be tested in the field (installed) as part of the pipeline hydrostatic pressure test, or in the plant, prior to shipping to the job site. If testing is performed in the field as part of the pipeline hydrostatic test, no additional leakage allowance will be provided for hydrostatic testing against the valves. If the Contractor chooses to have the valves tested at the manufacturer's plant, the Contractor shall provide submittals for each valve indicating zero leakage on each side of the valve for a test duration of 15 minutes under the test pressure indicated in Section 1.02 Design Requirements, of this Specification. During hydrostatic testing on each valve, the non -pressurized side of each valve shall be maintained at atmospheric pressure for the entire duration of the test. Each side of each mainline valve installed on the project shall be hydrostatic pressure tested and pass the zero leakage test prior to acceptance. c) The maximum length for hydrostatic testing of individual pipe segments is between isolation valves. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 9 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 The Contractor may choose to perform hydrostatic tests for shorter segments of pipeline through the installation of internal bulkheads, or other means as approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a hydrostatic test submittal to include bulkhead locations, restraint methods, structural calculations to verify integrity of pipe/bulkhead connection under test pressure, testing schedule, and proposed method for removal of temporary bulkhead upon completion of test. 3) Furnish testing equipment and perform tests in manner satisfactory to Engineer. Testing equipment shall provide observable and accurate measurements of leakage under specified conditions. 4) Isolate new pipelines that are connected to existing pipelines. 5) Conduct field hydrostatic test on buried piping after trench has been completely backfilled. Testing may, as approved by Engineer, be done prior to placement of asphaltic concrete or roadway structural section. 6) Contractor may, if field conditions permit and as determined by Engineer, partially backfill trench and leave joints open for inspection and conduct an initial service leak test. Final field hydrostatic test shall not, however, be conducted until backfilling has been completed as specified above. 7) Supply of temporary water shall be as stated in Part D, Special Conditions. b. Procedure: 1) Maximum filling velocity shall not exceed 0.25 foot per second, calculated based on the full area of pipe. 2) Expel air from pipe system during filling. Expel air through air release valve or through corporation stop installed at high points and other strategic points. 3) For cement -mortar lined pipe, saturate lining at least 24 hours prior to test. 4) Test Pressure: As specified in this section. Measured at low point of pipeline. 5) Apply and maintain specified test pressure with hydraulic force pump. Valve off piping system when test pressure is reached. 6) Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 2 hours minimum, adding additional make-up water only as necessary to restore test pressure. 7) Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity of water necessary to maintain specified test pressure for duration of test. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 10 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 3.10 181378A.GN1 8) If measured leakage exceeds allowable leakage or if leaks are visible, repair defective pipe section and repeat hydrostatic test. C. Allowable Leakage: 1) Welded Steel Pipe: No leakage shall be allowed for pipe with welded joints. Maximum allowable leakage for O-ring rubber gasket joints shall not exceed 2 gallons per inch of diameter per mile per 2 hours. 2) Ductile Iron Pipe: Maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed that stated in AWWA C600. 3) Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe: Maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed 10 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. d. Hydrostatic Test shall be performed for each individual pipeline segment between isolation valves, and between isolation valves and begin/end connection of project. CLEANING AND DISINFECTION A. Following assembly and testing, and prior to disinfection and final acceptance, flush pipelines with water at 2.5 fps minimum flushing velocity until foreign matter is removed. B. If impractical to flush large diameter pipe at 2.5 fps, clean pipe in -place from inside by brushing and sweeping, then flush or blow line at lower velocity. C. Remove accumulated debris through blowoffs 2 inches and larger or by removing spools and valves from piping. D. Disinfection: As specified in Part D — Special Conditions, Item D-52.9, and other referenced specifications. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02500 11 CONVEYANCE PIPING — GENERAL 181378A.GNI SECTION 02502 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AA SHTO): a. T99, Standard Specification for the Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using a 2.5 kg (5.5LB) Hammer and a 305mm (12 in.) Drop. 2. ASTM International (ASTM) a. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. b. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. C. B16.21, Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. d. D882, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. e. D1330, Standard Specification for Rubber Sheet Gaskets. f. D1922, Standard Test Method for Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method. g. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. h. D4976, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C 104, Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. b. C105, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems. C. C110, Ductile Iron and Grey Iron -Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch. d. C111, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. e. C115, Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron and Grey Iron Fittings. f. C150, Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02502 1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 g. C151, Ductile -Iron Pipe. Centrifugally Cast, for Water. h. C153, Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3-inch through 24-inch and 54-inch through 64-inch for Water Service. i. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service, Sizes 4-inch Through 144-inch (100mm through 3600mm). j. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. k. C606, Grooved End, Shouldered Joints. 4. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Institute (DIPRA). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Marking plan and details of standard and non-standard pipe sections showing dimensions, pipe joints, fitting and special fitting pressure rating and thickness, size, coating and lining data. 2. Shop Drawings: For closure sections, indicating dimensions, pipe joints, closure pieces, pressure ratings, sizes, coatings, retaining method, linings, and sequence of construction for closures. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, stating that inspections and, specified tests have been made and that results thereby comply with requirements of Article Source Quality Control. 2. Field Hydrostatic Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and at minimum, include the following: a. Testing dates. b. Piping systems and section(s) to be tested. C. Method of isolation. d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s) to be tested. 3. Certifications of Calibration: Approved testing laboratory certificate if pressure gauge for hydrostatic test has been previously used. If pressure gauge is new, no certificate is required. 4. Test documentation form and results. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe: 1. General: a. Centrifugally cast, grade 60-42-10 iron. b. Meet requirements of AWWA C150, C153 and C111. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02502 2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 C. Lined and coated as specified. 2. Pressure rating of pipe shall be as follows: Pipe Diameter(Inches) Min. Pressure Class_(pm) 4" to 12" 350 14" to 20" 250 24" 200 30" to 64" 150 3. Pipe wall thickness of threaded pipe for a flanged pipe end shall be minimum special thickness Class 53 from 12-inch to 54-inch diameter pipe in accordance with AWWA C115. 4. No grooved end pipe shall be allowed. 5. Pipe shall be new and recently manufactured. Refurbished pipe shall not be provided. B. Pipe Length: I . Minimum or maximum individual pipe length shall be determined by pipe manufacturer and as allowed under the approved lay schedule submittal, unless otherwise noted. 2. All non -restrained pipe that is deflected or that has mitered joints in order to maintain alignment on horizontal or vertical curves shall have a minimum length of 8 feet, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. C. Joints: I . Push -On Joint: Rated at minimum working pressure equal to pipe material design. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) American Cast Iron Pipe; Fastite. 2) U.S. Pipe; Tyton. 2. Restrained Joint: a. Manufactured proprietary joint that is integral to the pipe and that mechanically restrains pipe to adjoining pipe. b. Manufacturers and Products: I) American Cast Iron Pipe; Flex -Ring and Lok-Ring. 2) U.S. Pipe; TR Flex. 3. Mechanical Wedge Action Type Joint: a. Use only in areas where adjoining to fixed points (closures) where laying length is determined in field. b. Prior to purchase and installation, type and application of this joint shall be approved by Engineer. C. Manufacturers and Products: I) EBAA Iron; Megalug. 2) Approved equal. 4. Use of set screws for restraint or field -lock gaskets shall not be allowed. 181378.TM MARCH I, 2007 02502 3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 5. Flanged Joint: Threaded 250 psi working pressure ductile iron flanges conforming to AWWA C115. 6. Grooved Joint: Not allowed. 7. Mechanical Joint: Not allowed. D. Fittings: 1. Ductile Iron, Push -On, Flanged or Restrained Joint: In accordance with AWWA C153, 350 psi minimum working pressure for 3- to 24-inch fittings, 250 psi minimum working pressure for 30- to 48 inch fittings, and 150 psi minimum working pressure for 54- to 64-inch fittings and AWWA C111. 2. Mechanical Joint Fittings: Not allowed. 3. Grooved End Fittings: Not allowed. 4. Fittings shall be new and recently manufactured. Refurbished fittings will not be accepted. E. Welded Outlet: 1. Only weld to pipe in manufacturer's shop. 2. Welded outlets allowed for outlets 18 inches and smaller in diameter. All other outlets shall be fabricated as fittings. F. Lining: Pipe and fittings for clean water applications shall be cement lined and asphaltic seal coated in accordance with AWWA C104. G. Coating: Asphaltic type, 1 mil thick, in accordance with AWWA C151, C115, C110 and C153. H. Polyethylene Encasement: 1. Virgin polyethylene raw material conforming to requirements of ASTM D4976. 2. Elongation: 800 percent, minimum, in machine and transverse direction (ASTM D882). 3. Tensile Strength: 3,600 psi, minimum. 4. Dielectric Strength: 800V per mil -thickness, minimum. 5. Propagation Tear Resistance: 2,550-grams force (gf), minimum, in machine and transverse direction (ASTM D1922). 6. Tube form, conforming to AWWA C 105. 7. Film shall have minimum thickness of 0.008 inch (8 in]). I. Bolts and Nuts: Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints or flanged ends shall be of high strength corrosion resistant low -alloy steel in accordance with ANSI/AWWA CI I I/A21.11 and ASTM A307, "Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Nuts". For mechanical joints, the bolts and nuts shall 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02502 4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 100%k be coated with a ceramic -filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin.. Coated bolts and nuts shall be prepared "near white" or "white" when coated to manufacturer's recommended thickness by a certified applicator. Coating shall be Xylan®, as manufactured by Whitford Corporation, or approved equal. Coating shall conform to the performance requirements of ASTM B 117, "Salt Spray Test" and shall include, if required, a certificate of conformance. Gaskets: 1. Gaskets for flat faced 150 and 250 psi working pressure flanges shall be 1/8 inch thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F, conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: In accordance with AWWA C110 and AWWA C151. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect pipe and fittings to ensure no cracked, broken, or otherwise defective materials are being used. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Trench Grade: 1. Grade bottom of trench by hand to specified line and grade, with proper allowance for pipe thickness and pipe base, when specified. Trench bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for pipe between bell holes. 2. Before laying each section of pipe, check grade and correct irregularities found. Grade may be disturbed for removal of lifting tackle. B. Pipe Bedding: Place and compact pipe bedding material as follows: Install to full width of trench the depth shown in the Drawings. Compact to at least 95 percent of its maximum density as determined by AASHTO T99. Ensure that no unfilled or uncompacted areas occur beneath pipe. C. Bell (Joint) Holes: At each joint, dig bell holes of ample dimensions in bottom of trench, and at sides where necessary, to permit joint to be made properly and to permit easy visual inspection of entire joint. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02502 5 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: I. Provide and use proper implements, tools, and facilities for safe and proper prosecution of Work. 2. Lower pipe, fittings, and appurtenances into trench, piece by piece, by means of a crane, slings, or other suitable tools and equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe materials, protective coatings and linings. 3. Do not drop or dump pipe materials into trench. B. Cleaning Pipe and Fittings: 1. Remove lumps, blisters, and excess coal tar coating from bell and spigot ends of each pipe. Wire brush outside of spigot and inside of bell and wipe clean, dry, and free from oil and grease before pipe is laid. 2. Wipe ends of rubber gasket joint pipe and fittings clean of dirt, grease, and foreign matter. C. Laying Pipe: I. Direction of Laying: Lay pipe with bell end facing in direction of laying. For lines on an appreciable slope, face bells upgrade at discretion of Engineer. 2. Push -On Joint and Restrained Joint Pipe: After first length of pipe is installed in trench, secure pipe in place with approved backfill material tamped under and along sides to prevent movement. Keep ends clear of backfill. After each section is jointed, place backfill as specified to prevent movement. 3. Take precautions necessary to prevent floating of pipe prior to completion of backfill operation. 4. When using movable trench shield, take necessary precautions to prevent pipe joints from pulling apart when moving shield ahead. 5. Do not allow foreign material to enter pipe while it is being placed in trench. 6. Close and block open end of last laid section of pipe to prevent entry of foreign material or creep of gasketed joints when laying operations are not in progress, at close of day's work, or whenever workers are absent from job. D. Joining Push -On Joint Pipe: 1. Join pipe with push -on joints in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide special tools and devices, such as, special jacks, chokers, and similar items required for installation. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02502 6 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 3. Lubricate pipe gaskets using lubricant furnished by pipe manufacturer. No substitutes will be permitted. 4. Clean ends of fittings of dirt, mud, and foreign matter by washing with water and scrubbing with a wire brush, after which, slip gland and gasket on plain end of pipe. If necessary, lubricate end of pipe to facilitate sliding gasket in place, then guide fitting onto spigot of pipe previously laid. E. Cutting Pipe: 1. General: Cut pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces in a neat and workmanlike manner without damaging pipe or lining and so as to leave a smooth end, at right angles to axis of pipe. 2. Pipe: Cut pipe with milling type cutter or saw. Do not flame cut. 3. Dressing Cut Ends: Dress cut ends of push -on joint pipe by beveling, as recommended by manufacturer. F. Field Welding: 1. Use of field welded outlets will not be allowed. Welding for outlets shall be performed only in pipe manufacturer's shop. 2. Field installed outlets may be installed with saddle approved by Engineer. Opening in pipe shall be machined cut and not with cutting torch. 3. Field welding of bars for restrained joint systems will not be allowed. All welding shall be performed in pipe manufacturer's shop. G. Line and Grade: 1. Minimum Pipe Cover: 5 feet for 48-inch and 54-inch pipe and 4 feet for 16-inch pipe, unless otherwise indicated. 2. No high points will be allowed between air valves. 3. Maintain pipe grade between invert elevations to provide minimum clearance at air valve locations of 6 feet from existing ground surface to top of pipe. 4. Install air valves as shown and field verify intervening low points. When field conditions warrant, exceptions may be made upon approval of Engineer. 5. Deviations exceeding 6 inches from specified line or 1 inch from specified grade will not be allowed without express approval of Engineer. 6. Pipeline sections that are not installed to elevations shown or installed as approved by Engineer shall be reinstalled to proper elevation. H. Thrust Restraint: 1. Restrained joints. Use of thrust blocking will not be allowed. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02502 7 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN I I. 2. As a minimum, Contractor shall install restrained joints between the following stations: FROM TO 146+30.00 149+80.00 179+30.00 183+30.00 185+80.00 188+99.88 3. All fittings require at least 20 feet of restrained pipe each side of fitting. 4. Any changes in vertical or horizontal alignment from that provided in the drawings may necessitate a change in restrained joint lengths. Contractor shall contact Engineer prior to construction any time a change in alignment is necessary. Polyethylene Encasement: 1. Encase all ductile iron pipe, fittings, and valves in accordance with AWWA C105, Method A. 2. Cut polyethylene tube approximately 2 feet longer than pipe length. 3. Slip tube around pipe, centering to provide I -foot overlap on each adjacent section. 4. Pull encasement to take out slack and wrap snug around pipe. 5. Secure overlap in place and fold at quarter points of pipe length. 6. Wrap and tape encasement snug around fittings and valves. 3.4 CATHODIC PROTECTION A. Apply to pipe as shown and as specified in Section 13990, Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection System. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. Pipeline Field Hydrostatic Test: See Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 3.6 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at site full-time for the first two weeks of pipe installation, and after that as needed by the Contractor or requested by the Owner throughout the length of the Project. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02502 8 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 SECTION 02501 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B 16.9, Factory -Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. b. B36.1 OM, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. C. BPVC SEC V, Nondestructive Examination. d. BPVC SEC VIII, Div. 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. e. BPVC SEC IX, Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators. 2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing Inc. (ASNT): SNT-TC-IA, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Non -Destructive Testing. 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C200, Steel Water Pipe — 6 inch (150 mm) and Larger. b. C203, Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot -Applied. C. C205, Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe - 4 in. (100 mm) and Larger - Shop Applied. d. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. f. C209, Cold -Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. g. C210, Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. h. C213, Fusion -Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. i. C214, Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. j. C215, Extruded Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 1 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 k. C216, Heat -Shrinkable Cross -Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. 1. C218, Coating the Exterior of Aboveground Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings. in. C222, Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe and Fittings. n. C602, Cement -Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines in Place — 4 in. (100 mm) and Larger. o. MI I (Manual), Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation. 4. American Welding Society (AWS): a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination. b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. C. D1.1, Structural Welding Code — Steel. d. QC 1, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors. 5. ASTM, International (ASTM): a. A20, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels. b. A53/A53M, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless. C. A106, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High -Temperature Service. d. A234/A234M, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. e. A370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products. f. A435/A435M, Standard Specification for Straight -Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Plates. g. A516/A516M, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower -Temperature Service. h. A572/A572M, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Columbium -Vanadium Structural Steel. i. A770/A770M, Standard Specification for Through -Thickness Tension Testing of Steel Plates for Special Applications. j. A 10 1 8/A 10 1 8M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy Thickness Coils Hot Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength and Low -Alloy, Columbium or Vanadium and High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability. k. D4541, Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers. 1. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. in. E1255, Standard Practice for Radioscopy. 6. International Institute of Welding (IIW). 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 2 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 7. International Organization for Standardization (ISO). 100*41 8. NSF International (NSF): a. 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. b. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 9. Steel Pipe Fabricators Association (SFPA). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Fittings and Specials: Including, but not limited to fittings, closure pieces, bends, elbows, reducers, tees, wyes, bifurcations, crosses, outlets, manifolds, nozzles, wall sleeves, bulkheads, and other piping and appurtenances fabricated from steel plate, sheet, or coils as required to provide the Work, complete. Specials shall also include piping above ground or inside structures. B. Acronyms: 1. CJP: Complete Joint Penetration. 2. CWI: Certified Welding Inspector. 3. MT: Magnetic Particle Testing. 4. NDE: Nondestructive Examination. 5. NDT: Nondestructive Testing. 6. PJP: Partial Joint Penetration. 7. PQR: Procedure Qualification Record. 8. PT: Liquid Penetrant Testing. 1000*k 9. RT: Radiographic Testing. 10. UT: Ultrasonic Testing. 11. VT: Visual Testing. 12. WPQ: Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification. 13. WPS: Welding Procedure Specification. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Fittings and Specials: 1. Design reinforcement, unless otherwise shown. 2. Design in accordance with AWWA Manual M11, AWWA C200, and AWWA C208. 3. Design fittings, specials, associated joints and all field and shop welds with load capacities equal to or greater than those of connecting pipe segments. 4. Design bulkhead, closure, or test plug, as needed for closure of sections and for field hydrostatic testing. 5. Design and locate weld lead outlets as needed. 6. Design and locate flushing and sampling ports, as needs, for hydrostatic testing and disinfection. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 3 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 B. Pipe Layout: Design complete pipeline layout, in accordance with AWWA Manual M 11: 1. General: a. Base stationing and elevation convention as shown on Drawings. b. Maximum Laying Lengths: 1) Not limited, unless specifically shown. 2) Select lengths to accommodate installation operation. 2. Include, as Minimum: a. Specific number, location, and direction of each pipe, joint, and fitting or special. Number each pipe in installation sequence. b. Station and invert elevation at changes in grade or horizontal alignment. C. Station and invert elevation to which bell end of each pipe will be laid. d. Elements of curves and bends, both in horizontal and vertical alignment. e. Location of mitered pipe sections, beveled ends for alignment conformance, butt straps, and deep bell lap joints for temperature stress control. f. Location of closures, cutoff sections for length adjustment, temporary access manways, vents, and weld lead outlets for construction convenience. 1) Provide for adjustment in pipe laying headings and to conform to indicated stationing. 2) Changes in location or number will require Engineer approval. g. Location of bulkheads, both those shown and/or as Contractor requires for hydrostatic testing of pipeline. h. Location and design of all thermal control joints. C. Welding Procedure Specification (WPS): 1. Qualified by testing in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX for shop welds and AWS D1.1 for field welds. 2. PQRs conducted on unlisted base metal (most coil products are unlisted base metals) to be production welded as required in the referenced welding Code shall be traceable to heat lots. 3. Written WPS required for welds, both shop and field. 4. Notch -tough welding that requires heat input control shall be required: a. AWS D1.1 prequalified welding procedures are not allowed. b. WPS used to shop fabricate pipe shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX and shall include Supplementary Essential Variables. C. WPS used to field install pipe shall be qualified for heat input control in accordance with AWS D1.1. _. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 4 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 d. PQRs shall be qualified for notch -tough welding with 100%6. consideration for thickness of steel, test temperature, and Charpy V-notch CVN values. Refer to AWS D1.1, Annex III Requirements for CVN Testing, Option A (three specimens). Using this test procedure select test temperature and minimum average energy level for Charpy Testing, the; welding position as it may relate to heat input on the heat affected zone (HAZ) test results, and the orientation of the test plates as these relate to the longitudinal or transverse properties of the HAZ. D. Stulling (Strutting): 1. Design stulling for pipe, specials, and fittings such that damage is avoided during handling, storage, and installation. 2. Design such that pipe deflection is prevented and to support backfill, plus backfilling and compaction equipment loads. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings showing pipe layout. 2. Material list and steel reinforcement schedules for materials specified. 3. Fabrication Information: a. Design calculations for fittings and specials including opening reinforcement details of collars, wrappers, and crotch plates. b. Pipe and fitting details for temporary and permanent facilities indicating: 1) Cylinder thickness. 2) Manufacturing tolerances. 3) Maximum angular deflection limitations of field joints. 4) Closure sections and cutoffs for field length adjustment. 5) Bulkheads, including details for removal of test bulkheads and repair of lining. 6) Weld lead outlets and plugs. 7) Stulling size, spacing, and layout. C. Welded joint details including: 1) Butt joints. 2) Miter -cut ends for alignment conformance. 3) Lap joints. 4) Deep bell lap joints required for control of temperature stresses. 5) Butt strap joints. 4. Welding Data (Shop and Field Welding): a. Show on a weld map complete information regarding base metal specification designation, location, type, size, and extent of welds 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 5 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 181378.TM 02501 with reference called out for WPS and NDE numbers in tail of welding symbol. b. Distinguish between shop and field welds. C. Indicate, by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints and preparation of base metal. Provide complete joint welding details showing bevels, groove angles, and root openings for all welds. d. For pipe fittings, provide a joint weld beveling diagram. Refer to AWS D1.1, Annex G Local Dihedral Angle that can be used to calculate bevels for weld joint details of intersecting pipes. e. Welding and NDE symbols shall be in accordance with AWS A2.4. f. Welding terms and definitions shall be in accordance with AWS A3.0. g. Submit welding data together with shop drawings as a complete package. 5. Product Data for the following: a. Pipe: 1) Material data. 2) Chemical and physical test reports showing data consistent with specified requirements for each heat of steel proposed for use. b. Coatings and Linings: 1) Technical data sheets itemizing technical and performance information that indicates compliance with this Specification. 2) Color chart, if applicable. 3) Manufacturer's name, product number or name, and thickness. C. Rubber Gasket Joint: 1) Details with dimensions and fabrication tolerances for both bell and spigot ends. 2) Materials. 3) Performance history or test data. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance that products furnished meet requirements of this Specification. b. Lining Materials: Certificate that lining system is currently approved for potable water contact in accordance with NSF 61 and satisfies current applicable governmental health and safety requirements for use in potable water. 2. Pipe Manufacturer's written Quality Assurance/Control Plan. MARCH 2, 2007 6 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 3. Statements of Qualification: a. Pipe manufacturer. b. Fittings and specials fabricator. C. Welders or Welding Operators: 1) Name of welder. 2) Welding procedures/positions for which welder is qualified to weld. 3) Assigned certification stamp number. 4) Certification date. 5) Current certification status. d. Certified Welding Inspector. e. NDT Quality Control Personnel. 4. Procedures: a. Shop and field welding information: At a minimum include a complete welding code paper trail with linkage to Shop Drawings that includes the following: 1) Written WPS and PQR. a) Provide complete joint dimensions and details showing bevels, groove angles, root face, and root openings for all welds. b) Notch -tough welding shall be required. For shop welding, address supplementary essential variables in addition to essential variables as indicated in ASME Section IX, QW-251.2. For field welding, heat -input, control PQR essential variables as indicated in AWS D 1.1 shall be included. For shop and field welding, provide heat -input table on WPSs for welder guidance. c) PQRs for notch -tough welding shall document heat -input control by monitoring volts, amps, and travel speed or time -rate of change of weld metal volume as calculated by measuring change in electrode length over a period of time. Charpy V-notch tests shall be conducted on weld metal and heat affected zone. Test coupons shall be oriented transverse to final direction of rolling. Full size Charpy specimen test acceptance shall be same as base metal specified herein. 2) Written NDT procedures. 3) Current WPQ. 4) Written description of proposed sequencing of events or special techniques such as: a) Controlling pipe wall temperature: stress during installation. b) Minimizing distortion of steel. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 7 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 c) Shop -Applied Cement -Mortar Lining: Include description of machine to be used and list of similar projects where machine was used. Identify pipe size and total footage. d) Monitoring pipeline temperatures during installation. b. Written weld repair procedures for the Work. C. Field coating application and repair. d. Field lining application and repair. e. Written consumable control procedure for welding materials demonstrating: 1) How consumables will be stored to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2) How consumables will be dried in ovens prior to use. 3) How consumables which become wet will be reconditioned. 5. Reports: a. Source Quality Control Test Reports: 1) Hydrostatic testing. 2) Destructive weld testing. 3) Nondestructive weld testing. 4) Steel impact testing using Charpy V-notch method. 5) Coating and lining factory Site visit letter by qualified manufacturer's technical representative. 6) Letter from independent testing agency certifying that pipe furnished meets requirements of this specification. b. Field Quality Control Test Reports: 1) Weld tests, including re-examination of repaired welds, on each weld joint for the following tests, as applicable: a) Visual Testing (VT). b) Radiographic Testing (RT). c) Ultrasonic Testing (UT). d) Magnetic Particle Testing (MT). e) Liquid Penetrant Testing (PT). f) Leak Testing (LT). 2) Coating and lining Site visit letter by qualified technical representative. 3) Applicator's quality control records, including environmental conditions, dry film thickness, and adhesion tests, when requested by Engineer. C. Cement -mortar lining compressive strength tests in accordance with AWWA C205. d. Cement -mortar coating absorption tests in accordance with AWWA C205. 6. Field Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and include at least the following information: a. Testing dates. b. Piping system and sections to be tested. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 8 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 C. Method of isolation. .ftb. d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping sections to be tested. 7. Temperature Stress Control Submittal. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Pipe Manufacturer: a. Experienced in fabricating pipe of similar diameters, lengths, and wall thickness required for the Work. b. Steel Pipe Fabricators Association (SPFA), Lloyd's Registry Certification, or ISO 9000 Certification. C. Demonstrate current production capability for volume of work required for this Project. d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to AWWA C200 standards of at least 10,000 linear feet of 54-inch diameter or larger pipe, with wall thickness of 0.25 inches or greater, within past 5-year period. e. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication plant facilities and personnel, not company or corporation that currently owns fabrication facility or employs personnel. 'w*, 2. Fittings and Specials Fabricator: a. Experienced in fabricating fittings and specials of similar diameters and wall thickness required for the Work. b. Steel Pipe Fabricators Association (SPFA), Lloyd's Registry Certification, or ISO 9000 Certification. C. Demonstrate current production capability for volume of work required for this Project. d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to AWWA C200/C208 standards of at least 25 fittings of 54-inch or larger pipe, with wall thickness 0.25 inch or greater, within past 5-year period. e. Experience shall include successful fabrication of at least five crotch plate fittings or specials requiring post weld heat treatment within past 5-year period. f. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication shop facilities and personnel, not company or corporation that currently owns fabrication facility or employs personnel. 3. Welders and Welding Operators: a. Shop Welders: In accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX. b. Field Welders: In accordance with AWS D1.1. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 9 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 4. Certified Welding Inspector (CWI): a. In accordance with AWS QC 1, with knowledge of appropriate welding code for the Work. b. After receiving CWI qualification, CWI shall have at least 5 years of professional experience related to welding inspection similar to the Work. 5. NDT Quality Control Personnel: a. In accordance with requirements of Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-IA, Level II. b. After receiving NDT qualification, NDT personnel shall have at least 5 years of professional experience related to NDT inspection similar to the Work. B. Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) For Shop Welding: 1. In accordance with AWWA C200 and as follows. 2. Responsibilities: a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper storage. b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS. C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications. d. Monitor conformance of WPQ. e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after shop welding. f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results. g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of inspection and testing. C. Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) For Field Welding: 1. In accordance with AWWA C206, AWS D1.1, and as follows. 2. Responsibilities: a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper storage. b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS. C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications. d. Monitor conformance of WPQ. e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after field welding. f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results. g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of inspection and testing. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 10 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 D. Prefabrication Meeting: Hold prior to fabrication of pipe, fittings, or specials 10=*4 between representatives of Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and pipe fabricator to review the following: 1. Project scope. 2. Submittal requirements. 3. Testing. 4. Inspection responsibilities. 5. Shop welding requirements. 6. Field welding requirements. 7. Shop and field coating and lining requirements. 8. Production and delivery schedule. 9. Other issues pertinent to the Work. E. Inspection of Coating and Lining Application: Qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall visit pipe coating and lining shop and Project Site at beginning of application process to verify proper workmanship associated with coating and lining application and as may be required to resolve shop or field problems. Written report of visit shall be submitted to Engineer. F. Retain services of trained technician to test coating and lining system in shop and field, and prepare letter confirming that materials applied conform to these Specifications. Tests shall include holiday detection, adhesion testing, and film thickness measurement 1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. Pipe Marking: 1. Legibly mark installation sequence number on pipe, fittings, and specials in accordance with piping layout. 2. Special pipe sections and fittings shall be marked at each end with notation "TOP FIELD CENTERLINE,". 3. The word "TOP" shall be painted or marked on outside top spigot of each pipe section. 4. Mark "TOP MATCH POINT" for compound bends per AWWA C208 so end rotations can be easily oriented in field. B. Delivery: l . Securely bulkhead or otherwise seal ends of pipe, specials, and fittings prior to loading at manufacturing Site. 2. Pipe ends shall remain sealed until installation. 3. Damage to pipe, fittings, or specials, including linings and coatings, found upon delivery to Job Site shall be repaired to Engineer's satisfaction or removed from Site and replaced. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 11 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 C. Storage: 1. Support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling and to avoid contact with mud, water, or other deleterious materials. 2. Support on sand or earth berms free of rock exceeding 3 inches in diameter. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Notify Engineer in writing of the following: 1. Pipe Manufacturing: Not less than 14 days prior to starting pipe, fittings and specials fabrication. 2. Not less than 5 days prior to start of each of the following: a. Welding. b. Coating application. C. Lining application d. Shop hydrostatic testing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Pipe: 1. Manufacturing of steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be under direction of one pipe Supplier. 2. Responsibility shall include, at minimum, coordinating work of other suppliers for fittings and specials. B. Steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked to comply with AWWA C200 and additional requirements of these Contract Documents. C. In lieu of collar reinforcement, pipe, fittings, or specials with outlets may be fabricated in their entirety of steel plate having thickness equal to sum of pipe Wall plus required reinforcement. D. Unless shown otherwise, the diameter shown shall be considered finished inside diameter after lining. E. Materials furnished shall be NSF 61 approved for use with potable water. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 12 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 F. Pipe, Fittings, Specials, and Joints: Where transmission of load from one pipe .•.. to the next via field welded or otherwise restrained joints is anticipated, the load -path shall be adequately designed for structural transmission of load as follows: 1. The steel thickness shall be capable of meeting the pipe thrust requirements. 2. The steel thickness shall be constant throughout each section of restrained joint pipe. 3. Joint rings and associated welds shall be designed for structural transmission of load in addition to watertight requirements. 4. Axial load for design shall be the greater of the following load combinations: a. Full test pressure times area (Pt*A) plus soil drag. b. Temperature change plus effect of Poisson's ratio plus soil drag. 2.02 PIPE BARREL A. Steel: Provide steel coils for spiral welded steel pipe or steel plate for straight seam welded steel pipe per AWWA C200 and as follows: 1. Minimum Yield Strength: 36,000 psi. 2. Minimum Tensile Strength: 53,000 psi. 3. Minimum Elongation in 2-inch Gauge Length: 21 percent. Olook 4. Weld -Ability: Maximum carbon equivalent of 0.45, as measured using AWS D1.1, Annex XI , Guideline on Alternative Methods for Determining Preheat formula: CE=C+((Mn+Si)/6))+(Cr+Mo+V)/5+(Ni+Cu)/ 15. 5. Pressure Vessel Quality as follows: a. Coils: 1) Continuous cast process, fully -killed, fine grained practice conforming to physical, manufacturing and testing requirements of ASTM A1018/A1018M, SS. 2) Steel Chemistry: a) Carbon: 0.20 percent maximum. b) Manganese: 1.35 percent maximum. c) Aluminum: 0.020 percent minimum. d) Phosphorus: 0.025 percent maximum. e) Sulfur: 0.015 percent maximum. b. Plate: 1) Fully -killed, conforming to ASTM A20, fine grained practice conforming to physical, manufacturing and testing requirements of ASTM A516/A516M, Grade 70. 2) Steel Chemistry: Conform to ASTM A516/A516M, Grade 70. Steel plates that are 3/4 inch thick or greater shall be normalized. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 13 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 C. Toughness: 1) Charpy V-notch Acceptance Criteria: Transverse specimen orientation, full size specimens, 25 foot-pounds energy at test temperature of 30 degrees F test outside diameter wrap of two coils minimum per heat lot. 6. Wall Thickness: As shown in Table 1. Table 1 Nominal Pipe Diameter(Inches) Buried Pipe Wall Thickness 24 and Under Standard Weight 48 Gasketed Pipe: 0.250 inch Restrained -Joint Pipe: 0.250 inch 54 Gasketed Pipe: 0.280 inch Restrained -Joint Pipe: 0.280 inch 2.03 FITTINGS AND SPECIALS A. Steel: Full conformance with the standards required for the pipe barrel, as stated above. B. Fabrication: 1. Shop fabricate. No field fabrication will be allowed, unless approved by Engineer. 2. Fabricate from materials or straight pipe in full conformance with requirements of these Contract Documents and dimensions of AWWA C208, unless otherwise indicated. C. Crotch Plate: Fabricate from fully killed, fine grain, pressure vessel steel conforming to ASTM A516/A516M, Grade 70, and as follows: 1. Plates shall be normalized. 2. Sulfur content shall not exceed 0.005 percent. Carbon shall not exceed 0.20 percent. Manganese shall not exceed 1.20 percent. 3. Charpy V-notch tests in direction transverse to final rolling shall be performed per ASTM A370 on full size specimens of coupons taken from each plate. Acceptance shall be 25 foot-pounds at 30 degrees F. 4. Carbon equivalent shall not exceed 0.45 percent. D. Wall Thickness: 1. General: a. Refer to ASME B36.1 OM for definitions of wall thickness for standard weight pipe and nominal pipe size (NPS). 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 14 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 b. Reinforce to withstand either internal pressures, both circumferential and longitudinal, or external loading conditions, whichever is greater. C. Minimum Plate Thickness: The greater of adjacent mainline pipe, the thickness calculated as hereinafter specified, or as shown in Table 2. Table 2 Nominal Pipe Dia. (Inches) Elbows Bends Reducers and Tees 24 and Under Standard Weight 48 0.254 inch 54 -A-3," inch 0.2 9 8 E. Elbows, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 3.o 1. Minimum Radius: L-25 times pipe diameter or as indicated on Drawings 2. Minimum Bend Wall Thickness: Greater of Table I above or as calculated for straight pipe under internal pressure multiplied by the following stress intensities: For "n" greater than 2.5 the stress intensity factor may be ignored as indicated in AWWA C208. AWWA C208-83 Bend Stress Bend Radius Multiplier "n" Intensity 1.0 1.67 1.5 1.33 2.0 1.22 2.5 1.17 3. Maximum Miter Angle: I 1-1/4 degrees on each section resulting in a maximum deflection angle of 22.5 degrees per miter weld as recommended in AWWA C208. 4. Bevels: Vary bevels on miters to provide a constant weld groove angle. For a 11-1/4 degree miter, (22.5 degrees miter weld) bevels must vary from 18.75 degrees on OD of bend to 41.25 degrees on ID of bend to provide a constant 60 degree groove angle for CJP welding. 5. Complete joint penetration (CJP) welds on miter welds. F. Outlets: 1. 24 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate from ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Grade B, standard weight steel pipe. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 15 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 2. Larger than 24 Inches: Fabricate from ASTM A106, Grade B, standard weight pipe. 3. Fabricate collar or wrapper reinforcement using same steel as specified for main pipe barrel. G. Steel Butt -Weld Fittings: 1. 24 Inches and Smaller: In accordance with ASME B16.9 conforming to ASTM A234/A234M. 2. Standard weight. 3. Taper pipe wall at welds at 4:1 for connection to pipe of different wall thickness. 4. Coordinate difference in diameter convention between specials and AWWA C200/C208 pipe and fittings to provide complete piping system as shown. 2.04 JOINTS A. Shop Welded: 1. Fabricate in accordance with AWWA C200 as modified herein. 2. Complete joint penetration (CJP) butt joints shall be used for longitudinal, girth, and spiral welds, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Lengths of pipe shall not be shop joined using lap joints. B. Preparation of Joints for Field Welding: 1. Typical field welded joint in restrained sections shall be double fillet lap joint. 2. Butt Joint Welded: As needed for closures or other locations required for construction. Plain ends beveled as required by AWWA C200 and Contractor's field WPS. 3. Lap Joint Welded: a. Double fillet lap joints in preparation for field welding shall be in accordance with AWWA C200. b. For pipe 30 inches in diameter and larger, tack weld four metal tabs at equal intervals around inside circumference of bell ends to indicate location at which spigot end has reached maximum penetration into bell. Remove stops after welding of joint. 4. Double welded lap joints and butt -strap joints shall be tapped and drilled for testing in accordance with AWWA C206. C. Miter -cut Ends: 1. As shown on Drawings. 2. Moderate deflections and long radius curves may be made using miter -cut ends. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 16 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 2.05 2.07 3. Use only with rubber gasket joints or lap welded joints, unless specifically approved in writing by Engineer. 4. Maximum Total Allowable Miter -cut Angle: 2.5 degrees per pipe joint. 5. Provide miter -cut that is cold expanded square with face of miter —cut on bell ends only. 6. Mitering of spigot ends will not be permitted. THERMAL CONTROL JOINTS A. Provide thermal control joints as indicated in Section 3.01.B. RUBBER GASKET A. General: 1. In accordance with AWWA C200. 2. Clearance between bell and spigot shall, when combined with gasket groove configuration and gasket itself, provide watertight joints under all pressure conditions. B. Rubber Gasket Carnegie Spigot and Expanded Bell: 1. Standard Spigot Shapes in Accordance with AWWA manual M11: a. M3516 for pipe diameters less than 42 inches and maximum wall thickness of 3/8 inch. b. M3818 for applications not suitable for standard shape M3516. C. M3818 may be substituted for standard shape M3516. 2. Weld spigots to pipe cylinder using double fillet welded lap joint. 3. Bell: a. Form by expanding press or by moving axially over a die, in such a manner as to stretch steel plate beyond its elastic limit to form a truly round bell of suitable diameter and shape. b. Do not roll bell ends. C. Minimum Radius: 15 times wall thickness of pipe barrel on either side of bell slope. d. Minimum Bell Depth: 3 inches. e. Expanded bells shall have no noticeable depressions or irregularities. STULLING (STRUTTING) A. Materials: 1. Shop -Lined Pipe: Wood stulls and wedges. 2. Unlined Pipe: Steel or wood. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 17 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 B. Install stulling for pipe, specials, and fittings in accordance with approved submittal and as soon as practical after pipe is fabricated or, for shop -lined pipe, after lining has been applied. C. Install stulling in manner that will not harm lining. I . Maintain stulling in place until pipe is backfilled. 2. The stulling may be temporarily removed to perform interior welding of the pipe joints if welding is performed prior to backfilling. 3. If the stulling is temporarily removed, it shall be reinstalled prior to backfilling. 4. Stulling shall be reinstalled so that the pipe is not out -of -round from a true circle by more than 1 percent. 2.08 COATINGS A. General: 1. Notify Engineer at least 5 days prior to application of coating products. 2. Holdback of coating from field -welded joints shall be as follows: a. For lap welded joints and flex couplings, 8 inches. b. For butt weld and butt strap joints, 6 inches. 3. Furnish inspection devices that are calibrated and in good working condition for detection of holidays and measurement of coating film thickness and adhesion testing. B. Shop -Applied Cement -Mortar Coating: 1. Cement -mortar coating shall conform to AWWA C205. Thickness shall conform to AWWA C205. 2. Steel wire or ribbon mesh reinforcement shall be in accordance with AWWA C205. 3. For cement -mortar coatings applied over dielectric coated pipe, ensure reinforcing metals in coating do not electrically contact pipe. 4. Coating system for field joints shall be cement mortar in accordance with AWWA C205. Mortar shall be retained with suitable water -impermeable bands or heavy-duty diapers of sufficient strength to hold fresh mortar and resist rodding. C. Field Coating of Buried, Bolted Joints: 1. Heat -shrink Sleeves: a. High recovery, Type II, heat -shrinkable cross -linked polyolefin in accordance with AWWA C216, unless otherwise indicated. b. Sleeve Length: Extend minimum of 3 inches onto adjacent pipe coating. C. As -Supplied Sleeve Thickness (prior to heat shrinking): 90 mils, minimum. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 18 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GNI d. Filler: As recommended and supplied by the heat shrink sleeve manufacturer. e. Provide manufacturer's recommended sleeve thickness, length, and size required for specific type of joint and pipe. f. Manufacturer and Product: Canusa, The Woodlands, TX; Aqua -Shield. 2.09 LININGS A. General: 1. Notify Engineer at least 5 days prior to application of lining products. 2. Holdback of lining from field -welded joints shall be as follows: a. For lap -welded joints and flex couplings, 8 inches. b. For butt -weld and butt -strap joints, 6 inches. B. Shop -Applied Cement -Mortar Lining: 1. Applied centrifugally in conformance with AWWA C205. Thickness shall be in accordance with AWWA C205. 2. Lining machine type that has been used successfully for similar work and approved by Engineer. 3. Maintain pipe in round condition during lining operation and thereafter by suitable bracing or strutting. 4. Provide polyethylene or other suitable bulkhead on ends of pipe and on special openings to prevent drying out of lining. Bulkheads shall be substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and storage until pipe is installed. 5. Pipe shall be left bare where field joints occur. 6. Ends of lining shall be left square and uniform. Feathered or uneven edges will not be permitted. C. Field -Applied Cement -Mortar Lining: 1. Materials conforming to AWWA C602. 2. Do not use pozzolanic material in mortar mix. 3. Admixtures shall contain no calcium chloride. 4. Wire mesh conforming to AWWA C205. 2.10 PIPE LENGTH A. Minimum or maximum individual pipe length shall be determined by pipe manufacturer and as allowed under the approved lay schedule submittal, unless otherwise noted. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 19 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 B. All non -restrained pipe that is deflected or that has mitered joints in order to maintain alignment on horizontal. or vertical curves shall have a minimum length of 8 feet, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2.11 CATHODIC PROTECTION A. Provide as shown and as specified in Section 13990, Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection System. 2.12 JOINT BONDING A. Provide joint bonding for non -welded steel pipe joints as specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations. 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Steel Toughness Testing: 1. Include three impact specimens; conduct test in direction transverse to final direction of rolling. 2. Coils: a. Conduct Initial Charpy Testing of each coil of each heat to establish uniformity of steel followed by Production Charpy Testing where random coil from each heat is selected to verify consistency. b. Conduct Initial Charpy. Testing of 25 percent of steel for pipe and specials. Take test coupons from each coil of each heat at locations of outer, middle, and inner wrap of coil. Middle coil test coupons may be taken from ends of full-length pipes that are closest to middle of coil. C. Conduct Production Charpy Testing on random coil of each heat or 75 percent of steel for pipe and specials. d. Coils that do not qualify shall not be used in production of pipe. 3. Plate: a. Conduct Charpy Tests on each plate in accordance with ASTM A20. b. Conduct on full-size (10 mm by 10 mm) specimens from each plate in accordance with ASTM A20. C. Plates that do not qualify shall not be used in production of pipe. B. Crotch Plate: 1. Through -Thickness tension testing shall be performed with acceptance criteria per Article 5 of ASTM A770/A770M on each plate. 2. Straight -Beam Ultrasonic Examination shall be conducted with acceptance criteria per Article 6 of ASTM A435/A435M on each plate. 3. Plates that do not qualify shall not be used. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 20 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 C. Shop Hydrostatic Pressure Test: In accordance with AWWA C200 Itookk Section 5.2, except as follows: 1. General: Unless specified otherwise, testing of pipe, fittings, and specials shall be performed before lining and coating is applied. 2. Pipe: Maintain test pressure for minimum of 5 minutes. 3. Fittings and Specials: a. If fabricated from untested straight pipe, test to minimum pressure equal to field test pressure. b. Except as otherwise specified herein, no additional shop hydrostatic test will be required on fittings and specials fabricated from successfully tested straight pipe. C. Hydrostatically test fittings and specials with crotch plates, regardless of whether or not straight pipe sections used were previously tested. D. Joints, Lap -Welded: 1. Fit test minimum of 10 joints, selected by Engineer, of each pipe size used: a. Join pipe ends with proposed adjacent pipe end. b. Match -mark pipe ends. C. Record Actual Annular Space: 1) Maximum space at any point. Itaulk 2) Minimum space at any point. 3) Space at 90-degree intervals; top, bottom, and spring line on both sides. E. Shop Nondestructive Testing: 1. Welds: 100 percent visually examined by CWI to criteria in ASME BPVC SEC VIII, Division 1. 2. Butt -Joint Welds: 100 percent radioscopic examine in accordance with ASTM E1255. Acceptance criteria per ASME BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Paragraph UW-51. Ultrasonically examine welds that, in opinion of Engineer, cannot readily be radiographed. 3. Fillet Welds: 100 percent examine using magnetic particle inspection method in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII, Division 1. 4. Groove Welds: 100 percent ultrasonically examine those that cannot be readily radiographically spot examined in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII, Division 1. 5. Air test collars and wrappers in accordance with AWWA C206. F. Inspection of Pipe Fabrication Procedure: Select and provide independent testing agency to observe pipe fabrication. Agency staff shall have experience in observation of steel pipe fabrication in accordance with ASTM E329. Itaulk 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 21 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 Representative of agency shall be present full time while pipe is being fabricated and while protective coating and lining is applied. Agency staff shall provide a letter to Engineer certifying that pipe furnished meets requirements of this section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Joints and related work for field assembly of fittings and specials shall conform to requirements for straight pipe, unless otherwise shown. 2. Make minor field adjustments by pulling standard joints. a. Maximum Allowable Angle: 75 percent of manufacturer's recommended, or angle that results from 3/4-inch pull out from normal joint closure, whichever is less. b. Maximum Allowable Gap: 1 /8 inch between bell and spigot at weld location. 3. Horizontal deflections or fabricated angles shall fall on alignment, as shown. 4. Vertical deflections shall fall on alignment, and pipe angle point locations shall match those indicated on Drawings. 5. Pipe 30 Inches in Diameter and Larger: a. Assure that maximum penetration of spigot end into bell end is achieved through use of shop -welded tabs on inside circumference of bell end. b. Remove welded metal tabs prior to welding inside of joint. 6. Maintain stulling in place until pipe trench is backfilled to the surface. a. Out -of -Round Pipe: Pipe which deviates from a true circle by more than 1 percent shall be laid with its larger diameter vertical, or by using struts on continuous head and sill timbers to correct the vertical diameter where acceptable to the Engineer. Struts shall be left in place until the joints at each end have been completed and embedment and backfill for the section have been placed to the top of the trench. Final inspection, repair, and checking of interior lining shall be performed after the struts have been removed. b. Pipe Deflection: After completion of backfilling and before acceptance of the Work, all pipes 30 inches and larger in diameter shall be tested for excessive deflection by measuring the actual inside vertical diameter. Deflection measurements will be made by the Contractor and verified by the Owner. Pipe diametral deflection shall not exceed 2.25 percent of the nominal inside diameter measured in the vertical direction at any point in the 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 22 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 pipe. Diametral deflection greater than 2.25 percent shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Control of Temperature Stresses in Restrained Pipe: 1. Control temperature stresses in accordance with A .xJWA C206, the approved temperature stress control submittal, and these Specifications. 2. To control temperature stresses, the unbackfilled special temperature control joint areas of all pipe shall be shaded from the direct rays of the sun by the use of properly supported awnings, umbrellas, tarpaulins, or other suitable materials until the pipe is backfilled at least 1 foot over the top of the pipe. The Temperature Control Joint Area is defined as, the entire length of pipe left exposed near a control joint after placing the pipe backfill between it and the other control joints in each direction. Shading materials at the joint area shall not rest directly on the pipe but shall be supported to allow air circulation around the pipe. Shading of the pipe joints need not be performed when the ambient air temperature is below 45 degrees F. 3. At intervals not exceeding 300 feet along welded reaches of the pipeline, at the first regular lap -welded field joints outside concrete encasements and structures, and where shown, the pipe shall be supplied with a special temperature control lap joint and laid with an initial lap in accordance with the Drawings. Where temperature control lap joints occur in a traveled roadway or other inconvenient location, the location of the joint may be adjusted, as acceptable to the Engineer. 4. Provide and install thermocouple temperature gauges to monitor the temperature of the steel pipe wall as it lays in the trench. All pipe temperature requirements specified herein shall be measured at the top inside of the steel cylinder using the thermocouple gauges hereinbefore specified. Specific temperature requirements for the pipeline steel cylinder shall be met prior to installation of the trench backfill, during and after placement of trench backfill, and during welding of the special temperature control joints. If atmospheric conditions do not allow the conditions to be met, supplemental cooling shall be required by the Contractor. The following outlines the specific temperature control requirements. a. Prior to and during placement of the trench backfill, the pipeline steel temperature shall be at or below 75 degrees F. The specified temperature shall be maintained for at least three hours after the placement of backfill. Provide supplemental cooling as required. b. Placement of backfill shall proceed in the direction of pipe laying from one special temperature control joint to the next. During placement of backfill, the lead end of the pipe section (toward the next special temperature control joint) shall be left unbackfilled or otherwise unrestrained such that the end of the pipe is free to move in response to expansion or contraction due to temperature 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 23 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 changes. Backfill shall not be placed in a direction which would result in backfill placement proceeding in a direction toward previously or simultaneously placed backfill without the written permission of the Engineer. The direction of backfill placement will not be limited for placement at the short unbackfilled section immediately adjacent to the special temperature control joints. C. During period between backfill placement operations, any section of pipeline that is partially backfilled with pipe bedding zone material (less than one foot over the top of pipe) shall be shaded from the direct rays of the sun by the use of properly supported awning, umbrellas, tarpaulins, or other suitable materials until the pipe is backfilled at least 1 foot over the top of the pipe. Shading materials shall not rest directly on the pipe but shall be supported to allow air circulation around the pipe. Shading of the partially backfilled pipe need not be performed when the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager, using thermocouple data, that shading is not necessary to meet the specified temperature requirements. The temperature of the partially backfilled pipe shall not be allowed to exceed 110 degrees F at any time. Provide supplemental cooling as required. d. Prior to welding the special temperature control joints, the pipeline extending 300 feet each direction from the joint shall be maintained at or below 75 degrees F. Additionally, the pipeline extending 300 feet each direction from the joint shall be backfilled with pipe zone material to at least one foot over the top of the pipe. At or below the specified temperature, the special temperature control joints can be welded. Begin and complete the weld during the coolest interval or suitable length within a 24-hour day. Use the thermocouple data to demonstrate to the Engineer the coolest interval of the day. e. After welding any temperature control joint, the pipe temperature for 150 feet in each direction from the control joint shall be maintained below 110 degrees F for a minimum of 24 hours after the temperature control joint area has been backfilled to at least 1 foot over the top of the pipe. This requirement is in addition to the shading and backfill placement temperature requirements specified herein. 3.02 WELDING A. Conform to AWS D1.1, AWWA C206, approved welding procedures, and referenced welding codes. In case of conflict AWS D1.1 shall govern. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 24 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 B. Preheat and Interpass temperature requirements for unlisted base metals shall be determined according to AWS 131.1, Annex XI Guideline on Alternative Methods for Determining Preheat. C 19 E. Rejectable weld defects shall be repaired or redone, and retested until sound weld metal has been deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes. As a minimum, Contractor shall field weld all joints for joint restraint between the following stations: FROM TO 146+30.00 148+60.00 179+90.00 182+70.00 186+80.00 188+99.88 All fittings and specials require at least 20 feet of restrained pipe each side of fitting. F. Any changes in vertical or horizontal alignment from that provided in the drawings may necessitate a change in restrained joint lengths. Contractor shall contact Engineer any time a change in alignment is necessary. 3.03 RUBBER GASKET JOINT PIPE A. Each joint shall be checked by the Contractor, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, to determine that the pipe joint and the rubber gasket are installed properly. 3.04 REPAIR OF SHOP -APPLIED COATINGS A. Exterior surfaces of steel pipe, specials, and fittings shall be inspected upon delivery to Job Site and just prior to backfilling trench. B. Repair of Cement Mortar Coating: Field repairs shall be made in accordance with AWWA C205. 3.05 COATING OF FIELD -WELDED JOINTS A. Using Cement Mortar: Applied to joints in accordance with AWWA C205. 3.06 HEAT SHRINK SLEEVES FOR BURIED, BOLTED CONNECTIONS A. Apply in accordance with AWWA C216 and sleeve manufacturer's written instructions. B. Overlap existing pipe coating 3 inches, minimum. Cover pipe surfaces not coated by shop applied coating system. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02501 25 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 C. Clean and prepare pipe surface in accordance with AWWA C216. D. Clean 8 to 10 inches onto shop applied coating as recommended by sleeve manufacturer. E. Apply filler around fasteners, and coupling follower rings, flanges and other irregular surfaces as required to eliminate all voids under heat shrink sleeve. F. Preheat pipe and apply sleeve in with manufacturer's recommended heating equipment. G. Holiday test completed sleeve installation and repair defects in accordance with AWWA C216 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.07 FIELD -APPLIED CEMENT -MORTAR LINING A. General: 1. Except for requirements specified in this section, lining of steel pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C602. 2. After joints are welded, air tested, and coated, and bedding and backfill have been placed, begin cleaning and lining operation with approval of Engineer. a. Access for cleaning and lining operations shall be at pipe access manholes or pipe ends. No cutting of openings in pipe will be allowed, unless approved in writing by Engineer. Upon approval by Engineer, openings may be cut into pipe in order to gain entry for placing lining. Repair of openings, welding, repair of coatings, and backfilling shall conform to other portions of these Specifications. 3. Internal Cleaning: a. Prior to placing lining, pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter, including water. b. Cleaning may be by hand or mechanical method that is approved by Engineer. C. Waste materials and water from cleaning operations shall not be passed through sections of existing pipe or pipe that has already been lined. d. No pipe shall be lined until inspected and approved by Engineer. 4. Protection of Appurtenances: a. Prevent mortar from being thrown into pipe openings in accordance with AWWA C602. b. Outlet openings shall be trimmed, smoothed, and beveled. C. Damaged or defective areas shall be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02501 26 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 3.08 LINING APPLICATION AT JOINTS A. Cement -Mortar Lining: for pipe with shop applied cement -mortar lining, place lining at joints in accordance with AWWA C205. 3.09 CATHODIC PROTECTION A. Apply to pipe as shown and as specified in Section 13990, Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection System. 3.10 PIPE JOINT BONDING A. Bond all non -welded joints of steel pipe that is buried or partially buried as shown and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding; and Test Stations. 3.11 INSULATING FLANGES A. Install insulating flanges as shown and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Welding: 1. All welds (100 percent inspection) shall be VT inspected by Contractor's CWI and marked to indicate acceptance or rejection 2. Test butt -strap or double -welded lap joint welds by pressurizing connection between the two fillet welds in accordance with AWWA C206. a. Apply air or other Engineer -approved gas into connection between the two fillet welds. b. Paint welds with soap solution. C. Mark leaks indicated by escaping gas bubbles. d. Close threaded openings with flush pipe plugs or by welding them. 3. Inspect 10 percent of all butt joint welds with full circumference RT. 4. Inspect 10 percent of all lap joint welds PT or MT 5. Weld Acceptance: a. If, in the opinion of Engineer, inspections indicate inadequate quality of welds, percentage of welds inspected shall be increased. b. Welds to be inspected, if less than 100 percent rate, shall be selected at random by Engineer. C. VT: Perform VT per AWS D1.1 Paragraph 6.9, Visual Inspection, Statically Loaded Nontubular Connections. d. UT: Perform UT of CJP groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Paragraph 6.13.1. 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 27 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 e. RT: Perform RT of CJP butt joint welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Paragraph 6.12.1. f. PT or MT: 1) Perform on fillet and PJP groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Paragraph 6.10. 2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards specified above. g. Remove in manner that permits proper and complete repair by welding. h. Caulking or peening of defective welds is not permitted. i. Retest unsatisfactory welds. 6. Submit test results to Engineer. 7. Owner will conduct random nondestructive inspections of field -welded joints. Inspections will be of an appropriate type for weld being evaluated. Possible types of inspection include, but are not limited to, radiographs, magnetic particle, and ultrasonic. Testing will be performed and evaluated per AWS D1.1. Provide CWI access to the Work. B. Hydrostatic Testing: 1. Pipeline Field Hydrostatic Test: See Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 3.13 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at Site full-time for the first three weeks of pipe installation, and after that as needed by the Contractor or requested by the Owner throughout the length of the project for installation assistance and inspection, at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 2, 2007 02501 28 WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 Awkk SECTION 02504 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society of Non -Destructive Testing: SNT-Tc-lA, Personnel Qualification and Certification of Non -Destructive Testing. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications, Part QW Welding. 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C200, Steel Water Pipe-6 in. (150 mm) and Larger. Aaftk b. C205, Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe-4 in. (100 mm) and Larger —Shop Applied. C. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. d. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service —Sizes 4 in. through 144 in. (100 mm through 3,600 mm). e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. f. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar -Wrapped, Steel -Cylinder Type. g. M9, Concrete Pressure Pipe. 4. American Welding Society (AWS): a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination. b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions Including Terms for Adhesive Bonding, Brazing, Soldering, Thermal Cutting, and Thermal Spraying. C. D1.1/D1.1M, Structural Welding Code —Steel. d. 1313, Structural Welding Code —Sheet Steel. e. DIA, Structural Welding Code —Reinforcing Steel. f. QC I, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors. Aaftk 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 1 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GNl 5. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot - Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties. b. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials.Used in Construction. 6. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): ISO 9001:2000, Quality Management Systems —Requirements. 7. Steel Plate Fabricators Association (SPFA). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Fittings and Specials: Including, but not limited to fittings, closure pieces, bends, elbows, reducers, tees, wyes, bifurcations, crosses, outlets, manifolds, nozzles, wall sleeves, bulkheads, and other piping and appurtenances fabricated from steel plate, sheet, or coils as required to provide the Work, complete. Specials shall also include piping above ground or inside structures. B. Acronyms: 1. CJP: Complete Joint Penetration. 2. CWI: Certified Welding Inspector. 3. MT: Magnetic Particle Testing. 4. NDE: Nondestructive Examination. 5. NDT: Nondestructive Testing. 6. PJP: Partial Joint Penetration. 7. PQR: Procedure Qualification Record. 8. PT: Liquid Penetrant Testing. 9. RT: Radiographic Testing. 10. UT: Ultrasonic Testing. 11. VT: Visual Testing. 12. WPQ: Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification. 13. WPS: Welding Procedure Specification. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design pipe in accordance with AWWA C303, Contract Drawings, and the following conditions: L Working Pressure: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. As 'c, te/ �� s �f� •� o:sa o 2. Surge Pressure:�H 3. Field Test Pressure: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 4. Minimum Earth Cover: 5 feet. 5. Maximum Earth Cover: 0 feet. /7' 6. Weight of Earth Cover: 125 pcf. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 2 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 7. Trench Bedding Condition: 53-Redding. As i &d, cR ieJ , � S•�fion 0 23 zoo T e..,-/, Rc 8. Backfill Condition: ,4s '-•d;uf,�d i� S0tj20 9. Live Load: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 10. Thermal Change: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 11. Allowable E' Value: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 12. Thrust Force in All Restrained Pipe: As indicated in ection 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 13. Allowable Vacuum: As indicated in Section 02500, conveyance Piping — General. B. Provide a polyethylene or other suitable bulkhead on the ends of the pipe and on all specials and fitting openings to prevent drying out of the lining. All bulkheads shall be substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and storage until the pipe is installed. C. Design fittings, bends, and specials in accordance with AWWA C200 and the requirements of Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings; provide minimum wall thickness as shown in Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings. D. Design bulkhead,. closure, or test plug as needed for closure of sections and for field hydrostatic testing. E. Design and locate weld lead outlets, as needed. F. Design and locate flushing and sampling ports, as needed, for hydrostatic testing and disinfection. G. Deflection calculations based on the full positive projection load at the transition trench width, unless noted otherwise. H. Pipe Layout Drawings: Prepare complete pipeline layout, in accordance with AWWA Manual M9 including the following: 1. General: a. Base stationing and elevation convention as shown on Contract Drawings. b. Maximum Laying Lengths: 32 feet maximum, unless specifically shown otherwise. C. Joint deflection shall be limited to 75 percent of manufacturer's recommended amount. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 3 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 d. Include on Drawings as Minimum: Specific pipe number, " location, and direction of each pipe, joint, and fitting or special. Number each pipe in sequence. 1) Station and invert elevation at changes in grade or horizontal alignment. 2) Station and invert elevation to which bell end of each pipe will be laid. 3) Elements of curves and bends, both in horizontal and vertical alignment. 4) Location of mitered pipe sections, beveled ends for alignment conformance, butt straps, and deep bell lap joints for temperature stress control. 5) Location of closures, cutoff sections for length adjustment, temporary access manways, vents, and weld lead outlets for construction convenience. a) Provide for adjustment in pipe laying headings and to conform to indicated stationing. b) Changes in location or number will require Engineer approval. 6) Location of bulkheads, both those shown and as required, for hydrostatic testing of pipeline. I. Welding Procedure Specification (WPS): 1. Welding of steel cylinders shall be qualified by testing in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX for shop welds and AWS D1.1/D1.1M for field welds. 2. Shop welding of reinforcing steel shall be qualified per AWS D1.4. 3. Shop welding of sheet steel, less than 1/8-inch thickness, shall be qualified per AWS D1.3. 4. PQRs conducted on unlisted base metal (most coil products are unlisted base metals) to be production welded as required in the referenced welding code shall be traceable to heat lots. 5. Written WPS required for welds, both shop and field. J. Stulling (Strutting): Adequate strutting shall be designed and provided by the pipe manufacturer on all specials, fittings, and straight pipe so as to avoid damage to the pipe and fittings during handling, storage, hauling, and installation. The strutting shall be six -point and tight fitting to prevent pipe deflection. For bar -wrapped concrete pressure pipe, the following requirements shall apply: The strutting shall be placed as soon as practicable after the mortar lining has been applied and shall remain in place while the pipe is loaded, transported, unloaded, installed, and backfilled at the Site. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 4 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.05 181378A.GN 1 2. The strutting materials, size, and spacing shall be the: responsibility of the Contractor and shall be adequate to prevent deflection and support the earth backfill plus any greater loads which may be imposed by the backfilling and compaction equipment. One strut shall be placed vertical when pipe is oriented with top up. One set of struts shall be set 2 feet from each end of each pipe section and at a maximum interval of 15 feet in-between. 3. Strutting on shop -lined pipe shall consist of stulls and wood wedges. Strutting shall be installed in a manner that will not harm the lining. 4. Any pipe damaged during handling, hauling, storage, or installation due to improper strutting shall be repaired or replaced.. SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Design calculations for pipe, reinforcing, fittings, specials, welding, and joint designs, including the following: 1) Cylinder thickness, bar wrap diameter and spacing for each pipe pressure and load classification design. 2) Manufacturing tolerances. 3) Maximum angular deflection limitations of field joints. b. Complete data and fabrication plans and details for pipe, fittings, and joints, including all reinforcement dimensions and spacing. C. Pipeline layout drawings showing the location of each pipe section, including the following: 1) Closure sections and cutoffs for field length adjustment. 2) Bulkheads, including details for removal of test bulkheads and repair of lining. 3) Weld lead outlets and plugs. 4) Stulling size, spacing, and layout. d. Type and amount of concrete admixtures. e. Welding procedure specifications. f. Proposed thrust restraint system for restrained joints including drawing details, materials, calculations, assembly ratings, and pipe attachment methods. g. Drawings and calculations shall be sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 2. Product Data for the following: a. Pipe: 1) Material data. 2) Chemical and physical test reports showing data consistent with specified requirements for each heat of steel proposed for use. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 5 BAR-WIR APPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 Rubber Gasket Joint: 1) Material data. 2) Details with dimensions and fabrication tolerances for both bell and spigot ends. 3) Performance history or test data. C. Material for protecting interior and exterior of joints including evidence of NSF certification. Welding Data (Shop and Field): a. Show on a weld map, complete information regarding base metal specification designation, location, type, size, and extent of welds with reference called out for WPS and NDE numbers in tail of welding symbol. b. Distinguish between shop and field welds. C. Indicate, by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints and preparation of base metal. Provide complete joint welding details showing bevels, groove angles, and root openings for all welds. d. For pipe fittings, provide a joint weld beveling diagram. Refer to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Annex G Local Dihedral Angle that can be used to calculate bevels for weld joint details of intersecting pipes. e. Welding and NDE symbols shall be in accordance with AWS A2.4. f. Welding terms and definitions shall be in accordance with AWS A3.0. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 2. Manufacturing material test specimens and test reports. 3. Letter from independent testing agency certifying that pipe furnished meets requirements of this section. 4. Pipe manufacturer's written Quality Assurance/Control Plan. 5. Statements of Qualification: a. Pipe manufacturer. b. Fittings and specials fabricator. C. Welders or Welding Operators: 1) Name of welder. 2) Welding procedures/positions for which welder is qualified to weld. 3) Assigned certification stamp number. 4) Certification date. 5) Current certification status. d. Certified Welding Inspector. e. NDT Quality Control Personnel. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 6 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 6. Procedures: Shop and Field Welding: At a minimum include a complete welding code paper trail with linkage to Shop Drawings that includes the following: 1) Written WPS and PQR: Provide complete joint dimensions and details showing bevels, groove angles, root face, and root openings for welds. 2) Written NDT procedures. 3) Current WPQ. 4) Written description of proposed sequencing of events or special techniques such as: a) Controlling pipe wall temperature stress during installation. b) Minimizing distortion of steel. c) Shop -Applied Cement -Mortar Lining: Include description of machine to be used and list of similar projects where machine was used. Identify pipe size and total footage. d) Monitoring pipeline temperatures during installation. b. Written weld repair procedures for the Work:. C. Field coating application and repair. d. Field lining application and repair. e. Written consumable control procedure for welding materials demonstrating: 1) How consumables will be stored to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2) How consumables, such as welding rod, will be dried in ovens, prior to use. 3) How consumables that become wet will be reconditioned. 7. Reports: a. Source Quality Control Test Reports: 1) Hydrostatic testing. 2) Destructive weld testing. 3) Nondestructive weld testing. 4) Steel impact testing using Charpy V-notch method. 5) Coating and lining factory Site visit letter by qualified manufacturer's technical representative. b. Field Quality Control Test Reports: 1) Weld tests, including re-examination of repaired welds, on each weld joint for the following tests, as applicable: a) Visual Testing (VT). b) Radiographic Testing (RT). c) Ultrasonic Testing (UT). d) Magnetic Particle Testing (MT). e) Liquid Penetrant Testing (PT). laffsk 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 7 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 f) Leak Testing (LT). 2) Coating and lining Site inspection letter by qualified technical representative. Cement -mortar lining compressive strength tests in accordance with AWWA C205. d. Cement -mortar coating absorption tests in accordance with AWWA C205. Field Hydrostatic Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and at minimum, include the following: a. Testing dates. b. Piping systems and section(s) to be tested. C. Method of isolation. d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s) to be tested. 9. Certification of Calibration:. Approved testing laboratory certificate if pressure gauge for hydrostatic test has been previously used. If pressure gauge is new, no certificate is required. 10. Test report documentation. 11. Temperature stress control submittal. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Pipe Manufacturer: a. Experienced in fabricating pipe of similar diameters, lengths, and wall thickness required for the Work. b. Certification by Steel Plate Fabricators Association (SPFA), Lloyd's Registry, or ISO 9001:2000. C. Demonstrate current production capability for volume of work required for this Project. d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to AWWA C303 standards of at least 10,000 linear feet of 54-inch diameter or larger pipe, with design classification of 100 psi working pressure or greater, within past 5-year period. e. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication plant facilities and personnel, not company or corporation that currently owns fabrication facility or employs personnel. 2. Fittings and Specials Fabricator: a. Experienced in fabricating fittings and specials of similar diameters and wall thickness required for the Work. b. Certification by Steel Plate Fabricators Association (SPFA), Lloyd's Registry, or ISO 9001:2000. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 8 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 C. Demonstrate current production capability for volume of work required for this Project. d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to AWWA C200/AWWA C208 standards of at least 25 fittings of 54-inch or larger pipe, with wall thickness of 0.270 inch(es) or greater, within past 5-year period. e. Experience shall include successful fabrication of at least five crotch plate fittings or specials requiring post weld heat treatment within past 5-year period. f. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication shop facilities and personnel, not company or corporation that currently owns fabrication facility or employs personnel. 3. Welders and Welding Operators: a. Shop Welders: In accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX. b. Field Welders: In accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 4. Certified Welding Inspector (CWI): a. In accordance with AWS QC I, with knowledge of appropriate welding code for the Work. b. After receiving CWI qualification, CWI shall have at least 5 years of professional experience related to welding inspection similar to the Work. 5. NDT Quality Control Personnel: a. In accordance with requirements of ASNT SNT-TC-IA, Level II. b. After receiving NDT qualification, NDT personnel shall have at least 5 years of professional experience related to NDT inspection similar to the Work. B. Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) for Shop Welding: 1. In accordance with AWWA C200 and as follows. 2. Responsibilities: a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper storage. b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS. C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications. d. Monitor conformance of WPQ. e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after shop welding. f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results. g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of inspection and testing. C. Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) for Field Welding: 1. In accordance with AWWA C206, AWS DI. 1/D1.IM, and as follows. 2. Responsibilities: 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 9 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.07 181378A.GN I a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper storage. b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS. C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications. d. Monitor conformance of WPQ. e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after field welding. f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results. g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of inspection and testing. D. Prefabrication Meeting: At the discretion of the Owner, hold prior to fabrication of pipe, fittings, or specials between representatives of Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and pipe fabricator to review the following: 1. Project scope. 2. Submittal requirements. 3. Testing. 4. Inspection responsibilities. 5. Shop welding requirements. 6. Field welding requirements. 7. Shop and field coating and lining requirements. 8. Production and delivery schedule. 9. Other issues pertinent to the Work. DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. Pipe Marking: Mark each pipe section in accordance with AWWA C303. In addition, mark each pipe section as follows: 1. Special pipe sections and fittings shall be marked at each end with notation "TOP FIELD CENTERLINE". 2. Mark "TOP MATCH POINT" for compound bends per AWWA C208 so end rotations can be easily oriented in field. B. Delivery: 1. Securely bulkhead or otherwise seal ends of pipe, specials, and fittings prior to loading. 2. Pipe ends shall remain sealed until installation. 3. Damage to pipe, fittings, or specials, including linings and coatings, found upon delivery to Site, shall be repaired to Engineer's satisfaction or the pipe shall be removed from Site and replaced. C. Storage: 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 10 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 1. Support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling; and to avoid contact with mud, water, or other deleterious materials. 2. Support on sand or earth berms free of rock exceeding 2 inches in diameter. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Notify Engineer in writing of the following: 1. Pipe Manufacturing: Not less than 14 days prior to starting. 2. Not less than 5 days prior to start of each of the following: a. Welding. b. Coating application. C. Lining application. d. Shop hydrostatic testing. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Pipe shall conform to requirements of AWWA C303, except as modified herein. B. Pipe shall be manufactured and inspected specifically for this Project, and shall not be taken from manufacturer's inventory. C. Pipe: 1. Manufacturing of bar wrapped concrete cylinder pipe, fittings, and specials shall be under direction of one pipe supplier. 2. Responsibility shall include, at minimum, coordinating work of other suppliers for fittings and specials. D. Joint rings for push -on joints shall be manufactured from Carnegie type shapes, suitable for the pressures applied. E. The inside diameter shall not be less than the nominal diameter shown or specified. F. Fittings and specials shall be manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked to comply with AWWA C200 and additional requirements of these Contract Documents, including the requirements of Section 025011, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings. 2.02 CEMENT A. Cement: Type II. ltaftk 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 11 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GNl B. Cement for mortar lining and coating shall not originate from kilns which burn metal -rich hazardous waste fuel, nor shall a flyash or pozzolan be used as a cement replacement. 2.03 STEEL FOR CYLINDER AND FITTINGS A. Steel for Cylinders and Fittings: Conform to the requirements of Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings. B. The steel cylinder and bar reinforcement criteria and stress limits as stated in AWWA C303, Section 4.5.2.2 shall apply, except that the area of bar reinforcement shall not exceed 40 percent of the total steel area (cylinder plus rod reinforcement). C. Minimum bar diameter shall not be less than 5/16 inch. D. Under the combined effect of the working pressure and surge pressure, the average circumferential stress in the steel cylinder and bar reinforcement of the pipe shall not exceed the values stated in AWWA C303. 2.04 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS A. All specials and fittings shall conform to dimensions of AWWA C208. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Pipe: Bar wrapped concrete cylinder pipe shall consist of a steel cylinder with attached steel joint rings, centrifugally lined with portland cement -mortar, spirally wrapped with circumferential wrapped steel reinforcing bars under measured tension and coated with portland cement -mortar. The interior of the pipe shall be coated with mortar as noted herein. B. Pipe With Restrained Joints: Where transmission of load from one pipe to the next via field welded or otherwise restrained joints is anticipated, the load - path shall be adequately designed for structural transmission of load as follows: 1. The cylinder thickness shall be capable of meeting the pipe thrust requirements assuming the area of rod reinforcement does not contribute to axial load restraint. 2. The cylinder thickness shall be constant throughout each section of restrained joint pipe. 3. Joint rings and associated welds shall be designed for structural transmission of load in addition to watertight requirements. 4. Axial load for cylinder design. shall be the greater of the following load combinations: a. Full test pressure times area (Pt*A) plus soil drag. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 12 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 Aa"► b. Temperature change plus effect of Poisson's ratio plus soil drag. 5. The bell and spigot joint, when assembled, shall be designed to permit adequate room for field welding and inspection. Minimum space between shoulder of bell and spigot, when assembled shall not be less than 2 inches. 6. Cylinder to joint ring assembly fit -up shall be limited as follows: the difference in circumferential measurement between ID of bell and spigot rings and OD of steel cylinders and shall not exceed 0.400 inch. If the root opening exceeds 1/16 inch, the size of the fillet weld shall be increased according to the root opening. 7. Joint rings shall be attached to pipe with double fillet or groove welds. 8. Spigot rings shall be manufactured per ASTM A675, except that carbon content shall not exceed 0.25 percent, manganese content shall not exceed 1.35 percent and the steel shall contain no lead. Two tension and two bend tests shall be conducted on each heat of steel as specified in ASTM A675. Tension and bend specimens shall be oriented in the direction of field load application. 9. Applicable provisions of AWS D1.1/D1.1M or AWS D1.3 Structural Welding Codes shall apply to welded steel components fabricated to this Specification. C. Pipe Laying Lengths: .r�► 1. Minimum or maximum individual pipe length shall be determined by pipe manufacturer and as allowed under the approved lay schedule submittal, unless otherwise noted. 2. All non -restrained pipe that is deflected or that has mitered joints in order to maintain alignment on horizontal or vertical curves shall have a minimum length of 8 feet, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2.06 FABRICATION OF FITTINGS AND SPECIALS: A. Steel plates or sheets conforming to the requirements of Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings. B. Fabrication: 1. Shop fabricate only, no field fabrication will be allowed, unless approved by Engineer. 2. Fabricate from materials of straight pipe in full conformance with requirements of these Contract Documents and dimensions of AWWA C208, unless otherwise indicated. C. Lining and Coating: Cement mortar in accordance with AWWA C303. .nk 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 13 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 2.07 FIELD JOINTS A. Typical field welded joint in restrained sections shall be double fillet lap joint welded. B. Butt Joint Welded: As needed for closures or other locations required for construction. Plain ends beveled as required by AWWA C200 and Contractor's field WPS. C. Lap Joint Welded: 1. Double fillet lap joints in preparation for field welding shall be in accordance with AWWA C200. 2. For pipe 30 inches in diameter and larger, tack weld four metal tabs at equal intervals around inside circumference of bell ends to indicate location at which spigot end has reached maximum penetration into bell. Remove stops after welding of joint. D. Double welded lap joints and butt -strap joints shall be tapped and drilled for testing in accordance with AWWA C206. 2.08 THERMAL CONTROL JOINTS A. Where restrained joints are indicated, a special longer joint (thermal control lap joint) shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 300 feet to account for movement of the installed pipe due to temperature changes. The Contractor shall determine the length required for the longer joint as defined by the Contractor's pipe laying procedures and the location of the special joint. 2.09 FLANGES AND GASKETS A. Conform to AWWA C207. 2.10 WELD LEAD OUTLETS A. Provide as needed by Contractor and as approved by Engineer. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection of Pipe Fabrication Procedure: Select and provide independent testing agency to observe pipe fabrication. Agency staff shall have experience in observation of concrete pipe fabrication in accordance with ASTM E329. Representative of the agency shall be present full time while pipe is being fabricated and while protective coating and lining is applied. Provide a letter to Engineer certifying that pipe furnished meets requirements of this section. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 14 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 B. Materials Testing: Test concrete, mortar, rubber for gaskets, and welds in accordance with AWWA C303. Steel testing shall conform to the requirements of Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings. C. Hydrostatic test steel cylinders in accordance with AWWA C303. D. Plant inspection by the Owner/Engineer will not be performed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect each pipe and verify size, condition, and class prior to placement. B. Clean each pipe and inspect for damage prior to placement. C. Repair any damage to the coating and lining system prior to installation. D. Remove any pipes from the Project with damage to the barrel or joint rings, and replace with undamaged pipe meeting this Specification. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Handle and install pipe sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and AWWA Manual M9. B. Immediately notify Engineer if pipe is damaged during installation process. C. Pipe to be laid directly on prepared and shaped bedding, excavation for bell holes required. D. Lay pipe in the order shown on supplier's approved Shop Drawings. E. Adequately lubricate each pipe joint as defined in Manual M9 prior to joining. F. Equalize the volume of the gasket by moving a metal rod around the pipe, between gasket and spigot ring. G. Align bell and spigot squarely be for insertion, tilling of the pipe will not be allowed. H. Check installed gaskets for displacement using a feeler gauge around the full circumference of the pipe, as approved by Engineer. If gasket is not centered around the joint, disassemble and relubricate, install new gasket (if gasket was damaged) and reassemble, then recheck the gasket location. 1. The interior exposed surfaces of the joint rings shall be protected by pointing with non -shrink grout in accordance with the recommendations and -h 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 15 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 procedures in AWWA Manual M9. Metallizing of the surfaces with zinc or other products is not an acceptable alternative. J. The exterior joint space shall be grouted in accordance with the recommendations and procedures in AWWA Manual M9. K. Joints and related work for field assembly of fittings and specials shall conform to requirements for straight pipe, unless otherwise shown. L. Pipe alignment or grade may be changed slightly by Engineer to avoid obstructions. Make minor field adjustments by pulling standard joints. 1. Maximum Allowable Deflection Angle: 75 percent of manufacturer's recommended, or angle that results from 3/4-inch pull out from normal joint closure, whichever is less. 2. Maximum Allowable Gap: 1/8 inch between bell and spigot at weld location. M. Horizontal deflections or fabricated angles shall fall on alignment, as shown. N. Vertical deflections shall fall on alignment, and pipe angle point locations shall match those indicated on Drawings. O. Lay pipelines uphill on slopes greater than 10 percent. Block or hold pipe in place until backfilled, if placement is down hill (any grade). P. Do not place pipe on frozen ground, or ground that has frost penetration. Ensure backfill is in place before frost or ice can form during cold weather installations. Q. Pipe 30 Inches in Diameter and Larger with Welded Joints: I. Ensure that maximum allowed penetration of spigot end into bell end is achieved through use of shop -welded tabs on inside circumference of bell end. 2. Remove welded metal tabs prior to welding inside of joint. R. Pipe struts shall be left in place until backfilling operations have been completed. A laboratory selected and paid by the Owner may monitor pipe deflection by measuring pipe inside diameter before struts are removed and 24 hours after struts are removed. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 1.6 percent 24 hours after the struts are removed. After the backfill has been placed, the struts shall be removed and shall remain the property of the Contractor. Stulls and wedges shall be removed without damage to any coatings. Struts welded to steel cylinder shall not be removed with a torch or any other method that may damage the pipe lining or coating. The parent pipe material shall not be nicked, gouged, or damaged during strut removal. Tack welds, stull metal, 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 16 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 Q. Pipe 30 Inches in Diameter and Larger with Welded Joints: 1. Ensure that maximum allowed penetration of spigot end into bell end is achieved through use of shop -welded tabs on inside circumference of bell end. 2. Remove welded metal tabs prior to welding inside of joint. R. Pipe struts shall be left in place until backfilling operations have been completed. A laboratory selected and paid by the Owner may monitor pipe deflection by measuring pipe inside diameter before struts are removed and 24 hours after struts are removed. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 1.6 percent 24 hours after the struts are removed. After the backfill has been placed, the struts shall be removed and shall remain the property of the Contractor. Stulls and wedges shall be removed without damage to any coatings. Struts welded to steel cylinder shall not be removed with a torch or any other method that may damage the pipe lining or coating. The parent pipe material shall not be nicked, gouged, or damaged during strut removal. Tack welds, stull metal, weld splatter, slag, and burrs that remain attached to the parent metal surface after cutting shall be ground to with 1 /32-inch of the parent metal. Grinding shall not penetrate the parent metal. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to grinding. Following grinding, all pipe surfaces at the tack weld shall be visually inspected for defects. All defects deeper than 1/16-inch shall be repaired by welding in accordance with AN D 1.1 and A*Wkl ANSI/AWWA C206. All inspection work shall be performed by a certified welding inspector. 3.03 WELDING A. Conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, AWWA C206, approved welding procedures, and referenced welding codes. In case of conflict AWS D 1.1 /D 1.1 M shall govern. B. Preheat and Interpass temperature requirements for unlisted base metals shall be determined according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Annex XI Guideline on Alternative Methods for Determining Preheat. C. Rejected weld defects shall be repaired or removed and replaced, and retested until sound weld metal has been deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes. D. As a minimum, Contractor shall field weld all joints for joint restraint between the following stations: FROM TO 146+30.00 148+40.00 179+80.00 182+70.00 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 17 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER. PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN1 FROM TO 187+00.00 188+99.88 E. All fittings require at least 20 feet of restrained pipe each side of fitting. F. Any changes in vertical or horizontal alignment from that provided in the drawings may necessitate a change in restrained joint lengths. Contractor shall contact Engineer any time a change in alignment is necessary. 3.04 CATHODIC PROTECTION A. Apply to pipe as shown and as specified in Section 13990, Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection System. 3.05 PIPE JOINT BONDING A. Bond all non -welded joints of pipe that is buried or partially buried as shown and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations. 3.06 INSULATING FLANGES A. Install insulating flanges as shown and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations. 3.07 THERMAL CONTROL JOINTS A. Control temperature stresses in accordance with AWWA C206, the approved Temperature Stress Control submittal, and these Specifications. B. To control temperature stresses, the temperature control joint areas of the pipe. shall be shaded from the direct rays of the sun by the use of properly supported awnings, umbrellas, tarpaulins, or other suitable materials. The `Temperature Control Joint Area' is defined as the entire length of pipe left exposed near a control joint after placing the pipe backfill between it and the other control joints in each direction. Shading materials at the joint area shall not rest directly on the pipe but shall be supported to allow air circulation around the pipe. Shading of the pipe joints need not be performed when the ambient air temperature is below 45 degrees F. C. At intervals not exceeding 300 feet along welded reaches of the pipeline, and where shown, the pipe shall be laid with an initial lap in accordance with the Drawings. Where temperature control joints occur in a traveled roadway or other inconvenient location, the location of the shrinkage control joint may be adjusted, as acceptable to the Engineer. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 18 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 3.08 181378A.GN1 Engineer. The direction of embedment placement will not be limited for placement at the short unbackfilled section immediately adjacent to the temperature control joints. 2. During period between embedment placement operations, any section of pipeline that is partially backfilled with embedment (less than one foot over the top of pipe) shall be shaded from the direct rays of the sun by the use of properly supported awnings, umbrellas, tarpaulins, or other suitable materials until the pipe is backfilled at least 1 foot over the top of the pipe. Shading materials shall not rest directly on the pipe but shall be supported to allow air circulation around the pipe. Shading of the partially backfilled pipe need not be performed when the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer, using thermocouple data, that shading is not necessary to meet the specified temperature requirements. The temperature of the partially backfilled pipe shall not be allowed to exceed 110 degrees Fahrenheit at any time. Provide supplemental cooling as required. 3. Prior to welding the temperature control joints, the pipeline extending 300 feet each direction from the joint shall be maintained at or below 75 degrees F. Additionally, the pipeline extending 300 feet each direction from the joint shall be backfilled with embedment to at least one foot over the top of the pipe. At the specified temperature, the temperature control joints can be welded. Begin and complete the weld during the coolest interval of suitable length within a 24-hour day. Use the thermocouple data to demonstrate to the Engineer the coolest interval of the day. 4. After welding any temperature control joint, the pipe temperature for 150 feet in each direction from the control joint shall be maintained below 110 degrees F for a minimum of 24 hours after the temperature control joint area has been backfilled to at least 1 foot over the top of the pipe. This requirement is in addition to the shading and embedment placement temperature requirements specified herein. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Welding: 1. Welds (100 percent inspection) shall be VT inspected by Contractor's CWI and marked to indicate acceptance or rejection 2. Test butt -strap or double -welded lap joint welds or welded joints with gaskets by pressurizing connection between the two fillet welds or between the weld and the gasket in accordance with AWWA C206. a. Apply air or other Engineer -approved gas into connection between the two fillet welds. b. If joint fails air test, paint welds with soap solution. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 19 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378A.GN 1 C. Mark leaks indicated by escaping gas bubbles and repair or remove and replace the weld, as noted above. d. After acceptance of the joint air test, close threaded openings with flush pipe plugs or by welding them. 3. Inspect 10 percent of butt joint welds with full circumference RT. 4. Inspect 10 percent of lap joint welds PT or MT. 5. Weld Acceptance: a. If, in the opinion of Engineer, inspections indicate inadequate quality of welds, percentage of welds inspected shall be increased. b. Welds to be inspected, if less than 100 percent rate, shall be selected at random by Engineer. C. VT: Perform VT per AWS D1.1/DI.1M Paragraph 6.9. d. UT: Perform UT of CJP groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/DI.1M, Paragraph 6.13.1. e. RT: Perform RT of CJP butt joint welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Paragraph 6.12.1. f. PT or MT: 1) Perform on fillet and PJP groove welds in accordance with AWS- D1.1/DI.1M, Paragraph 6.10. 2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards specified above. g. Remove in manner that permits proper and complete repair by welding. h. Caulking or peening of defective welds is not permitted. i. Repair or remove and replace and retest rejected welds. 6. Submit test results to Engineer. 7. Owner will conduct random nondestructive inspections of field -welded joints. Inspections will be of an appropriate type for weld being evaluated. Possible types of inspection include, but are not limited to, radiographs, magnetic particle, and ultrasonic. Testing will be performed and evaluated per AWS D1.1/D1.1M. Provide access to the Work. B. Hydrostatic Testing Pipeline Field Hydrostatic Test: See Section 02500, Conveyance Piping — General. 3.09 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at site full-time for the first three weeks of pipe installation, and after that as needed by the Contractor or requested by the Owner throughout the length of the project for installation assistance and inspection. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 02504 20 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 181378a.gnl SECTION 13990 GALVANIC ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 2.04 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. B843, Standard Specification for Magnesium Alloy Anodes for Cathodic Protection b. G97, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Evaluation of Magnesium Sacrificial Anode Test Specimens for Underground Applications. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 2.05 DEFINITIONS A. Ferrous Metal Pipe: Pipe made of steel or iron, and pipe containing steel or iron as a principle structural material, except reinforced concrete. B. Lead, Lead Wires, Joint Bonds, Cable: Insulated copper conductor; the same as wire. C. Pipe Section: A single fitting or a single piece of pipe less than 20 feet in length. Pipe Sections between 20 and 40 feet in length shall be treated as two Pipe Sections. Each 20 feet of pipe and fittings with joint bonds may be treated as one Pipe Section. 2.06 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Catalog cuts and other information for products to be used. B. Informational Submittals: L Compliance Statement: Provide compliance statement that galvanic anode composition meets chemical requirements specified herein. 2. Test data for open circuit potential measurements and electrochemical capacity for high potential magnesium anodes, as specified herein. 3. Field test reports. 4. Cathodic Protection Specialist qualifications. 181378.tm March 20, 2007 13390 ADDENDUM NO. 1 1 GALVANIC ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 181378a.gnl 2.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cathodic Protection Specialist Qualifications: National Association of Corrosion Engineers (MACE) certified. 2.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: Provide electrode packaged in a plastic or heavy paper bag of sufficient thickness to protect electrode, backfill, and cloth bag during normal shipping and handling. B. Store prepackaged anodes off the ground and keep them dry. Protect against weather, condensation, and mechanical damage. Immediately remove wet or mechanically damaged prepackaged anodes from Site. Handle anodes with care to prevent loss of backfill material. Do not lift or hold anodes by lead wire. PART 2 PRODUCTS 3.04 GALVANIC ANODES A. Magnesium Anodes: 1. Composition: High potential magnesium, ASTM B843, Grade MIC. Aoftk 2. Open Circuit Potential and Electrochemical Capacity: a. Open Circuit Potential: Negative 1.70 volts or more negative to a copper -copper sulfate reference electrode. b. Electrochemical Capacity: 490 ampere hours at 50 percent efficiency, minimum. C. As determined by laboratory testing using ASTM G97. 3. Dimensions: a. Length: 30 inches minimum. b. Bare Weight: 48 pounds minimum. B. Anode Wire: Furnish each anode with No. 12 AWG stranded copper wire with THHN insulation, 10 feet long, minimum. C. Wire -to -Anode Connection: Manufacturer's standard. Anode connection shall be stronger than the wire. D. Backfill: 1. Composition: a. Ground Hydrated Gypsum: 75 percent. b. Powdered Wyoming Bentonite: 20 percent. C. Anhydrous Sodium Sulfate: 5 percent. 181378.tm March 20, 2007 13390 ADDENDUM NO. 1 2 GALVANIC ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 181378a.gnl 2. Grain Size: 100 percent passing through a 20-mesh screen and .�► 50 percent retained by a 100-mesh screen. 3. Mixture: Thoroughly mixed and firmly packaged around galvanic anode within cloth bag by means of adequate vibration. 4. Quantity of backfill shall be sufficient to -cover surfaces of anode to a depth of 1 inch. 3.05 CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST STATION A. As specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations. 3.06 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Compression Connectors: 1. For in -line, tap, and multisplice compression connectors furnish "C" taps made of conductive wrought copper, sized to fit wires being spliced. 2. Manufacturer and Product: Burndy; Type YC. B. Wire Connectors: One-piece, tin-plated crimp -on lug connector as manufactured by Burndy Co. or Thomas and Betts. C. Splicing Tape: Linerless rubber high -voltage splicing tape suitable for moist and wet environments; Scotch 130C and Scotch 88, as manufactured by 3M Products. D. Earthfill: Native soil free of roots and other organic matter, ashes, cinders, trash, debris, and rocks. 3.07 THERMITE WELD MATERIALS A. General: 1. Thermite wire sleeves, welders, and weld cartridges according to manufacturer's recommendations for each wire size, pipe or fitting size, and material. 2. Welding materials and equipment shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Interchanging materials of different manufacturers will not be acceptable. B. Molds: Graphite. Ceramic "One -Shot" molds are not acceptable. C. Cartridges: 1. Cast iron thermite weld cartridges for cast and ductile iron pipe and fittings. .0► 2. Maximum Cartridge Size: 181378.tm March 20, 2007 13390 ADDENDUM NO. 1 3 GALVANIC ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 181378a.gnl a. 25 grams for steel material. b. 32 grams for cast and ductile iron materials. D. Welding Materials Manufacturers: 1. Erico Products Inc. (Cadweld), Cleveland, OH. 2. Continental Industries, Inc. (Thermo -Weld), Tulsa, OK. E. Thermite Weld Caps: 1. Prefabricated weld cap with coating and suitable primer. 2. Handy Cap II with Royston Primer 747, as manufactured by Royston Laboratories, Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION 4.04 GENERAL A. Construct galvanic anode cathodic protection system on buried steel, ductile iron and concrete cylinder pipe and appurtenances. B. Conform to NFPA 70. 4.05 GALVANIC ANODE INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install galvanic anodes as shown on Drawings. 2. Provide minimum anode spacing of 2 feet from other unprotected pipelines. 3. Install anodes at intervals as shown on Drawings. Make all wire connections at pipe joints. 4. Thoroughly compact earthfill around each anode to a point 1 foot above anode. Stop backfill below grade to allow for placing. of topsoil, when required. 5. Bury anode wires a minimum of 24 inches below finish grade. 4.06 WIRE CONNECTIONS TO PIPE A. Make electrical connection of copper wire to steel and ductile iron surfaces using thermite weld method. Observe proper safety precautions, welding procedures, thermite weld material selection, and surface preparation as recommended by manufacturer. Assure pipe or fitting wall thickness is of sufficient thickness that thermite weld process will not damage integrity of pipe or fitting wall or protective lining. B. Before connection is made, clean surface to bare metal by making a 2-inch by "" 2-inch window in coating, and then filing or grinding surface to produce a 181378.tm March 20, 2007 13390 ADDENDUM NO. 1 4 GALVANIC ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 181378a.gnl bright metal finish. Grinding shall be with a vitrified type grinding wheel; use .� of resin, rubber, or shellac impregnated type grinding wheels is not acceptable. Prepared metal surface shall be dry. C. Install wire sleeves on the ends of the wires before welding to metal surface. Perform thermite welding in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. After weld connection has cooled, remove slag and physically test wire connection by tapping with a hammer; remove and replace defective connections. D. Install prefabricated thermite weld cap over each completed connection to ductile iron pipe. Repair exposed metal surfaces not covered by thermite weld cap in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations. Repair damage to pipe lining in accordance with lining applicator's recommendations. E. Provide cement mortar coating over each completed connection to steel and concrete cylinder pipe as shown. 4.07 WIRE INSULATION REPAIR A. Repair splices or damage to wire insulation by spirally wrapping (50 percent overlay, minimum) with two coats of splicing tape and two layers of vinyl electrical tape. Make wire splices with suitable sized compression connectors or mechanically secure and solder with rosin cored 50/50 solder. Splices shall be approved by Engineer. 4.08 TEST STATION INSTALLATION A. As specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations. 4.09 FIELD TESTING A. Provide Cathodic Protection Specialist to visit Site during installation of galvanic anode cathodic protection system, pipe joint bonds, insulating flanges and test stations. Cathodic Protection Specialist shall be responsible to ensure compliance with these Specifications, and for observation and testing services. B. Energizing and Testing: After installation of the cathodic protection system is complete, Cathodic Protection Specialist shall make sufficient tests throughout network of protected pipe to ensure proper installation of cathodic protection system. Upon completion of such tests, Cathodic Protection Specialist who conducted the tests shall tabulate and report the data recorded. 181378.tm 13390 END OF SECTION March 20, 2007 ADDENDUM NO. 1 GALVANIC ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM GALVANIC ANODE LOCATIONS DIP/C303/STEEL PIPE STATION DETAIL REMARKS 146+60.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 148+40.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 150+20.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 152+00.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 153+80.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 155+60.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 157+40.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 159+20.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 161+00.00 13.870 Galvanic Anode Installation 162+80.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 164+60.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 166+40.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 168+20.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 170+00.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 171+80.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 173+60.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 175+40.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 177+20.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 179+00.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 180+80.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 182+60.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 184+40.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 186+20.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation 188+00.00 13870 Galvanic Anode Installation CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST STATION STATION DETAIL REMARKS 146+50 13811 Post Mounted Test Station 161+50 13811 Post Mounted Test Station 176+50 13811 Post Mounted Test Station 179+80 13811 Post Mounted Test Station 180+35 13811 Post Mounted Test Station 185+75 13811 Post Mounted Test Station 186+70 13811 Post Mounted Test Station GALVANIC ANODE LOCATIONS 03/20/2007 ADDENDUM NO.1 181378A.GN 1 SECTION 13985 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 301, Standard Specification for Structural Concrete. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A497, Specification For Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, For Concrete. b. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. C. B418, Standard Specification for Cast and Wrought Galvanic Zinc Anodes. d. C94, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. e. C387, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. 3. NACE International (MACE): RP0169, Recommended Practice for Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems. 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc Coated (GRC). b. TC 2, Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80). C. WC 70, Nonshielded Power Cables Rated 2000 volts or less for Distribution of Electrical Energy. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Electrical Isolation: Condition of being electrically isolated from other metallic structures (including, but not limited to, piping, reinforcement, casings) and the environment as defined in NACE RP0169. B. Electrically Continuous Pipeline: Pipeline that has a linear electrical resistance equal to or less than the sum of the resistance of the pipe plus the maximum allowable bond resistance for each joint as specified in this section. C. Ferrous Metal Pipe: Pipe made of steel or iron, or pipe containing steel or iron as a principal structural material, except reinforced concrete pipe. D. Foreign -Owned: Buried pipe or cable not specifically owned or operated by Owner. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 1 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN 1 E. Lead, Lead Wire, Joint Bonds, Pipe Connecting Wires, Cable: Insulated copper conductor; the same as wire. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Catalog cuts and other information for products proposed for use. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 2. Field Test Reports. 3. Qualifications of Cathodic Protection Specialist. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cathodic Protection Specialist Qualifications: NACE International certified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRES A. Conform to applicable requirements of NEMA WC 70. B. Joint Bond: 1. General: Single -conductor, stranded copper wire with 600-volt HMWPE insulation. Supply joint bonds complete with formed copper sleeve on each end of wire. 2. Push -On, Mechanical, or Flanged Joints: No. 2 AWG wires, 18 inches long. 3. Concrete Cylinder Pipe: Two No. 2 AWG bond wires, for each joint. Bond wires shall be 9 inches long with sufficient insulation removed from each end of wire to allow field welding. C. Test Station: Single -conductor, No. 12 AWG stranded copper with 600-volt TW, THWN, or THHN insulation and single -conductor, No. 8 AWG stranded copper with 600-volt TW, THWN, or THHN insulation. D. Insulation Colors: As shown on Drawings. 2.02 CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST STATIONS A. Post Mounted (Standard): I. Test Box: Cast aluminum suitable for threaded mounting to a 1-inch or larger rigid galvanized conduit. �_M 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 2 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN 1 2. Terminal Block: Plastic or glass -reinforced laminate, 1/4-inch-thick with eight terminals. Terminals shall have special heads to keep them from turning or shall be easily accessible from both sides of terminal block without requiring its removal. Terminal studs, washers, and nuts shall be nickel -plated brass. 3. Mounting Structure: Galvanized steel beam as shown on the Drawings. 4. Mounting Hardware: Conduit straps and hardware required to mount test station to post shall be galvanized steel. 5. Manufacturer and Product: Testox; 1,000 series test stations. 2.03 PERMANENT REFERENCE ELECTRODES A. Prepackaged Copper -Copper Sulfate Reference Electrodes: 1. Material: Permanent type, copper -copper sulfate reference electrode suitable for direct burial with a minimum design life of 15 years. 2. Dimensions: 1-1/2 inches diameter by 6 inches long, minimum. 3. Wire: No. 12 AWG stranded copper wire with yellow, 600-volt RHH- RWH insulation. Wire shall be attached to electrode; and insulated with manufacturer's standard connection. Connection shall be stronger than the wire. 4. Backfill: Manufacturer's special low resistivity gypsum-bentonite backfill in permeable cloth bag. Atsftk 5. Packaging: Furnish electrode packaged in a plastic or heavy paper bag of sufficient thickness to protect electrode, backfill, and cloth bag during normal shipping and handling. 6. Manufacturers: a. Borin Manufacturing; Model SRE-007-CUY.. b. Electrochemical Devices, Inc.; Model UR-CUG-CW. C. GMC Electrical, Inc.; Model CU-I-UGPC. 2.04 THERMITE WELD MATERIALS A. General: Thermite weld materials consist of wire sleeves„ welders, and weld cartridges according to weld manufacturer's recommendations for each wire size and pipe or fitting size and material. Welding materials and equipment shall be product of a single manufacturer. Interchanging materials of different manufacturers is not acceptable. B. Molds: Graphite. Ceramic "One -Shot" molds not acceptable. C. Adapter Sleeves: 1. For No. 12 AWG, No. 4 AWG, and No. 2 AWG wires. 2. Prefabricated factory sleeve joint bonds or bond wires with formed sleeves made in field are acceptable. Attach field -formed joint bond 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 3 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN 1 sleeves with appropriate size and type of hammer die furnished by thermite weld manufacturer. 3. Extend wire conductor 1/4 inch beyond end of sleeve. D. Cartridges: Cast iron thermite weld cartridges for cast and ductile iron pipe and fittings. Maximum Cartridge Size: 25 grams for steel and 32 grams for cast and ductile iron materials, respectively. k Welders and Cartridges: For attaching copper wire to pipe material: Pipe Material Weld T e Cartridge Size, Max. No. 4 AWG Wire & Smaller: Steel HA, VS, HC 25 gm Ductile Iron HB, VH, HE 32 gm No. 2 AWG Joint Bonds: Steel FS 25 gm Ductile Iron FC 32 gm Concrete Cylinder Pie HA, GR 32 _;m F. Welding Materials Manufacturers: 1. Erico Products Inc. (Cadweld), Cleveland, OH. 2. Continental Industries, Inc. (Thermo -Weld), Tulsa, OK. G. Thermite Weld Coating: l . Thermite Weld Caps: Prefabricated weld cap with coating and suitable primer, such as Handy Cap II with Royston Primer 747, as manufactured by Royston Laboratories, Inc. 2. Use products recommended by pipe or fitting coating manufacturer to repair spot damage at thermite weld connections not covered by standard pipeline coating repair procedure or thermite weld cap. 2.05 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Mastic Coating: TC Mastic (Brush Applied) as manufactured by Tapecoat Co., Evanston, IL. B. Wire Connectors: One-piece, tin-plated crimp -on lug connector as manufactured by Burndy Co. or Thomas and Betts. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 4 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN1 C. Compression Connectors: 1. For in -line, tap, and multisplice, furnish "C" taps made of conductive wrought copper, sized to fit wires being spliced. 2. Manufacturer and Product: Burndy; Type "YC." D. Silver Brazing Alloy: 15 percent silver content, 1,185 degrees F to 1,300 degrees F melting range. E. Electrical Tape: 1. Linerless rubber high -voltage splicing tape and vinyl electrical tape suitable for moist and wet environments. 2. Manufacturer and Product: 3M Products; Scotch 1310 C and Scotch 88. F. Shunts: 0.001-ohm Holloway Type SS. 2.06 INSULATING JOINTS A. Insulating Joints: Dielectric unions, flanges, or couplings. 1. Complete assembly shall have an ANSI rating equal to or higher than that of joint and pipeline. 2. Materials shall be resistant for the intended exposure, operating temperatures, and products in the pipeline. B. Flange Insulating Kits: 1. Gaskets: Full -face Type E with elastomeric sealing element. Sealing element shall be retained in a groove within retainer portion of gasket. 2. Insulating Sleeves: Full-length fiberglass reinforced epoxy (NEMA G-10 grade). 3. Insulating Washers: Fiberglass reinforced epoxy (NEMA G-10 grade). 4. Steel Washers: Plated, hot -rolled steel, 1/8 inch thick. 5. Manufacturers: a. Pacific Seal, Inc., Burbank, CA. b. Advance Products and Systems, Lafayette, LA. C. Insulating Unions: O-ring sealed with molded and bonded insulating bushing to union body, as manufactured by Central Plastics Co., Shawnee, OK. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Construct system of pipe joint bonds to form an electrically continuous pipeline. Also install casing insulators, insulating joints and test stations. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 5 PIPE BONDING A]vD TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN 1 3.02 PIPE JOINT BONDING A. Electrically bond joints of buried steel and iron pipe and concrete cylinder pipe, including vault and manhole piping and fittings, and including restrained joints, except joints specified to be threaded, welded, or insulated. B. Install two joint bond wire assemblies at each joint that requires bonding. C. Use thermite weld process for electrical connection of wires to pipe and fittings. D. Test each bonded joint for continuity. 3.03 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE STUDS OR PLATES A. Shop weld bonding studs or plates to both pipe bell -and -spigot with full penetration fillet welds without undercutting, gaps, or cracks. B. Repair studs or plates damaged during shipment or handling prior to installation and in a manner approved by Engineer. 3.04 TEST STATION INSTALLATION A. Determine location of test stations based on actual site conditions and as approved by Engineer. B. Locate test stations as shown on the Drawings. C. Attach test wires to pipe. D. Wires to foreign -owned pipelines will be attached by pipeline owner, unless permission is granted to Contractor in writing by owner of foreign pipeline. Coordinate this Work with owner of foreign pipeline before pipe is excavated. E. Locate post mounted test stations directly over pipe and at protected locations such as fences, road crossings, and edges of cultivated land. F. Bury test and reference electrode wires a minimum of 36 inches below finished grade. G. Make wire connections to test station terminals with crimp -on spade lug terminals, except where solid wire is specified or terminal strips with tubular clamps are used. H. Wire Labels: 1. Install on conductors in boxes. 2. Materials shall be suitable for permanent identification. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 6 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN I 3. Plastic, paper, or cloth markers will not be permitted. 4. Position markers in boxes so they do not interfere with operation and maintenance. 5. Each pipe test wire shall include pipe diameter and pipe type, reference electrode, casing, or galvanic anode, as applicable. 3.05 CONDUITS A. Secure conduits entering test station boxes with double locknuts, one on outside and one on inside. B. Install insulated bushings and insulated throat connectors on ends of rigid metallic conduit. C. Use watertight couplings and connectors. Install and equip boxes and fitting to prevent water from entering conduit or box. Seal unused openings. 3.06 REFERENCE ELECTRODE INSTALLATION A. Remove plastic or paper wrapper and place reference electrode within pipeline trench excavation 6 inches from below centerline of pipe in a vertical or horizontal position. Install reference electrode within 18 inches of foreign pipelines, between foreign and Owner's pipeline. B. Backfill reference electrodes with native trench material. Terminate wires in test stations. 3.07 WIRE CONNECTIONS A. Thermite Weld: I. Use thermite weld method for electrical connection of copper wire to steel, ductile, and cast iron surfaces. Observe proper safety precautions, welding procedures, thermite weld material selection, and surface preparation recommended by the welder manufacturer. Assure that the pipe or fitting wall thickness is of sufficient thickness that thennite weld process will not damage integrity of pipe or fitting wall or protective lining. 2. After weld connection has cooled, remove slag, visually inspect, and physically test wire connection by tapping with a hammer; remove and replace any defective connections. 3. On pipe and fittings with dielectric linings, make weld connection on shop tab provided or on a thick metal section to minimize damage to lining and coating. After weld is made, coat weld with coating repair material. 4. Install prefabricated thermite weld cap over each completed connection to ductile iron pipe. Repair exposed metal surfaces not covered by 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 7 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN I thermite weld cap in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations. Repair damage to pipe lining in accordance with lining applicator's recommendations. 5. Make wire connections to concrete cylinder pipe by thermite welding to shop welded steel studs or plates provided on pipe for this purpose. Clean steel studs to bright metal before thermite welding. Coat completed wire connection with cement mortar. 6. Make wire connections. 3.08 WIRE INSULATION REPAIR A. Wires shall be handled with care. Splices for damage to wire insulation shall be required by spirally wrapping (50 percent overlap, minimum) with two coats of high -voltage rubber splicing tap and two layers of vinyl electrical tape. Make wire splices with suitable sized compression connectors or mechanically secure and solder with rosin cored 50/50 solder. Splices shall be approved by Engineer. 3.09 INSULATED JOINTS A. Install insulated joints to electrically isolate pipeline from other structures. Locate insulated joints at connections to existing metallic pipe, where cathodically protected pipe connects to pipe not intended to.have cathodic protection, and where shown. Install a Type I test station at each buried insulated joint. B. Align and install insulating joints according to manufacturer's recommendations to avoid damaging insulating materials. C. After assembly of insulated flanges, prepare cement -mortar surface in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and apply a 20-mil minimum thickness of EPA potable water approved, 100 percent solids water or air curing epoxy coating to interior of pipeline. Apply coating for a minimum of two pipe diameter lengths from insulating flange in both directions. Apply and cure coating in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not apply coating where it will interfere with operation of pipeline valves or other pipeline assemblies. 3.10 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Test Equipment: Before construction begins, obtain test equipment necessary for electrical continuity testing, and the following equipment: 1. Model 601, Above -Ground or 702, Buried Insulation Checker, as manufactured by Gas Electronics Co., Seymour, MO. 2. A Model 77 Series III, Digital Multimeter, with case and test leads, as manufactured by Fluke Corporation, Everett, WA. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 8 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN 1 3. Two Model 6B copper -copper sulfate reference electrodes as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor, San Gabriel, CA. 4. l quart of copper sulfate antifreeze solution. 5. 1/2 pound of copper sulfate crystals. B. Store test equipment at Site and maintain in accurately calibrated, working condition. Test equipment shall be available to Engineer for testing purposes. Upon completion of Project, test equipment listed above shall be turned over to Owner in clean, accurate, and fully functional condition, along with operating manuals, test wires, and cases supplied with equipment. C. Electrical Continuity Testing: 1. Provide necessary equipment and materials and make electrical connections to pipe as required to test continuity of bonded joints. 2. Conduct continuity test on buried joints that are required to be bonded. Test electrical continuity of joint bonds after bonds are installed but before backfilling of pipe. 3. Have Cathodic Protection Specialist monitor tests of bonded joints. 4. Test electrical continuity of completed joint bonds using either a digital low resistance ohmmeter or by Calculated Resistance Method, at Contractor's option. 5. Digital Low Resistance Ohmmeter Method: a. Provide the following equipment and materials: 1) One Biddle Model 247001 digital low resistance ohmmeter. 2) One set of duplex helical current and potential hand spikes, Biddle Model No. 241001, cable length as required. 3) One calibration shunt rated at 0.001 ohms, 100 amperes, Biddle Model No. 249004. b. Test Procedure: Measure resistance of joint bonds with low resistance ohmmeter in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Use helical hand spikes to contact pipe on each side of joint, without touching thermite weld or bond. Clean contact area to bright metal by filing or grinding and without surface rusting or oxidation. Record measured joint bond resistance on test form described herein. Repair damaged pipe coating. 6. Calculated Resistance Method: a. Provide the following equipment and materials: 1) One do ammeter (meter or clamp -on) with full scale reading of 100 amperes and a minimum resolution of 1 ampere or a 100-ampere shunt with a voltmeter as specified herein. 2) One high resistance electronic voltmeter with a do low range of 200 millivolts full scale to a do high range of 20 volts full scale and capable of a minimum resolution of 1 millivolt (two voltmeters are required if a shunt is used). 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 9 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 181378A.GN 1 3) One knife switch, safety switch, or time controlled relay suitable for test current. 4) Two electrical probes for the voltmeter. 5) Insulated wire suitable for carrying the test current, length as required. 6) One do power supply with a steady capacity of 50 amperes minimum; storage batteries are not an acceptable power supply. b. Test Procedure: Either tightly clamp or thermite weld current wire connections to the pipe. Determine wire size for the test current, and do not exceed 1,000 feet in length. C. Apply a minimum direct current of 50 amperes. d. Measure voltage drop across each joint with voltmeter by contacting pipe on each side of joint. Voltmeter connections to bond wire or thermite welds will not be acceptable. e. Measure current applied to test span and voltage drop across joint simultaneously. f. Record measured voltage drop and current for each joint of test form described herein and calculate bond resistance in accordance with the following formula: R= E I Where: R = Resistance of the joint bond. E = Measured voltage drop across the joint, in volts. I = Test current applied to the pipe test span, in amperes. 7. Joint Bond Acceptance: a. Joint Bond Resistance: Less than or equal to the maximum allowable bond resistance values in Table 1. Table 1 Joint Type Max. Allowable Resistance 1 Bond/Joint 2 Bonds/Joint Push -On or Mechanical 0.000325 ohm 0.000162 ohm Flexible Coupling 0.000425 ohm 0.0002I2 ohm Concrete Cylinder. 0.000250 ohm 0.000125 ohm b. Replace joint bonds that exceed the allowable resistance. Retest replacement joint bonds for compliance with bond resistance. C. Repair defective joint bonds discovered during energizing and testing. 181378.TM MARCH I, 2007 13985 10 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS 3.11 181378A.GN1 8. Record Tests of Each Bonded Pipeline: a. Description and location of pipeline tested. b. Starting location and direction of test. C. Date of test. d. Joint type. e. Test current and voltage drop across each joint and calculated bond resistance (Calculated Resistance Method only). f. Measured joint bond resistance (Digital Low Resistance Ohmmeter method only). D. Insulated Joint Testing: Test each joint after assembly with the insulator tester in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Cathodic Protection Specialist shall monitor the tests. Replace damaged or defective insulation parts. 1. Correct defects identified during testing. 2. Provide Engineer with 3 days' advance notice before beginning tests. FUNCTIONAL TESTING A. Measure structure -to -soil potential of pipeline at each test station using equipment specified herein. Structure -to -soil potential measurements shall be made at surface with a portable copper -copper sulfate reference electrode and the permanent reference electrode installed at each test station. B. Tabulate structure -to -soil potential measurements, with the date and test location, and submit to Owner. 3.12 SUPPLEMENT A. The supplement listed below, following "End of Section," are a part of this Specification. 1. Joint Bond Continuity Test Schematic. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 13985 11 PIPE BONDING AND 'TEST STATIONS D-C_ POWER SUPPLY WELDED OR CLAMPED WIRE CONNECTION, TYP EACH END JOINT BOND, TYP PIPELINE KNIFE OR SAFETY SWITCH l 1,99D' MAMMUM JOINT BOND CONTINUITY TEST SCHEMATIC 181378.TM 13985 SUPPLEMENT VOLTMETER,TYP 10D AMPERE SHUNT OR AMMETER (OPTIONAL) V-0" MN MARCH 1, 2007 PIPE BONDING AND TEST STATIONS SECTION 15202 VALVES AND OPERATORS PART1 GENERAL 181378A.GN 1 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): ASME B 16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 3. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE): 1011, Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. CI I I/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. b. C500, Metal -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. C. C504, Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves. d. C508, Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in. (50 mm) through 24 in. (600 mm) NPS. e. C509, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. f. C510, Double Check Valve, Backflow Prevention Assembly. g. C511, Reduced -Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly. h. C540, Power -Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates. i. C550, Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. j. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. k. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 5. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. b. A351/A351M, Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferric (Duplex), for Pressure -Containing Parts. C. A564/A564M, Standard Specification for Hot -Rolled and Cold - Finished Age -Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. d. B61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. e. B62, Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. f. 1398/1398M, Standard Specification for Copper -Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. g. B127, Standard Specification for Nickel -Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip. h. B139, Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar and Shapes. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 15202 1 VALVES AND OPERATORS 181378A.GN 1 i. B 164, Standard Specification for Nickel -Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire. j. B194, Standard Specification for Copper -Beryllium Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar. k. B584, Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 1. D429, Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates. in. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 6. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS): a. SP-81, Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves. b. SP-88, Diaphragm Type Valves. 7. NSF International (NSF). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Shop Drawings: a. Product data sheets for each make and model. Indicate valve Type Number, applicable Tag Number, and facility name/number or service where used. b. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction. B. Informational Submittals: Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. Quality Control Test Results. Operation and Maintenance Data. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All valves to include operator, actuator, handwheel, chain wheel, extension stem, floor stand, worm and gear operator, operating nut, chain, wrench, and accessories for a complete operation. B. C. D. 181378.TM 15202 Valve to be suitable for intended service. Renewable parts not to be of a lower quality than specified. Valve same size as adjoining pipe. Valve ends to suit adjacent piping. MARCH 1, 2007 2 VALVES AND OPERATORS 181378A.GN 1 Aammk� E. Size operator to operate valve for the full range of pressures and velocities. See Section 02500, Conveyance Piping —General, Item 1.2. F. Valve to open by turning counterclockwise. G. Factory mount operator, actuator, and accessories. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Bronze and brass valve components and accessories that have surfaces in contact with water to be alloys containing less than 16 percent zinc and 2 percent aluminum. 1. Approved alloys are of the following ASTM designations: B61, B62, 1398/1398M (Alloy UNS No. C65100, C65500, or C66100), B139 (Alloy UNS No. C51000), B584 (Alloy UNS No. C90300 or C94700), B164, B 194, and B 127. 2. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for bronze. 2.03 VALVES A. Butterfly Valves: 1. General: Butterfly valve specified as AWWA C504 to be in compliance Aammkwith AWWA C504 and following requirements: a. Suitable for throttling operations and infrequent operation after periods of inactivity. b. Elastomer seats bonded or vulcanized to body shall have adhesive integrity of bond between seat and body assured by testing with minimum 75-pound pull in accordance with A.STM D429, Method B. C. Bubble -tight with rated pressure applied from either side. d. No travel stops for the disc on interior of the body. e. Self adjusting V-type shaft seals. f. Isolate metal -to -metal thrust bearing surfaces from flowstream. 2. Type V500 Butterfly Valve General Service 3 inches to 72 inches a. Flanged end, short body type b. AWWA C504, Class 250B C. Cast iron body, cast or ductile iron disk, Type 304 stainless still shafts, EPDM rubber seat bonded or molded in body only, and stainless steel seating surface d. Manufacturers and products: 1) Pratt; Model 2FII or XR-70 2) DeZurik; AWWA Valve 3) Approved equal as provided in the City of Fort Worth's Standard Products List. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 15202 3 VALVES AND OPERATORS 181378A.GN1 B. Gate Valves: Type V 130 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 3 Inches to 48 Inches: a. Iron body, resilient seat, bronze mounted, ANSI Class 125 flanged ends, in accordance with AWWA C509 and the City of Fort Worth General Contract Documents, design working water pressure 200 psig for 2 inches through 12 inches and 150 psig for 16 inches through 48 inches, full port, fusion -epoxy coated inside and outside per AWWA C550, NSF Standard 61 certified. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) U.S. Pipe; Metroseal. 2) Approved equal as provided in the City of Fort Worth's Standard Products List. C. Self -Regulated Automatic Valves: 1. Type V710 Pressure -Reducing Valve 2-1/2 Inches and Smaller: a. Direct diaphragm operated, spring controlled, bronze body. b. Size/Rating: 1.5 inch, maximum of 35 gpm, with inlet pressure of 150 psig. Outlet pressure set at 60 psig. C. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Fisher; Type 75A. 2) Watts; Series 223. 2. Type V714 Pressure -Reducing Valve 3 Inches and Larger: a. Hydraulically operated, diaphragm actuated, pilot controlled globe valve, cast iron, ductile iron, or steel body, ASME B 16.1 flanged ends, rated 175 psi, bronze or stainless steel trim, stainless steel stem, externally mounted strainers with cocks, and maintain a constant downstream pressure regardless of fluctuations in flow or upstream pressure. b. FDA approved fusion bonded epoxy lining and coating installed in accordance with AWWA C550. C. Size/Rating: 4 inch, maximum of 235 gpm, with inlet pressure of 150 psig. Outlet pressure set at 60 psig. d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Cla-Val; 690-01 Series. 2) Watts; ACV 115E. 2.04 OPERATORS A. As indicated in the City of Fort Worth Standard Detail and General Contract Documents. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. As indicated in the City of Fort Worth General Contract Documents. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 15202 4 VALVES AND OPERATORS 181378A.GN 1 .n. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. In -Plant Testing: 1. All valves shall be tested by the manufacturer in accordance with the applicable standards. In -plant testing may include: a. Operation test. b. Hydrostatic test. C. Leakage test. d. Proof -of -Design test. e. Other tests as allowed by the applicable standards, or as requested by the Engineer. 2. Results of all in -plant testing and certificate of compliance with applicable standards shall be provided for all valves. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Flange Ends: 1. Flanged valve bolt holes shall straddle vertical centerline of pipe. 2. Clean flanged faces, insert gasket and bolts, and tighten nuts progressively and uniformly. B. Screwed Ends: 1. Clean threads by wire brushing or swabbing. 2. Apply joint compound. C. Valve Installation and Orientation: 1. General: a. Install valves so handles operate from fully open to fully closed without encountering obstructions. b. Install valves in location for easy access for routine operation and maintenance. C. Install valves per manufacturer's recommendations and the City of Fort Worth General Contract Documents. 3.02 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Valve may be either tested while testing pipelines, or as a separate step. B. Test that valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions. Test that two-way valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions from both directions. 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 15202 5 VALVES AND OPERATORS 181378A.GN 1 C. Count and record number of turns to open and close valve; account for any discrepancies with manufacturer's data. END OF SECTION 181378.TM MARCH 1, 2007 15202 6 VALVES AND OPERATORS PART F BONDS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH Date: NAME OF PROJECT: Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 3 PROJECT NUMBER: P264-608140030383 IS TO CERTIFY THAT: Conatser Construction, TX, LP is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and accordance with provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker's Compensation Comprehensive General Bodily Injury: Liability Insurance (Public Ea. Occurrence: $ Liability) Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Blasting Ea. Occurrence: $ Collapse of Building or structures adjacent to Ea. Occurrence: $ excavations Damage to Underground Utilities Ea. Occurrence: $ Builder's Risk Comprehensive Bodily Injury: Automobile Liability Ea. Person: $ Ea. Occurrence: $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability Ea. Occurrence: $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Other Locations covered: Description of operations covered: The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's worker's compensation insurance policy. Agency Insurance Co.: Fort Worth Agent By — Address Title City of Fort Worth Sordid D - Water Transmission Main - Part 3 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed. House: Bill 620 relative tp the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as a low bidder, non-resident bidders 9out-of-state contractors whose corporate 'offices or principal place of business are outside the state of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, suppliers or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract .in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The. appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all taut -of -state or nor: resident bidders in order for your bid to meet. specifications. The failure of out-of-state or non- resident contractors to do so will 'automatically ,disqualify that bidder. R s ;: bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Non-resident vendors in state), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or coporate off -ices are in the State of Texas. aft W(Y- ) jl I!e 111 Via, R'e<-'iHf rift C44iatae!!4 Title (please print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED W'1 M YOUR QUOTATION VEWM COANVAKE TO STATE LAW 1 114M CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A Labor Code Section 406.096 (2000), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all its employees employed on city of Fort Worth Department of Engineering No. 4083 and City of Fort Worth Project Number P264-608140030383 Date STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared AACLpocts known to me be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to We that he executed the same as the act and deed of Conatser Construction, TX, LP the purpose and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. zoo 7 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this &day of j( . 2006. Notary PA&ic in ar001 the State of Texas SYDNEY JONES Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires +++ May 09, 2010 Bond No: 022020943 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT That we (1) Conatser Construction, TX, LP as Principal herein, and (2)LiberLy Mutual- TnGttranra ('.rxanany a corporation organized under the laws of the State of (3) MA , and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the sum of: Two Million Four Hundred Thirtv-six Thousand Six Hundred Thirtv and no/100............................................. Dollars ($2,436,630.00) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. JUN 19 2007 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the of 2007 a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for all purposes, for the construction of: Southside 11 Water Transmission Main, Part 3 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal's default, and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. JUN 19 2001 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of ,2007. ATTEST: (Principal) Secretary (SEAL) Witness as to rincipal ATTEST: Secretary (SEAL41W. Witness as to Surety Nikki L. Adams NOTE: M. Box15448 , Vice President inagement Group. Inc., GP Fort Worth, TX 76119 Liberty Mutual hisurwme,�� Surety BN Name: Glenna S. Davi, (Attorney -in -fact) Address: 175 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02117 T Telephone Number: 610.832.821+0 (1) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). (2) Correct name of Surety. (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney -in -Fact. The date of the bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. Bond No: 022020943 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT T}, t a Conatser Construction TX LPas Principal herein, and (2) acoroorYat onore�zi e�ahTexis a3arnder the laws of the State of (3) MA as surety. are held and firmlv bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the amount of Two Million Four Hundred Thirty-six Thousand S;ix Hundred Thirty and no/100..........................................................Dollars ($2,436,630.00) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dafi t e 9 day of A.D. , 2007, which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project: Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 3 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance: with the provisions of said statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. JUN 19 Z007 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of .2007. ATTEST: (Principal) Secretary (SEAL) 1Q I IV, "2_ CK , I T, • ii •. ATTEST: Secretary (S Witness as to Surety Nikki L. Adams NOTE: 1. Correct name of Principal (Contractor). 2. Correct name of Surety. 3. State of incorporation of Surety. Conatser ConsWcti PRINCIPAL BY: Dine: ` Mark Pappas Vice President of Conatser Title: ManagQrrenr Grot ip, Inc., GE PO Box 15448 Fort Worth, TX 76119 Libertv Mutual Insurance MOA -M��F� r4 By -= S. Davis Attorney in Fact Address: 175 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02117 Telephone Number: 610.832.8240 Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney -in -Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. Bond No: 022020943 MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: Liberty Mutual That Conatser Construction, TX, LP(Contractor), as principal, and Tnc ranra c , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of MA , (Surety), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, ("City") in Tarrant County, Texas the sum of Two Million Four Hundred Thirty-six Thousand Six Hundred Thirty and no/100..........................................................Dollars ($2,436,630.00) lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors, said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors, jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however; that, 4,7 WHEREAS, said Contractor has entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the 9�0 day of 2007 copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, the performance of the QJ following described public improvements: Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 3 the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project P264- 608140030383and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions, addenda, change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and, WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of Two (2) Years after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of Two (2) Years; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, it be necessary; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said work as herein provided. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these_presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the City shall have and recover from the Contractor and Surety damages in the premises prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. .r IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 8 counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , A.D. 2007. JUN 19 2007 ATTEST: (SEAL) .aft.. Secretary ATTEST: (SEAL) Secretary Group, Inc., GP Liberty Hitual Tnsnrranre i'c=anV Surety BY• Name: Glenna S. Davis Title: Attorney -in --Fart 175 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02117 Address THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. 2116478 This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY ... BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS POWER OF ATTORNEY N °a m Y y � C 'a 3 �CM C� y O t; i J O a O 4. °ca L and tZ L L t+ E > d Z sJ KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That Liberty Mutual Insurance Company (the "Company"), a Massachusetts stock insurance company, pursuant to and by authority of the By-law and Authorization hereinafter set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint MICHAEL A. DELABANO, GREG A. WILKERSON, GLENNA S. DAVIS, CATHY VINSON, CAROLYN MAPLES, ALL OF THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, STATE OF TEXAS........................................................... ........................................ ............................................................................................................................................................................................... , each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations in the penal sum not exceeding TWENTY FIVE MILLION AND 00/100** ***************** DOLLARS ($ 25,000,000.00***** ) each, and the execution of such undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company in their own proper persons. That this power is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-law and Authorization: ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. By the following instrument the chairman or the president has authorized the officer or other official named therein to appoint attomeys-in-fact: Pursuant to Article XIII, Section 5 of the By -Laws, Garnet W. Elliott, Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, is hereby authorized to appoint such attorneys -in -tact as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. That the By-law and the Authorization set forth above are true copies thereof and are now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Company and the corporate seal of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company has been affixed thereto in Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania this 30th day of March 2007 LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY Garnet W. Elliott, Assistant Secretary COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY On this 30th day of March , 2007 , before me, a Notary Public, personally came Garnet W. Elliott, to me known, and acknowledged that he is an Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company; that he knows the seal of said corporation; and that he executed the above Power of Attorney and affixed the corporate seal of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company thereto with the authority and at the direction of said corporation. IN TESTIMONY WH first above written. OF. 0 CERTIFICATE qF?y �y subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year CQMMQNWMTH OF € tnol.VANIA Not" spal � T d ftsteft N= y Page MyG"riowtWMM"28.2fW Wombef. Ponnvovanw Aczcod*Uon of Notodsi By Ter sa Pastella, Notary Public I, the undersigned, Assistan ecretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the officer or official who executed the said power of attorney is an Assistant Secretary specially authorized by the chairman or the president to appoint attorneys -in -fact as provided in Article XIII, Section 5 of the By-laws of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. This certificate and the above power of attorney may be signed by facsimile or mechanically reproduced signatures under and by authority of the following vote of the board of directors of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 12th day of March, 1980. VOTED that the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upq,tt�e company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. JUN 1 (� LUUr IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, 1 have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said company, this day of By r h David M. Carey, AssWOFt Secretary H H O c .y 3 C O v F- N yW C O. Q Cl) 0� G ato .00 O C w d a� >.O y O ..C+ N Co L M 00 C � f T .s. Liberty Important Notice TO OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT THIS BOND OR TO MAKE A COMPLAINT: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the Surety Company that issued the bond by sending it to the following address: Liberty Mutual Surety In Corporate Center 450 Plymouth Road, Suite 400 Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462-8284 You may contact the claim office by telephone at: 610-832-8240 Premium or Claim Disputes If you have a dispute concerning.a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. This notice is for information purposes only and does not become a part of or a condition of the attached AN+ document. It is given to comply with Section 2253.048, Government Code, and Section 53.202, Property Code, Effective September 1, 2001 PART G - CONTRACT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT JU1N 19 2007 THIS CONTRACT, made and entered into the day of , 2007and between the City of Fort Worth, a home -rule municipal corporation located in Tarrant County, Texas, acting through its City Manager thereunto duly authorized so to do, Party of the First Part, hereinafter termed "OWNER", and Conatser Construction, TX, LPthe City of Fort Worth County of TARRANT and State of TEXAS, Party of the Second Part, hereinafter termed "CONTRACTOR". WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the Party of the First Part (Owner), said Party of the Second Part (Contractor) hereby agrees with the said party of the First Part (Owner) to commence and complete certain improvements described as follows: Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 3 And all extra work connected therewith, under the terms as stated in the Contract Documents, and at his (their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendent, labor, bonds, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents, which include all maps, plats, blueprints and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, and the specifications thereof, as prepared by the Engineers employed by the Owner, each of which has been identified by the endorsement of the Contractor and the Engineers thereon, together with the Contractor's Written Proposal and the other parts of the Contract Documents hereto attached, including the Fort Worth Water Department General Contractor Documents and General Specifications, all of which are made a part hereof and collectively and constitute the entire contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him, and to substantially complete same within the time stated in the proposal. The Owner agrees to pay the contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the Proposal submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties to these presents have executed this Contract in 8 counterparts in the year and say first above written. Party of the M. Marc A. Ott, A&A0ant City Manager Conatser Construction. TX. LP PO Box 15448 A016, Fort Worth, TX 76119 Contractor By: Title: Y IC ` Z , i f y4- AP4.1ii8VZD: (2W-0VA*WVXW A. Douglas Rademaker, P.E. Director Department of Engineering ATTEST: alzi City S cretary (Seal) Contract_ uthor' zatioa WITNESSES: Date jYN PART H CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD FIGURES AND DETAILS 0 O Q1 L N v� 0 � 12 a � O (30 o-3 Otq W o ci L L C c� ) L G x so Q Q UU L L Q o C4:N a— s Q N 9� "M v .0 J 43 V L In L v a CL O U O Z L 4) L 03 c� L 4) a 3 0 c 4) O u¢ m a to V) • L. u c O •; C O 4) OZtn T v! C a 4) u Q N q} �- •- a 4) --m o_j 4),� "'¢ o- co u - m 4) yr ¢ RO ov_w 4) L ro 10 4) O 41 30 F- Z L% u 1--• m = !-- r C 4q C M m _ O O O 4-1 iO O • = •— V —� L 4J uVI u a 4Li¢toc_j LL. 4) U 4 4) 4- 4— ca 4) X O Ln ¢ ¢ '--` O F- C] w to Lzul 0 J F W a w U ■�N w U) V I w W[3 r w w rD V U. w r �+ v o c � a r0 L Q1 d d > 0 � to 10 d W ++ W-; ads° O N _ 41 't7 CC L 01 ++ p 4J to a.+ � � 4- L VN N Y o au 0 m c XJ>11y Z7 'D O c L L. m 4).— Q m w u:::o++ 'O "a L..— c c 01 > 4) m to 41 L z tti as ij 01 4) tANitnmQ t 1 t 1 1�1 wj Q F— w 0 w _U W U) cr w Q 05 Z T -mm 1 t �- N w tat N Ld L� t� LL r v � vx� N • O 4CIC � • • b< b Z � O V {� Q U p J W ;u J TTT {,I nJ li 4 `u S 40 La �O `O u � O dAl Az W� � ti ;;quo -KO!Z. b:2 —__----------- — 1;. VI IJ H 11 = j I �Z I 7 1 1 1 upZ i t u 9 1 i V �Nr.I t t W 11r �j 2 i` -`--11 � wpm •+ IL O � •• �1 1 � I� p J � d 1 1 1 1 to O t2 cf 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 tW =a „o c i�1 1, --------------- --�' m z- A 0 2 o � W 1 W cc ;q t .\• • �r 2i313YV ,n a31dN1 �N� ic'r i�X il•'\X'k x 9 t O L p F- CD 2 �S J v ;1a 24 ga t iD 2 O .A SEE NOT! FOR .1-1-78 GL nW t . V No. 4 mAR; lie N farm WAY11 IN 8900e' CONCRlTE WTE VA%,Vt DIMENSION TAKE M _11-C 1 '• 19" 4' O. 1.6 &- 1 " 1" " I2-' full 2 . 12" 1b" 20- 20" Ir' 12" SI 3/0" 2- AO•' U- t2-' 26- 12" 19" 10" u" W Ir- 12- 56 5/9" 1" SA" Ir' i2" w ,6- :C' 24' 26" 14" 12" 1 " 64 3/9•' I" W' 10" M•' )a' It' 24-- )0" 20" Ir' 1t- 12- 00 S/9" r, 661, Is" 10" )O- 20, l0• 16" )2- t" ir- Pzw9D V16" ►-- 12w IV- IV- )6- 2le W- hr. 3A- 6" IS- 9" 10) )/A•' S" 70•' lie. 20" )6' )0-' 42•' hil" 36" ►" 1!" 10" 121 S/&- ►" S0" 2At' WA2" Whi• )6" b" 9" Is" 1A2 1/2" P' m** 24- 32, ►6" A0' 56., Dieansims We based on Awerican Darling valve and Mill. Co. Drawing No. 6)97, dated revised 5-11-70. 160- gne valve dimensions are based on Catalog No. to, pages 20 a+d 22. Sy' gate valve dimensions are based r Oraw6ed No. 92-13150, dated 12-17-70. TE TOP VIEW, LESS MANHOLE AND RIM INSTALLATION 6 BARs, 6'" (TYP) 5 PARS, )2' It (TYP.) %OTC S 1. Z►-xW sort Worth standard 336 lb. eannoie cover with the word "WATER•' cast In 2-inch [Clears. 2. valve vault side mils shall be precast reinforce$ concrete pipe of the tongue and grsore design. westing the replireeeats of A.S.T.N. C-76. Class 111. or •dual, using I;AM-Mtlt plastic Wal, ewe pwred-in-place 250ox reinforces concrete withwalis. Concrete walis shall be reir.farced ■itb .A circular bars. spaced 6- c/e toritontally and 6- c/c vert Peal NY. ►awed-imyloce concrete Bost have "first surface rubbing,- as specified in E 2-I4.I5stl) of the general Coacrace 3*crvnts and Specifications. 3. homhole steps. such as PEW -STEP a100-2. or *seal. shall be provided for hr gate valves end torgpr. The steps shall be instal lad sfsl ParT a} ICY,,,,_ sta.dard 6' dlamotsr sa hole. - 6. Previte corporation art curb stops • sea:eye of _r 12'- fro• each end of gate valve, as shown. Corprat ion and curb stop sirs shall be I- for 16-•, 20" and 26" pipe wowtnal diawetersi r• for 3W.. and larger diaseters. 2-- taps WII be made as a 2•' flayed . tlet, lath inwlated adaptor kit. topper wet -era Ihdll be provided bet%wo the cor:wracidn and carb steps. Nre stope shall be lascalied at an alevatles 12" above the top set - face of vm,lt Morin slab. s ►ol,wetnew cwshP� pad, as s.yplPsd by Tejes ►lavt Pcs Materials %-*Ply Comavy, fort Worth. Texas, or ea.al. 6. Crowe with sonar SECTION A -A VAULT DETAIL 16" AND LARGER GATE VALVE FIGURE 4 E I.3q Mowmi31 [ 2.1(► EO+S iAWtf'ION Butt and Electric Tack Weld One End. Tack Weld 4-1" Square Struts Max. 2" Long To Other End Cast Iron Closure Ring " Max. Ga CLl/ Cast Iron Main Cast Iron Short Pattern Sleeve NOTE: Remove Weld Slag And Finish In Accordance With AWWA Specification C203 Prior To Installation Of Cast iron Sleeve Provide Struts On Mains Up Through 12" Only If Gap Exceeds " C.I. Closure Ring Is Not Required On Mains Up Through 12". Construct As Detailed On Mains Larger Than 12". CAST IRON CLOSURE RING FIGURE T 1-1-78 El-7 Materi al Et-7 Construction F1Water Main + { Tee with Branch on 0.00% Grade Water Main over or c under as the case Gate Valve may be Ring Connection Lead E Sleeve 900 Bend Tee, Rotate Rotate Down up or down as necessary or up as necessary Provide Vertical Tie Down Block As Same size as smaller Necessary main PLAN T-- ! own v�v�,n a� nc�.dsSB ary SECTION TYPICAL RING CONNECTION FIGURE 8 E2-25 Construction A-1-78 4' -O' . 8r 21-0" - I-2'-O'� 2" •I.P. Plug on C of Carrier Pipe 18" Blind Flange A_. S.A. Class 125# 24" Manhole Ring and Cover McKinley Iron r, Steel Co. PLAN No. A24AM with "Water" Cast in Lid, or equal " Mortar 1500# Concrete •'- =.'` _ tv `•:�'�. 4' A. H. Bars "T" 9" c/c y� 'r 2"-0'1 2'-011 C).SI. Manhole Steps At T YYc S i?ggered 12" .: Pat. No. 99, or equal 18" Blind Bars #4 (a 12" c/c Flange See Bars #4 @ 9" c/c ;; Detail Bars 04 @ 18" c/c Bars 0+ @ 12" c/cam \ I ►rap pipe with Pre laterial ____Z arrier Pipe 7 4 Bar Dowel s 01, 18" c/c 11 Around Except- I n ay 0f Pipe -1-78 Form And Fill Void With 2500# Concrete Casing Pipe Carrier Pipe tee] Bolt Gasket Bronze Nut Brick To Surface Two Or More Courses or precast- , concrete grade rings b 8r� ' Necessary Lengths Of 4£ .� Reinforced Concrete Pi pk, A.S.T.M. C 76, Class 111 Or Equal To Be Set On •. Vault Walls. Seal Joints With Concrete. •:�._ Wrap Pipe With Premold —< Material , 7 Casing Pipe L rj-'s• "8" Thick Floor Slab 14 Bars 8" Both Ways 2500# Concrete Concrete Rest SECTION ACCESS MANHOLE DETAIL Construction FIGURE 14 E 2-20 Material l 1" air releas6 valve, 2 ea. close nipples, 2 ea. 12" length copper or brass risers, 2 ea. gate valves, and 1 ea. tee. L l4" x 4" x i" x 46" with 1 ea. 3/8" dia. U-clamp. Each end of angle to be bolted to floor slab with y" lag bolts. Angle to be treated with 2 coats of red lead primer prior to installation. �3 Water main with threaded insulator tap. Refer to Figures 16 and 17 for vault materials and dimensions. I" AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL i-1-78 FIGURE 15 E 2-11 CONSTRUCTION Undisturbed Trench Wall 2 IN 1211 KIN. 72411"rTYP.l �;11111 1 r, REF: E 1-12 ' 16" TYP- 6" MIN. 2^5.- t 4 0 e O � O �► )TE : 24" A40" Sha l l ow ' Manhole type to be used If total depth less than- 4 feet, McKinley Iron Works NO. PM Y4X40 or Variable ,equal. _ Diameter MATERIALS 0 24" Std. Manhole cover equal to Standard Embedment McKinley I.W. No. - A24AM:with "Water" cast in lid. SECTION A -A ® Combination air b vac, Mortar, Ref. E 1-20 shape release valve, close to slab edge. ,Q5 Polyurethane cushion pad as nipples, tee, 2 ea•. (3 Grade adjustment, 8" in supplied by Tejas Plastics Gate Valves. Nipples St. R.O.W. or under Pvmt. Materials, Supply Co., Ft. to conform to E 1-9.4. ® Top & bottom slabs, Class Worth, Texas, or equal. 09 Manhole steps equal to 'IF" (4000#) concrete w/#6 © Water main with flange PERMA-STEP #100-2, St. bars spaced 6" c/c access as applicable. Utility Prod. Inc., each way. Steel bar cover Q7 Exhaust piping, fitted with San Antonio, Texas 211�ti ' from bottom of each Dresser coupling, when slab. required. Pipe gap in (See Figure 17 -for Coupling shall be min. D/2. Dimensions) 2" & 3" COMBINATION AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE VALVE • DETAIL 11-78- C 11_% 1 1 n c I E 1-11 MATFFt IAI.S___`. (Continued from F6. DIMENSIONS 16) 4t SECTION B-B 12" TYP. .(48" R.C.C.P. Risers) REF: E 1-12 No. 6 Bars 6" c/c (D When exhaust piping is required, min. dim. shall be length of vault riser tongue plus 1". �2 When exhaust piping is not required, min.*dim. shall be length of vault riser tongue plus W, (Approx. 511) G3 2" fittings, using close nipples, min. dim. shall be 1' 8-3/1611; 3" fittings, using close nipples, min. dim. shall- be 2' 7/8". MiN. DiM. Nominal Installation on Installation on C/IL Pipe Size BiInd.FIan a To Surface of Pipe Collar 2" 112.11 -1 16" 10 /8" ** - /8" * Min. dim. based on recommended installation of close nipple. Min. dim. based on recommended installation of close nipple on flanged outlet with insulated flange to thread kit. (5 Off -set to be 6" from Ch opposite manhole step location when installation is required ��.. on blind flange of access outlet. Other installations shall be on top CA of main. j 2t1 8c 3" COMBINATION AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE VALVE DETAiL 1-1-78 FIGURE 17 E 1-11 MATERIALS c 04, 1 1 f`AUf`To11f`TA►1 Fst at inn turface Sewer Line 1 Variable trench width. Pipe length shall be measured as standard trench width, (Ref. E 2-2.16), plus four feet, (141). No joints will be ailcwed within this dimension. A minimum bearing of 24" shall be required on each side of the trench. Sewer lines less than twelve inches (1211) in diameter shall be replaced with Class 150 cast iron pipe or supported and encased by a reinforced coa.creter beam per Figure 24. Sewer service lines shall be replaced with extra strength cast iron soil pipe. Tge joining of cast iron pipe to clay or concrete pipe shall be made with 4000# concrete collars per Figure 112, or with approved adaptors. The entire area excavated to accomplish the replacement shall be completely backfilled with crushed limestone and thoroughly compacted to 90% Proctor Modified -Density. ,4 The minimum clearance of sewer to water lines shall be six inches SANITARY SEWER PIPE REPLACEMENT DETAIL r-�-78 FIGURE 23 E -2 Construction L v rn m c m 41 C 0 ;s CD H O E u o►mmZ 0. c 30E a r F- rn �D m L. m 3 b m 0 a 0 L_ d c 0 a.+ u m N m 3 v► t m 4- 41 c O t .T 0 3 c ^_ N 4- 4+ O 0 wC•- L. r0 c0EUt m 4J m ., c .0 w E 0 ate+ v C m U 'fl 0 c s 41 E N'v y O C ^'m 41 y� QC EE m v 4 m L_ t m e E w p E y0 m t 0.^ `- c A Q c vA E m 41 •- 0 ,c M • O.m O u C .. O_ > m L• O_ ^ C u O v 4 m a+ m v •- am1 4- N gn 4J 41 4- 0 t to m -v L- 41 U > m O L- -C c m .- O. O C W Lr% X •- 3 4- O ++ m -- 4- mx L- u^ On +J =1 h m u m 7 L. vs w m m a-J •- m �► m m L. L mar �c•-m U w O•- C .-. 4- u >- L 0 O %D O L .O •- 4J 41 m -- vN'v comma uc4 �n 4N m m 0 L_ A W ' 4- U L y~ m C 10 m m L .O W e r- m .0 c j >� O .- m 61 c � LLr% 41 fJ C 0)4 0 N -v_ to o s+ L. � mcr m m.+ w W w Lam .0 u m N of •- 2 vi c m O m— m U vs 0.0 v •- .- 41 c c� m .-. u •v -0 to U = •- L C L. L. r L- N> m m O • m a O •- L. Li v v yd c .0 C N w m O 0 40 4J 41 41 L- m m L C d 3 4A mL 0 3 41 m N 1J - m C •C 0 m m m 4J 4J 4J 4J L 'O m m u A 7 C W W LL L. L. m u c c 40 o c �E0 c�•-m0u° G1 ♦v! V MO M V V N Z w Id.. Sul ^w CL LL CL w 3 w OD .. AD • •• V h � + • Ila U) a =- lie IL LO Igo N nj t-•r-r co TYPICAL DETECTOR CHECK INSTALLATION n GROUP�� LINE SIR EE-L L U E- _ (DTEE (OR TAPPING TEE) 2D GATE VALVE Q VALVE BOX $ COVER Q METER BOX Q FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTER Q 3/4" GATE VALVE Q 3/4" CHECK VALVE % DETECTOR CHECK Q 5/8"X3/4" METER & FITTINGS Wvu TO BE PURCHASED FROM CITY) PLAN PROFILE VIEW E 1-12 MATERIAL E2-12 CONSTRUCTION 0 METER YOKE FIGURE 32 i f m mir Z (_D w z W LO w \\\\\ Z \ w \ z w za Z U) a w M •� W -s:t4y -Z Q -N •� i . W z -. c�i.- �., '. s�• o0.` Q W a a IJ N LU Q m W H W QY U z O C.) a w U O LA_ z W z O z a z Q F_ z W LLJ a U Q 2 z W z Q ON Q LLI CK U z W Q' W U to U*)Q pQin � N r N ' o Z d O O O USN O Q(np O W C4 Z Z H Q W Q w it F- maw cr o w t- Of F- ��NZ W o V% OOOo Q.. U}ZM W m O~0F' (n w 0 Q z=moo P" v) 1— W Z v=i o~WZ Q W =wa w U a 0 LLJ 5 QU < U a x �o W W o �J0 > = V1 _ F_ w O = O 0. pwW3 Zmo �CLLL o Z _'oo FLQ W = F_3`flWi U �M IXLaF-OQ Z O F_ Z 1- UI }- W Fof W Z W M yR w QWUO Zo ZO Q Z d W O Z 1, 3aaQw U (n U oaWX W a� O W ZNwNm �. x tnQ_jOJ W _jL) V�QZN 04 Zw=- W Cr _j p � = _j a -J ce J Y F}- v Z Q (n U O m E'�1 w UI 3 O = N J0<u_ _�J O J p — a O w (n Y2a: ZQ Q WF_QJ U Q m 03 Q <az � U N WOZN0:: U=I O �WZO U) (n �_ N w w< z N IM 1- x Q Z H Q w UI (+• Q U. O. L O M:�VN Z_ Z_ �O0aO L. Z N W Q Q WJMOW LLJ U U QONp3 J J a _aOF-O W O L� (n LL. LLLP Z ml Ix ,,on, v UJ w z 0 Ad x W Z W m W Q O d Z Na w= t- Z W m W Q z a Z U)a W 2 m ,ram U � W Z V~1 � w -3 W x 0 w U m N W H W N 0 U Z Z Z~� 03Z) Q z m 3 O F-0: Z m m taJ to m N x L,.t r S w a a 'i LLI W Q m ui F- Lli U Z O n W U w 0 LA- Z cr- z <t �z Z LLI LL1 Q a a Q d Lv g U Z Lit t-- �� w z 3 to rn m J :2 O O 0 W r. JZ MJQ to N N Q 0 Q U J U_ } Q W U 0 Ja_a O _ Q QW O O Q W cn U F- YO-0OJaVZ(09 O<� 0 <_0 ���� (OZO) > k N m0woYa� W Ut-N a O Zwwo0 m Q ZZ p a OO Z N O CK w - Q a LAJw� a 0 Q Z Q m m 3 W ©rF-wM<LLI f DwnJU aQ.J~O�� WOW3zr§- W-) ZOir m0000 ZFm Opt,- N Q O M0!j-f-:w 0< OF-Ztj CO Z J }a' ZQ m F-U Z x W J ZQ0OF-�LZ z=000 F W ti-w M-W00 OHti JWQFw--0Ljit U=WQ = U �ZLLILLI �� Q3vaio a 0 w=atrw� 0aF-w0a0t c6 U n 0QW = U o� F- 5� (�O <5;F- 0 Z 20 U �Z oD a t,.t Z F-O 1=- Q N Z m m m N W m N J W O O L� Q F a y Ja =v=i i Zw N a ¢w cn U Z5o w W �>-� � oW-w 00 M ~ ww m Oa a0 S Z F- W W W F- - OW F- 0 00 O a i`' JEW" W Z QUJ0Q N c) w (VWQN 0 NJ — W��,m� lZLj -m mo oN wW WQ w J N m> m N W J W m w Q JQ a J m Z = W N Z w �S' W Q t j w � U F-U Q 0 �W coLLJ a < DO w F=- a- w0 w o O H U Z w N Q w > � w > � » = w Q QM aQ Q OQ 0 O a- U ¢'0 O x Q w U) LLJ OJ HU JV) M mQ Um w0 QQ w 0 }U va Z� UZ a- ~ Mw Z o O Z- N Q W x O F- a OO a Q Z d F- 00 xQ 6z ZO L, a0 W N w W O p~ 0 U w W � J 0 a LLI Z N w 0 0 w O Z w Q OF- x:2 Z U O LL-Z Y ~ J Z W w> O N a Z� NQ > JQ a N LLI �� 4 N �w as m c�i- 0 Z N Nj N co �2 § LU \ k k \E or 2R %4 j w Z w :2 > « a_ U « � 2 y 2 « E O CL 2 @ « IL w � 3 U Z w � w 6 za U L)< 4-1 aL C Q -M� > N mIx 2w Li k I-- Of z 3h�L 4 k m 0- 3� W Xo- �§ % 5L 0 m �$CL Ix Wo / <Li ¥ < / < » 0- h 0/ J z a-EnLi 0 � 3 U)02 LL. EL El-k�\ L) / 4 >e Cj \ L��� z Li kk � inL, E/u Q \ §\x �?\\ O Li0L-e CL $3Pbb < o-e)-C zaEm o } Si-K�2 L)W0— zLJ� o Abe/� Li/ a u\�kY u -q< H � ��/ƒ0 \ \�g�\ o -j AitE:mu L o�\\\ w a ®d�mz a § S�/cam ��gfLi U) IXJ\\,- < -i i�inu/ / o< b i�m y < d�§k\ 5«:2/� < q 2Lj§�M H M 3: L) \ \ CL gz§iL§ ���m� /CL w /-W m U U wr w m F- W W W WU w� Ow g O W W Z of 7-- Z Q(A (nMw N > CK CL O Z z 0 w n, U Z 0 U U z N x W . 0.:.:,: �c a I— Z W w Q IL LLJ F -- w w U Z O W U LLI U En w J o Q LL- U Z n. W � 6 Q d. W U Z W i— U d W it 0 U � vZ O 0 o(-) o Z N � N 0 O N `- N } U U } H Z 0 Q� LLI > W W cc O Li :2 oz0 N N (Uj 1--- Un Un L� �� Q�'o d w~ ?tea w � f-w W0 � �. �0 m�W U F- UU �F� ZO N p— Z)0N wL` LLJ O> Oo U0 �Nm (V } d w ZU Z- U}zQf Z)F- � p 0 3 � U� z io w 0 cnwQO Z :c M fr OZ L` Z O~LL- QZ ZUU) J�Wd J O a U W X al� W a_ Or Q U)0 r1i 4 Sri co 0 O N 0 W o:: J d ZLLI Z J U d' W m Y O 0LLI �- U d J Q C) 0O LJ Z §0 O U wvi �X �Q�z �(n �LLI LaQOZ C) JQ—QUYO(WJI ��' d } J Q U4. Q�dJO >-Q wW J= a H d d d W U W~ WU)H-- Q� W — UOQZNOZZ) m QZ�M LazLLJ U) Js OwozvON o �Nwa O Lj�QWozF----m w� Lu 0U)WEn�� Q >0 �LLJ Z�o-WoN CL UndfWWN � H� Q2NU�OW,Y �W_JU=LU� ZI : Z Q a 3Q a JW�NZF-m UO W0�0wZ w00 mmw� W� w� 30UJ�O L� -1Oo �j5Q tA- o oa- Za Jdz( t8�viUiit o O Z (V o N N \ 0 o N d w U ir a�Z ~' W oQW �WW �jrZ C)UU W APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS FUGRO CONSULTAWS LP December 9, 2004 CH2M Hill, Inc. 12377 Merit Drive, 10`h Floor Dallas, TX 75251 Attention: Ms. Jacque Swanner Dear Ms. Swanner: 2880 Virgo Lane Dallas, TX 75229 Phone: 972-484-8301 Fax: 972-620-7328 Re: Fugro Project No. 0704-1330 Southside it Transmission Main Rolling Hills WTP to Crowley/Risner Roads Fort Worth, Texas In accordance with our agreement dated October 14, 2004, we have completed field sampling, exploration, and laboratory testing activities for the referenced site. No engineering analysis or recommendations were provided as per our proposal. A total of 22 borings were completed on November 5, and 8-10 at locations selected by CH2M Hill. The borings were advanced with a truck mounted drilling rig. Undisturbed cohesive soil samples were obtained using 3-inch diameter thin -walled tube samplers that were pushed into the soil. Dense or non -cohesive soils were sampled with a split -barrel sampler during a Standard Penetration Test (SPT) in general accordance with ASTM D 1586. The soil samples were transferred to our laboratory in Dallas, Texas for testing as assigned by CH2M Hill. Tests were performed in general accordance with current ASTM testing procedures. The tests and the respective ASTM procedures are as follows: • Moisture Content, ASTM D2216 • Unit Weight Determination, ASTM D2937 (modified) • Liquid Limit, ASTM D4318 • Plastic Limit, ASTM D4318 • Unconfined Compression, ASTM D21664Soil) • Sieve and Hydrometer Analysis, ASTM D422 • Standard Compaction, ASTM D698 Our lab also performed pH tests in accordance with standard testing procedures. Resistivity tests, chloride, sulfate and sulfide content tests were run on selected samples. A member of the Fugro group of companies with offices throughout the world. Report No. 0704-1330 The following data are attached: Plan of Borings..................................................Plate A Boring Logs.............................................................. Plates 1-27 Soil Corrosivity Test Results ..................................... Plate 28 Soil Resistivity Test Results ...................................... Plate 29 We trust that the information provided herein is sufficient for your present use. Please feet free to contact us if you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance. Sincerely, FUGRO CONSULTANTS, LP Rodney P. Sedillo, E.I.T y3'�47,t\L Grad ate Engineer .4 ifa-` OF 7 �'N *' •ice *t�! ugh T. Kelly, G.✓g Y.* •HUGH T. KELLY M y. Senior Geological Engineer w, ' ""'S g r�lI CENS de r RPS/HTK/kp l,1 e L Copies submitted (4) -2- LEGEND: * APPROXIMATE BORING LOCATION NOT TO SCALE 0 North Gun SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Plan Of Borings ym Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plan Fort Worth, Texas Date: Drawn By: Project No.: PLATE A FUGM OONSUL.TANTS LP 1113O/G4 WR 0704-1330 LOG OF BORING NO. B- I SOUTHSIDE if WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ RisInget Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO, 0704.1330 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ... . ....... .. .. . . . .... - .... . .............. . . dO. wz _u LAYER DESCRIPTION IL STRATUM LU Z xis ELEVJ :) t: I- 9 xf 5. rn V) ZE U DEPTH a. HIS Zo IL C4 SURF, ELEVATION. UNKNOWN FC-aY-(CWCL). Reddish Brown, IrBca to some sand 1-3, P*54 5 P4 - .5- ,A 291 89. 27 = 621 .......... 131 1 31 —i41- 5 �1, 1 �7 LOG OF BORING NO. B- 2 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ..... ............. ........ . ......... r Ci 0: LAYER 081 STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEVJ z vi z 1 DEPTH 0"':ate ' AL SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN ---------- p, IL P 2 5 FILL: Clay (CH), Dark Brown, trace send, occasional 23 i limestone fragments P45 1 5 -------- 26 W Pic rM.] A FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 2 LOG OF BORING NO. 13- 4 SOLITHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTER NT SAMPLING. PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS . ----------......... ..... . ... ......... .......... ......... . ... ......... cc 0-� a at s 8ci STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER w 2 ELEVI Q :3 DEPTH zii at IL SURF ELEVATION UNKNOWN PA - Brown, trace sand CLAY (CL). Brown, trace sand, trace calcareous nodules 1.0 and iron deposits P 45 131 331 16 171 70, 116 3.5 clay seams 7!' if) M1.6. LIMESTONE, Gray, with occasional Shale SeaMS 1=0 75- --A 3.0 13,0 20 L—A 4-4-- COMPLETION DEPTH: 15,0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE- DRY KEY' DATE DRILLED. Nov. 2004 UPON COMPLETION; DRY P - Pocket Penetrometer Note: All depths are measured In feet. W.— FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 4 LOG OF BORING NO. B- 6 SOUTHSIDE If WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINI.-'S Z CL STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER ELEVI ri IL 5- DEPTH z 6' 0 Z SURF. ELEVATION; UNKNOWN I'A -lay (CH). Dark Brown, trace sand, ;_Ctas tonal 31' limestone fragments trace sand 20 37 3,0 82 COMPLETION DEPTH, 16�0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE* DRY KEY. PATE DRILLED* Nov 2004 UPON COMPLETION: DRY p 0 Pocket Penetrometer Now. )'-,11 depft are measured in feet, EE i j FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 5 LOG OF BORING NO. B- 7 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLI. __ ........ _ oe o d STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER'�� ' c x z z '� 00 ELEV./ z : ~ t ~rL u DEPTH 3 � o ch44 u ~ SURFL. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN ----....__._..__...... ........ ........ _. CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, trace send 27 1 : r $ P2.5 s P25 f 10 ;k P45 ±oar iu 115 10" 120 &AY (CL), Light Yellowish Brawn. with occasional 8.0 tompiet* weathered limestone seams (Residual Sail) Gray, with occasional shale seams j 13.0 4 COMPLETION DEPTH: 25,0 WATER LEVEL! SEEPAGE: 10.0 KEY: DATE DRILLED: 11-5-04 UPON COMPLETION. DRY I P 3 Pocket Penetrometer Note: All dep(he are measured in feet. FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 7 0 60 LOG OF BORING NO. B- 8 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Railing Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley! Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS PROJECT NO.0704-133fl TYPE INTERMITTENT NT SAMPLING..... ...__ LC3GATlt)M: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS 3 1 � JJ �. �- f , 1 Cf P IL Q Uj W ?' g e i STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER 1 e ' ` c, x , o x � _ ; is `� z u i t �at7 ar F t� a..: u u a m ELEVJ E ter` ur zZ xy�uyrw�t �W� w trn lU. DEPTH N 2 s U Z a F i 7 SURF ELEVATION UNKNOWN P 2.G CLAY (CH), Brown, trace sand, trace calcareous nodules and iron deposits f P2.5 t 2 CLAY Ct , Light Yellowish Brown, with occasional 4.¢ g P 3 s E completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) 1$ ; i t Ps.6 j 16; 4t 18--T ' 25 — I < lll10 P A.5 - - ! LIAAESTONE. Tan, with Clay seams 11,0 i { 95 ' 901 118 3.2 - ___• ___._�. _____. _Y Ott+ occasionai share sisams' _._.__. Is q— • LIMESTCtNE, Cara w 20 --( l .j(y( `OM1" € i i : i : -- - 25.0 : _ ..._._.... I .......... COMPLETION DEPTH: 25.0 WATER LEVEL r SEEPAGE: DRY KEY DATE DRILLED: 114-04 UPON COMPLETION: DRY P = Pocket Penetrometer 4 Note, Ail depths are measured in feet. FU+GRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 8 LOG OF BORING NO. B- 9 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley! Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS PROJECT NO.0704.1330 TYF?E INTERMITTENT SAMPLING LC}CAT{Otd. SEE PLAN OF Bt}ftiAtGS , ..__..._ _ _ ..___ ..__ _ _ _.. __ _ _ _ _ . r.__ STRATUM DESCRIPTION 4y,¢ LAYER :a n_X:uy� ELEV1 9. t t �!a3 = wlu z � N. € t o z i zac! I SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, trace sand DEPTH €;a v 26 �o dzdd�; o` ��aEi PIS , i ................... --- i -- - E i 5 P I.s 31 tb? 25 12 91 j 0,7 P25 ��._. 2g E I ..... 85—�-� .......... I I I 1(} P2.5- 1 2$ - -� __....__._ ...___..__. _..._. _..._ r j'/ CLAY (CLj, i iht Yetiowish Brown, with occasional ✓� t° eampletety weathered limestone seams (Residual Sa{I} r......._..-- 11,0E LIMESTONE, Tan with Gay seems 12.015 p( E s t ... t j 4... I 20 -_ I a........_.._ .,�� _ ----------- I t 6 ! ` a l ` } COMPLETION DEPTH: 15,0 WATER LEVEL ! SEEPAGE: DRY DATE DRILLED: 11-&D4 UPON COMPLETION: DRY KEY: P - Pocket Penetrometer j Note: All depths are measured in feet. FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 9 QQ la W LOG OF BORING NO. B-10 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 TYPE- INTERMITTENT SAMPLING ION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS INTERMITTENT ........ . ....... it LAYER go' A 2 STRATUM DESCRIPTION 3! a 1 Z ELEV) I z DEPTH 052 Oil 0 1 9L SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN . . ..... - i CLAY (CH), Dark Brown., trace sand P 1.0 5 26 CLAY (CL), Light Yellowish Brown, with occasional u Z completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) 24 42 191 2311. 4 1,2 .. . . . . . .................... .... ....... LIMESTONE, Tan, with day seams 10 1 1Cv3.F -120 1 COMPLETION DEPTH: 15,0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE: DRY KEY: COMPLETION DEPTH: Nov, 2004 UPON COMPLETION- DRY i P - Pocket Penetrometer NM; All depft are measured In feet FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 10 LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 1 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowleyl Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT .. . . ....... SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ... ...... . lu LAYER STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEVI C 1 6-' t i DEPTH 5i 1 0 SURF, ELEVATION. UNKNOWN P20 CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, trace sand Z i P16 . . ....... . 5 -4 P ts I 30 67 CLAY (CL). Light Yellowish Brown, with occasional SM completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) P 44- 141 ;LIMESTONE. Tan. with clay seams z 8.0 10 11 ,cabs` 20 20.0 51 COMPLETION DEPTH., 20.0 WATER LEVEL !SEEPAGE: DRY KEY. DATE DRILLED: Nov. 2004 UPON COMPLETION, DRY P a PocKek Penetrometer Note: All depths are measured in feet FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 11 LOG OF BORING NO. B-12 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hilts Water Treatment Plant to Crowley! Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS PROJECT NO.0704-1330 _. .._ ......... _..... ..... .................. .._._..._ STRATUM DESCRIPTION IL 3 4 , SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN 112.0 CLAY (CH). Dark Brown, trace sand ' CLAY 100CL), Brown; trace sand, trace calcareous nodules and iron deposits P4.5+ VI: � P 4 S. n completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil} t� 10 _.: f� r-m/,-; V a S+ LIMESTONE, Tan: with Clay —seams— LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ELE1lJ.a`a�t�ffi Z yv �'` w "z" DEPTH g:3 �:1 z� �i?+a 7.0 I iIMESTONE. Gray, with octaslanal shale seams 13.0 .....,,..,.. -� low" _ .. 15.0 20 - y 25 € 4& ' 21 27 46 COMPLETION DEPTH- 15.0 WATER LEVEL l SEEPAGE: DRY KEY: DATE DRILLED., Nov. 2NA UPON COMPLETION: Dr- " P - Pr ckat Penetrorheter Note: All depths am measured In teal. FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 12 LOG OF BORING NO. B-13 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hilts Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS `i 1'F a _......... E. INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT N0. 070a-1330 STRATUM. DESCRIPTION I LAYER g iP�c�d~ IN. DEPTH _ —. ._ SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN ° z= FILL, Clay (CH). Dark Brown, brown, trace sand, -- LOCATION: lwzl-1r r t7 j o 0 go����WELEV.i l- t I- r �� �f ' SEE PLAN 51Q ( ?� OF BORINGS t: j I j ku� 3 occasional {Hn@stone fragments e } i s ( s f 84 E 1114 f 1 � f 5 PZ.s tg ttt t.5 CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, trace sand t P 8 3 i 28 86 , 27 391 ( -- --- ( t ! l k { - + 10 — i s f .CLAY (CL), Light Yeliowtsh Brown. with occasional completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) � # 2 d _ i t LIMESTONE, Tan, with clay seams i t4,0 j 15 ,arm+ r �— LIMESTONE: Gray, with occasional shale seams 17.0 p i 20.0 t i COMPLETION DEPTH: 20.0 WATER LEVEL / SEEPAGE: DRY DATE DRILLED: Nov. 2004 UPON COMPLETION: DRY KEY: P ` Pocket Penetrometer Note: AN depths are measured in feet. FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 13 gig no LOG OF BORING NO. B-14 SOUTHSIDE tI WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Roiling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowleyl Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS ..._._TYPEPROJECT NO.0704.1330„ INTERMITTENT SAMPLING � _....._ ,......_ . ..... LOCATIOhi. SEA PLAN OF BORINGS LAYER STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEVJ jj i I jj W DEPTH ' 3: SURF. ELEVATIOW UNKNOWN __._.__..._. . _._•.._........___.._..._.._.......................__ — — .._.._..__._....___� F.5 CLAY (CH'), Dark Brown, trig sand � ..._-. 27 91, LU au'�k" P 2.5 3 25 _^ 6,__� I 21 411 i 3 r ' 1 Pa^ 22 r F i � t P 3.0 22 ,,f 20 10 ' P 3.0� 624 21 41 87 1 Y i (CL), Light Yellowish grown, with occasional- %� completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) -- -- ; LtMEST©NE, Tan, with clay seams t4.0 r�- i i Gray, with occasional shale seams 18.0 .aa 20 low l -.._--- __--..___.—._-----.-----_ -> 23 f — j i l _-- —_ f ; COMPLETION DEPTH; 23.0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE:12.0 i KEY:DATE DRILLED: Nov: 2004 UPON COMPLETION: %0 P = Padret Peneowneter Note: All ftpft are measured in 1t. FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 14 LOG OF BORING NO. B-15 SOUTHSiDE !I WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Roiling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crawley/ Rlsinger Rd. intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO.0T04-1330 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF ISORINGS _..._..... ___ ....._ —_.. _-� _.- _.._- _ r 3 i z►.ye' x ,�f�I Wz STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER Q g x u'u ,.c , >i'i �[ ELEVi z z o s H � F IU DEPTHU SURF, ELEVATION: UNKNOWN _........._.-_._..-_.__--- ...__ _ _.-----.-- a,s CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, trace sand 34 1 3 +s, 21 I 1 I F 5 P45. 20 701 23 . 471 88 i f r ... P 41+ t i 20 3 - - i 3 �"-_-` 20 . 107 ; 3.0 10 r a CLAY (CL), Light Yellowish Brown: with occasional 11.0 completely wreathered iiinestone seams (Residual Soil) i 1 LIMESTONE, Tan, with clay seams i 13.0 . 3 n 15 ..�. .. .`.. I �faea 25" 1i (— LIMESTONE, Gray, with occasional shale seams 17.0 t i ry � f ; f r- a i ! i 23,0 _....._ COMPLETION DEPTH: 23.0 WATER LEVEL / SEEPAGE: 11,0 KEY: DATE DRILLED; Nov. 2004 UPON COMPLETION: 8.0 P - Packet Penetrometer Not®: A I depths are measured in teat. FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 15 Eiwlm I-OG OF BORING NO. B-17 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley! Risinger Rd, intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 ... ....... ... . ..... ...... LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS a, STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER► EL EVJ DEPTH 3 5i a o, z . . . ......... SURF, ELEVATION.- UNKNQVVN CLAY JCWCL), Dark Brown, trace sand 5 P 2.fi 2$ 53 . ... ......... 201 ......... 331 ..... . ......... . T CLAY ICL), Light Yellowish Brown, with occasional P46 completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) 14 pks� 2.4 10 P45. Z 15 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - 15.0 ........... . --- ---- -- 20 COMPLETION DEPTH: 15,0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE-- PRY DATE DRILLED: 11-5-04 UPON COMPLETION; DRY KEY P = Pocket Penetrometer Note: AH depths are measured in fwBt- FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 17 LOG OF BORING NO. B-18 SOUTHSIDE If WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Roiling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Rlsinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO.OT04-1330 LOCATION: ___.. .......... _.... _. .__ __ ....._ .... __..__. _.._ __ ._. "' jjs eL • g STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER' o SEE PLAN OF BORINGS l�j� ELEV.t FfLL o:� av! DEPTH '�a �' � a840 IL �i z f SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN CLAY (CH), Dark Brown. trace sand i i ' ----- - 25 P3Q E �--_.-___-.._.._.... __._..___.__. _..__ _._.__ __ (CWCL), Brown, tight ye#lowish tsrawn. (race sand, 4.0 5 trace calcareous nodules and iron deposits P 3.0 ' 2 5 3 � 1 21, 34 t05 2.3 CLAY (CL), Light Yellowish Brown. with occasional 6.0 l completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) ' YYfily,. 16. i i 10'� i 3 1$ E v l f l _.... __ P 4 5- 13 t ! 15 20 l k I . i E t i l t COMPLETION DEPTH: 15.0 WATER LEVEL / SEEPAGE: DRY KEY: DATE DRILLED: 11-5-04 UPON COMPLETION: DRY P r Pocket Penetrornater Note: All depths are measured in feet. FUGRQ SOUTH, INC. PLATE 18 LOG OF BORING NO. B-19 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Roiling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowleyt Risinger Rd. intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS PROJECT NO.0704-1330 TYPE-, iITEitYIiTT1cN1 SIPi.ING_ _-__...-_ _ . LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS i' w 5t kE STRATUM DESCRIPTION SURF ELEVATION: UNKNOWN i LAYER a � ELEV.! 3- us C W� i DEPTH i3 ��,s3 '[t(e ($J CLAY (CH), hark Brown, trace sand j k f_ i ___ ..._.... _ t P 2.0 F P 4.5 3 30 � 23 i._....__� .-....-...._.._.......... 3- 5* 22 � Y35 l I P 4.6 f P4.0 P3.0 CLAY (CFI), Brown, light yellowish brown, trace sand, trace calcareous nodules and iron deposits CLAY (CWCL), Light Yellowish Brown, with occasional completely weathered limestone seams (Residual Soil) 8.5��_�,� 30 10A -- 17� f 27 19 54 � 23 31 , ' i 101 11 I tTO j I 20 i t i I t f t b ��V ii5 COMPLETION DEPTH, 17-0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE. DRY DATE ORtLLED. 11 5-04 UPON COMPLETION: DRY KEY: P - Pocket Penetrometer Note: AN depths are treasured in feet. FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 19 LOG OF BORING NO. B-20 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS _TYPE _ INTERMITTENT PROJECT NO.0704-1330 _ _ PLING ...... LOCATION_ S PLAN OF BORINGS i Zhx r h STRATUM DESCRIPTION m a I w 'R DYER ELEVJ a ? x i O7` w U) w l ' SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN iEPTH a y CLAY ICFIlCLI, Dark Brown, trace sand 29 I P2.3 (3 ` 28 5 - i 18 . 48 i 211 271 7 112 4.0 ri.5. j t 6.0 ` y....._.—__..y e t i ` iOW2' I I — 3 t — .4 5 i y..._._._..._. 4 17.0 LIMESTONE, Gray, with occasional shale seams r- .._.( E 20.0 i i i I E : 3 �T COMPLETION DEPTH: 20.0 WATER LEVEL 1 SEEPAGE: DRY KEY. DATE DRILLED: Nov. 2004 UPON COMPLETION: DRY P m Pocket Penetrometer Note: All depths are measured In hu+t FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 20 M;M GO LOG OF BORING NO. 13-21 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ RIsInger Rd. Interse9bon FORT WORTH, TEXAS I TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 LOCA ... .. . . ...... ...... .... .. QN: SEE LAN OF BORINGS PtAc g z Lo LAYER lci 'ga STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV.1 DE DEPTH z M SURF. ELEVATION. UNKNOWN ----- - - -------------- --- - ------- CLAY (CH), Da* Brown, trace sand 29 711 $3��93 2.1 5 P 45- 1 1 20: LIMESTONE, Tan, with clay seams 7.0 s_...__....._..._._...._._.4 .... . .... . 4- 10 tf ..... ....... LIMESTONE, Gray, with occasional spate seams 17,0 ... . .... .. ... T- 20 t -- - - - ------- --- ----- COMPLETION DEPTH: 20.0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE* DRY DATE DRILLED. Nov, 2004 UPON COMPLETION: DRY P Note: I . I ■ Pc4kot All Penebvmetw depths are measured in feet I FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 21 LOG OF BORING NO. B-22 SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ RIsInger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE` INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0704-1330 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ........... T STRATUM DESCR)PTION LAYER Z cry rL ELEV.! DEPTH tN Zoe SURF, ELEVATION: UNKNOWN CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, tram sand P!5 P15 10 - ........ . . f? iron Tar., with clay seems &0 Gray, with ocwsional shale seems 17,0 20 20,0 it COMPLETION DEPTH. 20.0 DATE DRILLED. Nov. 2004 FUGRO SOUTH, INC. WATER LEVEL / SEEPAGE- DRY KEY: UPON COMPLETION: DRY P - Pocket Penetrometer Note: AN depths are measured in feet PLATE 22 Ko LUG OF BORING NO. B-23 SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAM...... PROJECT NO.0704-1330 , , , LOCATION: pj 1 w [ Z LAYER � ; {j b' W STRATUM DESCRIPTION � ur � J DEPTH 3g� SURF. ELEVA k Br UNKNOWN M ...... _.. ._...._......_s....__..._.._...._...._....._._._._- - - ---- _-- — — i! CLAY (CH), park Brown. trace Sand � 29 i o � < � o € _ SEE i x K � "$� PLAN ' = uuf j = w OF BORINGS j z� = a " t"' P 2.6 j 27 fills 25 36 [ S jlli P Y.S 26 7 I i P s s CIAY {CH), Brawn, trace sand. trace calcareous 7,0 26 IIY` nodules and iron deposits ; 10 P 3.5 23 i I E [ F I � 59' 21 f 38 88 107 1.9 --^- I UMESTONE, Tan, with clay seams 11.0 } --�---i i I i- - ....... - - } I i i { 20t--_-._.-_-_.__--__--------------� j lii s � f Y . i — 3 1 COMPLETION DEPTH: 20.0 WATER LEVEL t SEEPAGE- DRY KEY: OATS DRILLED: Nov. 2D04 UPON COMPLETION: DRY P - Pocket Penebometer Note: AN Depths are measured in I FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 23 LOG OF BORING NO. B-25 SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Crowley/ Riainger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS PROJECT NO 0704-1330 TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS 66 ® `tu '�"' $ pp STRATUM pESCRlPTlON ( LAYER cc F 00 u_ 4t j� _ j ,u > �' y Jf uQ i Z O ~ l�Jdrt.� IL � ELEVJ � I V) (a � ! DEPTH I�� A( a aoi �D za SZa U; _ aft ? ( I SURF. ELEVATION. UNKNOWN I _._.. Pis FILL, Clay (CH/CL), Dark Brown, trace sand, Occasional 24 i limestone fragments 15 110 115 low Iml clay seams l toae a- I 20-4 4— COMPLETION DEPTH: 2t? 0 WATER LEVEL ! SEEPAGE: DRY DATE DRILLED: Nov. 2004 UPON COMPLETION: DRY FUGRO SOUTH, INC. 5.0 20.0 221 46 s 19 I 27 KEY: P -Pocket Penetrometer Note: AP depths are measured In feet. PLATE 25 LOG OF BORING NO. B•27 SOUTHSIDE If WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Roiling Hills Water Treatment Plant to Growieyl Risinger Rd. Intersection FORT WORTH, TEXAS PROJECT NO.0704-1330 TYPE INTERMITTENT SAMPLING.. -_W_ _.-.____ _ f _..__..____- _._LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS , � i gg f x r K x �gc LAYER ' ELEV./ �' i STRATUM DESCRIPTION [IL j I #�� ►�- j z W " 1. 3:1 IIXDEPTH IL _ { SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN Tom/ P 2 0 j CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, trace sand PIS PTb i -? CLAY (CLi, Light Yellowish Brown, ',d , , �.___ ' ,_gom�i�tety vreathered limestone LIMESTONE, Tan, with day seams 7.01 12, . 35 tS 20 117 2$ �---w- yncrz.xs I ____________--_"_.______ tso 120 COMPLETION DEPTH- 15.0 WATER LEVEL I SEEPAGE: DRY KEY: DATE DRILLED: Nov, 20D4 UPON COMPLEMON: DRY P e Pocket Penetrometer Noce: All depths are measured in kxL FUGRO SOUTH, INC. PLATE 27 PUGRO PROJECT 0704-1330 SUMMARY OF SOIL CORROSIVITY LABORATORY TEST RESULTS SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN ROLLING HILLS WATER TREATMENT PLANT TO CROWLEYIRISINGER ROAD FORT WORTH, TEXAS sIsm B-1 18-Nov 5 to 6 8.32 <50 100 <50 B-7 18-Nov 2 to 3 8.07 <50 <SO <50 B-9 18-Nov 10 to 11 8.31 192 <50 <50 B-15 18-Nov 1Q to 11 8.51 <50 <50 <50 B-19 18-Nov 16 to 17 &48 <50 <50 <50 B-27 18-Nov 2 to 3 7.86 358 85 <50 Test Methods: H ISM 04972-01 Sol, Suffatesl TEX 620J (dry wt. basis Sol. Chlorides EPA 620J ldry wt. basis Sulfide I I SM 9034 PLATE 28 TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM Geotechnical Properties - Southside II Water Transmission Main PREPARED FOR: Doug Biglen, P.E./DFW PREPARED BY: Robert K. Cullwell, P.E./SAN COPIES: Steve Smith, P.E./AUS DATE: January 17, 2005 Introduction CH2MHILL On November 5, 2004, Fugro Consultants, LP (Fugro), performed Geotechnical sampling along the proposed alignment for the Southside II Water Transmission Main, in Fort Worth, TX. Approximately 22 borings were drilled. The resulting soil samples were transferred to the Fugro facility in Dallas, Texas for Iaboratory testing. Laboratory Analysis and General Lithology A summary of the laboratory results, and general lithology is as follows: Stratum Soil Type MC PI #200 "N" PP Unc. Range Range Range Range Range Range Dark Brown, Brown, 1.0 - Stratum I Reddish Brown CLAY 13 - 33 24 - 62 31- 88 -- 4.5 0.4 - 4.9 (CH), with Trace Sand. FILL: Dark Brown, Stratum Ia Brown CLAYS (CH - 15 - 33 44 64 -- 1.5 1.4 -1.5 CL), with trace sand and 4.5 limestone fragments Yellowish Brown, Brown, Dark Brown Silty Clay 1.0 - Stratum II (CL), with trace sand, 13 - 26 16 - 23 70 - 85 — 1.2 - 3.5 calcareous nodules, and 4.5 limestone fragments Stratum Tan LIMESTONE, with 100/0 7„ - III clay seams, weathered to 100/3.5" hard. Mc - Moisture Content (%) #200 - Percent Passing #200 Sieve (%) PI - Plasticity Index "N" - Standard Penetration Test (SPT) value, blows per foot Unc. - Unconfined Compression Strength, tsf PP - Pocket Penetrometer value, tsf CHREPORT JAN_18_2005.DOC GEOTECHNICAL PROPERTIES - SOUTHSIDE It WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Stratum I: This stratum is comprised of highly plastic clay soils with Plasticity Indices ranging from 24 to 62. These clays are in a slightly moist to wet condition. They are considered soft to hard with pocket penetrometer values ranging from 1.0 to 4.5 tsf. Unconfined compression tests within this zone range from 0.4 to 4.9 tons per square feet. Minus #200 laboratory tests indicates these materials generally contain 31 to 88 percent clay and silt sized particles. The low minus #200 test value of 31 suggests intermittent sand seams may exist within this zone. Stratum Ia: This stratum is comprised of unclassified fill material. Laboratory tests indicate these fill materials are highly plastic clayey soils with a PI of 44. These clays are in a slightly moist to wet condition. They are considered soft to hard with pocket penetrometer values ranging from 1.5 to 4.5 tsf. Unconfined compression tests within this zone range from 1.4 to 1.5 tons per square feet. Minus #200 laboratory tests indicates these materials generally contain approximately 64 percent clay and silt sized particles. Stratum II: This stratum is comprised of low to moderate plastic (silty to sandy) clay soils with Plasticity Indices ranging from 16 to 23. These clays are in a slightly moist to wet condition. They are considered soft to hard with pocket penetrometer values ranging from 1.0 to 4.5 tsf. Unconfined compression tests within this zone range from 1.2 to 3.5 tons per square feet. Minus #200 laboratory tests indicates these materials generally contain 70 to 85 percent clay and silt sized particles. Stratum III: This stratum is comprised of limestone. The surface limestone appears to be slightly weathered with clay and silt seams. The limestone materials are hard with SPT "N" values ranging from 100 blows per 3.5" of penetration to 100 blows per 0.75" of penetration. Ground Water Groundwater was encountered in 3 of the 22 boring drilled along the alignment. The groundwater occurrence is as follows: Boring Approx. Station Pipeline Invert ft Initial Groundwater Observation ft) 24 - Hour Groundwater Observation ft B-7 80+50 700 710 - B-14 185+30 656 665 667 B-15 187+40 655 665 667 Engineering Properties The following engineering properties are based on the laboratory data provided by Fugro. Numbers represented in the table represent mean analysis and should be considered typical for the specified stratum: CHREPORT_JAN_18_2005.DOC GEOTECHNICAL PROPERTIES- SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN Total Unit Effective FS = 2 FS = 3 Lateral Soil Allowable Bearing Capacity Stratum Cohesion (psi Weight Unit Weight (pcf) (pci* Pressure (psf) PSI Stratum 1 3000 125 63 3000 5,500 Stratum la 2000 120 58 2000 3,500 Stratum H 3000 130 68 3000 5,500 Stratum III 9000 140 78 9000 16,000 * Water encountered in Borings B-7, B-14, and B-15. FS - Factor of Safety The Modulus of Soil Reaction (E') is controlled by the type and degree of compaction of the embodiment soil (backfill). Based on the provided data from Fugro a project specific recommendation can not be provided. General values of (F) are prov ded in the following table: Proposed Bedding Material Modulus of Soil Reaction E'(psi) No com action Com acted to 90"/o of standard roctor On -site Soils 50 400 Clean Washed Gravel 200 2,000 Crushed Limestone Base 1,000 3,000 Summary and Conclusions Nearly all of the boring data provided by Fugro terminated below the invert of the proposed pipeline. The pipeline will traverse through varied lithology including undocumented fill material, clay, silty clay, and limestone. For the purposes of pipeline design the worst soil condition (Fill) should be assumed. Conversely, Limestone was observed above the pipeline invert in many locations. Construction in these areas will require rock excavation equipment. Ground water was observed in borings B-7, B-14, B-15. The presence of groundwater at B-7 appears to be the result of IH-35 drainage at Sta. 80+50. The groundwater occurrence in B- 14 and B-15 appears to be associated with an un-named creek crossing bf the pipeline alignment at approximate Sta.193+00. During the design process, the affects of groundwater should be accounted for approximately 1,500 feet upstream and downstream from these points. CHREPORT_JAN_18_2005. DOC $ ? P9 �$ Ems- oG`a _ � Sa vo.`' P :.1''�•'�:a,?%,�%y � �¢�o � a� °i Ind g�B� e �� ��_ � -w✓� � ��' � � ���°' � � "' J 5= 'r a _ _Z ET IM 9H 21� IT 1- A -AU 9 -iW 'P1011 aF M �j ---------- B iuk - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ell> fig ow h eau — --------- =2.K�K: T J N, v 2 IN -49 ty IV ip 00+91, YiS 3Nn HDiVVI d '99t-.� (IV 0�1 IAO( - --- ------lino -- LLJ Ed I! ill III C) < E 0 Lij >o LLJ nV II 6,6 j R R 00+92 'ViS 3Nn HOiVIN -/+ 00+9t6'ViS 3NIl HDiVV4 4 �Kw m mNm MmNmwo, j_ I I I z� z z �® _��S gg d Fx pm o¢ b aq fr a sh q'qe ( b W s3¢Z wj �- o p� ........ E' wz zm _ a s.g8� se' 47 U oa r¢ 5 Q o LLLLdAU. _sa��� AU. a o a � o€ 00+M 3NII AV3a8 00 89t 3NI� HOlVW `v g 4 sa00+ _ .I. WTR 55 .� n a a �$ "� �K w SS w ' ' I �lM?id 16 5-- — 1f a/h3 Vall (-a u \ l� t X I I c ' { I b g LJ i 4 CD a J { 10 /,61I 11� ®� 11 ' WJL w 3 �, I•nr. � r 5�0 `0 1 unrl �m�'e ql T a Is" d I i i I �Io (i 6tl ww� jj it 00t69L 3NI'l HOlVW 00+9L4'V1S 3Nn lV3 _e' 4 6 00+9L1 3NI-1 HOJVVVl --------------- z R, E9T oti OR 00.291, 3NII HO1VV4 Niboho so 0 z o J wwz C) 00 OUWW Zq < ow 0 11 Z�l v �,V, 104 , !W" C.I.WrR )l /v\ >1 A 2� 11 14 RA o� PI I tl 00,SZ IT & 0 W 0 lz C)ry �Hl PART 2 PROJECT LIMITS